1 Field help
1.1 Apply any or all of the following conditions
Values:
- All (default)
- A job is sent through the connector if it meets all of the conditions. The conditions have an AND relationship.
- Any
- A job is sent through the connector if it meets any condition. The conditions have an OR relationship.
- Custom
- A job is sent through the connector if a compound condition is met. If you define three or more conditions, you can use AND and OR to build a compound condition.
- Database name
- Connector.AnyOrAllFieldHelp
Usage notes:
- This property supports both simple and compound conditions.
- The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
- If you select Custom, an entry field appears. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to build the rules for combining conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to group the conditions logically. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.
1.2 Summary
1.3 Conditions
- Property
- Specifies which job property you want to use for the condition.
Values:
The list of all job properties (by field name) in the system.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value for a job to the contents of the Value field to decide whether a job meets the condition. Select one of these:
Values:
- = (equal to ) (default)
- A job meets the condition if its property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- != (not equal to)
- A job meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- > (greater than)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- < (less than)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- >= (greater than or equal to)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- <= (less than or equal to)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- Like
- A job meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- Unlike
- A job meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- Not set
- A job meets the condition if its property has no value set or if the value is Not set.
- Set
- A job meets the condition if its property has a value set.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether a job meets the condition.
Values:
Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.
If a property takes a unit, you cannot select it. You must specify measurement values in inches. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.
- Database name
- Connector.Display
- Usage notes:
-
- When you use the like or unlike comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
- To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
- If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use the less than or greater than comparison.
- You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.
1.4 Order of execution
Values:
Integers corresponding to the total number of connectors that exit the current step.
- Database name
- Connector.Order
Usage notes:
- The default Order of execution is the order that the connectors were created in.
- If a step has more than one connector leaving it, the Order of execution value is added to the label on the connector before the value of the Rule name.
- If you change the Order of execution value of a connector to 1, that connector becomes the first connector evaluated. The Order of execution values for the other connectors are updated accordingly.
For example, you have four connectors, and change the Order of execution value for one of them from 3 to 1. As a result, the connector that previously had its Order of execution value set to 1 is changed to 2. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 2 adjusts the value to 3 and the value of the fourth connector remains unchanged.
- If you change the Order of execution value of a connector from 5 to 2, that connector becomes the second connector evaluated. The Order of execution values for the other connectors are updated accordingly.
For example, you have six connectors, and change the Order of execution value for one of them from 5 to 2. As a result, the connector that previously had its Order of execution value set to 2 is changed to 3. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 3 adjusts the value to 4. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 4 adjusts the value to 5 and the value of the first and sixth connectors remain unchanged.
1.5 Rule name
Format:
- Length
- 1-128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Connector.RuleLabel
Usage notes:
- If you define a condition for a connector, you must provide a rule name.
- You can have multiple rules with the same name. Rules with the same name can have different conditions.
1.6 Group actions
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Group.Actions
1.7 Action permissions
When an object type is selected, the available actions for that object type are listed. You can enable or disable any of the actions listed in the table by toggling the Allow checkbox next to the action.
The object types listed include all the objects that are available on the system.
- Database name
- Group.ActionPermissions
1.8 Group properties
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Group.Attributes
1.9 Properties permissions
When an object type is selected, the properties for that object type are listed. You can enable or disable the View or Edit action for each property. The View action lets a group view the value of the property without the ability to change it. The Edit action lets a group change the value of the property.
The object types listed include all the objects that are available on the system.
- Database name
- Group.AttributesPermissions
1.10 Group created by
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Group.CreatedBy
1.11 Group description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Group.Description
1.12 Group name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Group.ID
Usage note: You cannot change the name of the group after you create it. If you need to rename the location, create a copy of the group and specify the new name. Then, delete the original group.
1.13 Last modified
- Database name
- Group.LastModified
1.14 Modified by user
- Database name
- Group.ModifiedBy
1.15 Group source ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Group.SourceID
1.16 Device code page
Values:
- UTF8 (default)
- Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format.
- ISO8859_1
- Latin Alphabet Number 1.
- ISO8859_15
- Latin Alphabet Number 9.
- EUC_JP
- JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese.
- Database name
- HotFolder.CodePage
1.17 Matching pattern for sets
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- (.+?)\.[^.]*$|$
- Database name
- HotFolder.SetPattern
Usage notes:
- The default value finds files whose names are identical except for their extensions
and adds them to the same set. For example, the files
Jones.csv
andJones.pdf
match except for the extension and can be added to a set. Similarly,Jones.part1.csv
andJones.part1.pdf
can be added to a different set. - The default value assumes that the filetype extension (the text after the last period
in the file name) is used to identify each type of file in the set. For example, the
Data patterns property is set to a value that uses the
.pdf
extension to identify the print file and the JDF patterns property is set to a value that uses the.jdf
extension to identify the JDF job ticket. - This property is only used when the Batching method is set to Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time.
1.18 Batching method
A set is a group of files that must be processed together, such as a data file, a job ticket, and an overrides file. To create sets, you specify values for the pattern matching properties as needed. Pattern matching properties include: Data patterns, JDF patterns, Overrides patterns, and File Patterns. Only the Number of sets, Pages in sets, and Sets by time batching methods can process sets of files.
Values:
- None
- The input device does not group input files together. For hot folder or SFTP input devices, the default is None.
- Batch
-
The input device groups input files when a user selects two or more files and clicks Make batch from the input files page for the input device. The input device does not automatically submit any input files for processing when this batching method is in effect.
- JCL
- The input device automatically groups certain sets of input files using the values
of their z/OS OUTGRP JCL parameters. The input device groups input files with OUTGRP
values of FIRST, NEXT, and LAST. It does not group input files with OUTGRP values
of ONLY or input files that do not use OUTGRP parameters.
JCL is valid only for Download input devices. Download input devices are only available if you install the AFP Support feature.
- JDF
- The input device automatically groups all input files that are specified as Job Definition
Format (JDF) type. The input device reads the job ticket input files and locates PDF
file names in the input files table or a local directory. The JDF patterns property controls how the input device identifies JDF files.
You must specify values for both the Workflow property and the Child workflow property. The input device treats the data files that the JDF file specifies as child input files. Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint and the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of files that the JDF file specifies. If more than one file is referenced in the JDF job ticket, the files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the JDF file.
- List
-
The input device automatically groups all input files that are specified in a separate list file. The List patterns property controls how list files are identified.
The list file contains input file names without any path information, and each input-file entry must be on a separate line. To submit a batch of files, copy the list file and all of the input files it identifies to the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies.
If only one data file is provided, one job is created. The job contains the list file, aiwlist file, data file, and any other (non-data) files. The job is treated as a child job, even though the job ID is not assigned a child job ID (it displays as, for example, 1000001 rather than 1000001.1).
If more than one file is provided and the Create .zip file property is set to No, a parent job is created for the list and aiwlist files, and a child job is created for each data file (and its associated other files). For example, parent job 1000002 contains the list and aiwlist files, and child jobs 1000002.1 and 1000002.2 contain a data file (and their associated non-data files). The files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the list file.
List is the only valid value for LPD input devices; it can also be used for hot folder or SFTP input devices.
- Pattern
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device compares file information for all input files received by the input device, using the Data patterns and the File patterns properties. Files that match the specified patterns are used to create a single job using the data file. Only one matching file can contain print data.
If you use the Pattern batching method, you can define more precise matching criteria by using both the Data patterns field and the File pattern field. For example, if you use the Data patterns value (.*).data$, any file name ending with .data matches. If you use the File pattern value \1.oth$, then Job1.data and Job1.oth are considered a match and are included in the job, but Job2.oth does not match. For more information about pattern-matching syntax, see the information center.
- Number
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the number of files in the input device matches the value of the Number of files to batch property. When the values match, the input device submits a group of files.
- Number of sets
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the number of sets of files in the input device matches the value of the Number of files to batch property. When the values match, the input device submits the sets.
- Pages
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the total number of pages in the PDF files that are received by the input device matches or exceeds the value of the Number of pages to batch property, then submits a group of files.
The Pages batching method can be used only for PDF files.
- Pages in sets
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the total number of PDF pages in complete sets that are received by the input device matches or exceeds the value of the Number of pages to batch property, then submits the sets as a group.
The Pages in sets batching method can be used only for PDF files.
- Sets by time
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device submits one or more complete sets of input files at a specific time or time interval determined by the values set for the Batching interval and Batching date or Frequency properties. The hot folder or SFTP input device submits the sets as a group with one set in each child job.
- Time
-
The hot folder or SFTP input device submits a group of all the files that match the value set for the Data patterns property and that are received during a time period determined by the values set for the Batching start date, Batching start time, Batching interval, and Batching date or Frequency properties in the Batching tab.
- Database name
- InputDevice.BatchingMethod
Usage notes:
- If you choose Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time, the Create .zip file property is not available. When a set of files is submitted, they always form a single job.
- If the Create .zip file property is available and set to Yes, a single job containing all of the files is submitted in ZIP file format. Set the Workflow property for the input device to a workflow that is appropriate for the data files.
- If you use the Batch, JDF, or Pattern batching method, or if the Create .zip file property is set to No, each data file in a batch is submitted as a child job. As a result, you must set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint and the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the data files.
- Child jobs are not kept together through processing unless the WaitForGroup step is included in the workflow.
- If you select Trigger for the Completion method property, the Batching method value is not used.
1.19 Child workflow initialization step
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The input device has no name assigned for the step. Use this setting if you assign the workflow by setting the Child workflow property for the input device. For LPD input devices, you must enter a value other than Not set for the Child workflow initialization step property.
- SetJobTypeFromRules
- This step sets the workflow value by using a RICOH ProcessDirector control file. You can edit the control file so that RICOH ProcessDirector determines the workflow from a value of a parameter that accompanies the job. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the FORMS JCL parameter to set the workflow. The Child workflow parsing rules property for the input device specifies the control file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses if this value is set. This step can also use the control file to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
- SetJobTypeFromFileName
- This step sets the workflow value by parsing the name of the input file. You can specify a pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine the part of the name to use. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the file extension of the input file to set the workflow. The Child workflow pattern property for the input device specifies the pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses if this value is set. This step can also use the control file specified by the Child workflow parsing rules property for the input device to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
- Database name
- InputDevice.Child.InitJobTypeStep
Usage notes:
- For input device types other than LPD, you can use the Child workflow property in place of or with the Child workflow initialization step property. At least one of the properties must have a value. If the Child workflow initialization step cannot assign a workflow to the job, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the workflow that the Child workflow property for the input device specifies. For LPD input devices, you must enter a value for the Child workflow initialization step property; you cannot use Child workflow instead.
- The Workflow initialization step property for the input device specifies the step that initializes the workflow for parent jobs.
1.20 Child workflow
The list includes all the workflows that are available on the system.
- Database name
- InputDevice.Child.JobType
Usage notes:
- You can use the Child workflow initialization step property in place of or at the same time as the Child workflow property. At least one of these properties must have a value. If the Child workflow initialization property is Not set, the workflow specified in the Child workflow property is used.
- Input devices can receive individual files or groups of files that are processed together. Individual files are always processed as separate jobs. When groups of files are processed together, one file is the parent job and the other jobs are children of the parent. The parent job does not usually contain print data but is kept in the system to manage processing of its child jobs. The Workflow property specifies the workflow for parent jobs. The Child workflow property for the input device specifies the workflow for single jobs and child jobs.
- Do not use the ErrorMessage and ParentNoPrint workflows as the value for the Child workflow property.
1.21 Child workflow pattern
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InputDevice.Child.JobTypeFilenamePattern
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match the pattern-matching string to a workflow twice, first with a dollar sign, $, appended to the pattern-matching string and then without one. Therefore, it finds a match at the end of the file name before a match at the beginning.
- This is an example of a pattern-matching string that uses the file extension to determine
the workflow:
*.(JOB_TYPE)
The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. The period . is a literal period. The (JOB_TYPE) token signifies that RICOH ProcessDirector should use the characters that follow the literal period as the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name
myfile.pdf
results in the input device assigning pdf as the workflow. Users can use a period, an asterisk, and (JOB_TYPE) to select any portion of the job name to use as the workflow name. For example, the pattern (JOB_TYPE).* would cause RICOH ProcessDirector to use the file name to set the workflow. - This is an example of a regular expression that uses the first 4 alphanumeric characters
of the file name:
[A-Za-z0-9]{4}
There is no (JOB_TYPE) token in this string because the entire pattern is the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name
pdf3file.pdf
results in the input device assigning pdf3 as the workflow.
1.22 Child workflow parsing rules
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InputDevice.Child.JobTypeParsingRules
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector provides the
receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
sample control file that you can modify and use. - In Linux
receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
can be found in the/aiw/aiw1/control_files/rules
directory. - In Windows
receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
can be found in thec:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\rules
directory. - As shipped with RICOH ProcessDirector, all workflow assignment statements in the file are inactive. For example:
#DEFINE $\{Job.JobType} AS "TEST" WHEN ($\{ORIGHOST} != "myWindowshostname")
Users can activate an entry by removing the#
comment character, or they can create their own criteria for assigning the workflow. - See the Reference information section of the information center for more information about control file syntax.
1.23 Auto Connect
Values:
- Yes
- Connect the input device when its server connects.
- No
- Do not connect the input device when its server connects.
To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.
- Database name
- InputDevice.Connect
1.24 Convert overrides
Values:
- Yes
- A control file converts the overrides file submitted with a job to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format. This value is the default for Download and LPD input devices.
- No
- The overrides file submitted with a job is not converted to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format. This value is the default for input devices that are not Download or LPD input devices.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ConvertOverrides
Usage notes:
- The SetJobTypeFromRules or SetJobTypeFromFileName value in the Child workflow initialization step property is required if the value is Yes.
- Only set the value to Yes when the overrides file submitted with a job is not in a RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format.
1.25 Create .zip file
Values:
- Yes
- The files are packaged as a .zip file and submitted as one job.
- No (default)
- The files are submitted as individual jobs.
- Database name
- InputDevice.CreateZip
Usage notes:
- You can set this property to Yes for the List, Number, Pages, and Time batching methods. Jobs submitted this way do not use the parent/child job structure.
- If the batching method is Batch, JDF, Pattern, Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time, this property is not available.
1.26 Input device description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- InputDevice.Description
1.27 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- The input device can submit and create new jobs, and send information.
- No (default)
- The input device cannot create new jobs.
Authorized users can use the Disable and Enable actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to change the value of this property.
- Database name
- InputDevice.Enabled
Usage note: A disabled input device can still receive input files from external sources if the connection for the input device is active. The Connection status property describes whether the input device is connected.
1.28 Completion method
Values:
- None
- The input device uses no defined method to determine file completion. Transmission is complete as soon as the input device detects the input file. For Download input devices, None is the only valid value.
- Size
- The input device polls the size of the input file, and determines that transmission is complete when no more file-size changes occur between two polls. The Polling interval (unit) property controls the amount of time between polls. For Hot folder input devices, Size is the default value.
- File open
- The input device determines that transmission is complete when it can open the input file for a write operation.
- Trigger
- The input device determines that transmission is complete when it receives the trigger
file for the input file. The Trigger patterns property controls how the input device recognizes a trigger file. A trigger file
must have the same name as the input file, with a different extension. For LPD input
devices, Trigger is the only valid value.
If you select Trigger, the value of the Batching method property is not used.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileCompletion
Usage note: An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.
1.29 Data patterns
The default data pattern-matching string for the Hot folder input devices that RICOH ProcessDirector provides is .*$, which means that those input devices accept any file as an input file that contains job data.
The default data pattern-matching string for the RICOH ProcessDirector Download input devices is .*PRD$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- PRD are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of PRD signifies the END of the expression.
The default data pattern-matching string for LPD input devices is .*\.prt$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
- .prt are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of .prt signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileDataPatterns
Usage notes:
- Input files that RICOH ProcessDirector identifies as data files have a submit type of Data when they display in the input files table for the input device.
- If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
1.30 JDF patterns
The suggested value for Hot folder input devices is .*\.jdf$, where:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
- Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next characters are interpreted literally.
- .jdf are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match of jdf signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileJDFPatterns
Usage notes:
- Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint. Set the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of files that the JDF file specifies.
- Set the Batching method property for the input device to JDF or Pattern.
- If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: JDF patterns, overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
1.31 List patterns
The default for Hot folder input devices is .*\.lst$, where:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
- Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
- .lst are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .lst signifies the END of the expression.
The default for Download input devices is .*\.JOB$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character.
- Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
- .JOB are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .JOB signifies the END of the expression.
The default for LPD input devices is .*list\lst$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- list are actual characters that must match.
- Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
- .lst are actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of list.lst signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileListPatterns
Usage notes:
- Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint. Set the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of input files that the list file specifies.
- Set the Batching method property for the input device to List. Do not submit input files that are not specified by a list file to the input device. Any files that are not identified by a list file wait indefinitely on the input device.
- List files are useful when an input device routinely receives many files that belong to different groups of files. Each list file contains a separate line for each input file that belongs to its group. The input device waits until all input files for the group arrive before it submits the group of files.
- Copy the list file and all of the input files that it specifies to the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies. You can copy the input files and the list file in any order. The files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the list file. Child jobs are not kept together through processing unless the WaitForGroup step is included in the workflow.
- Use the Show files action for the input device if you need to determine whether all of the input files have arrived. The list file has a submit type of List file, and a status of Waiting as it waits for all input files to arrive.
- If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
1.32 Overrides patterns
The overrides file and the input file can have the same name, but they must have different extensions. RICOH ProcessDirector does not process files that it identifies with this pattern by themselves. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*CMD$,.*XLS$ represent patterns that are different from .*cmd$,.*xls$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.
The default pattern-matching string for Download input devices is .*JCL$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- JCL are the actual three characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of JCL signifies the END of the expression.
The default for LPD input devices is .*other\.oth$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- other are actual characters that must match.
- Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
- .oth are actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of other.oth signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileOtherPatterns
Usage notes:
- To process the overrides file in conjunction with a single input file, you cannot use the default value for this property. Update the Data patterns property to a pattern that specifically identifies the input file. For example, if the input file is a PDF, use this pattern: .*pdf$
- If the batching method is List, make sure that the List patterns property for the input device includes the pattern that identifies the list file.
- If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
- An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.
1.33 Trigger patterns
STMT406.pdf
would have an associated trigger file named STMT406.trg
. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive.
Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.The default trigger pattern-matching string for Hot folder input devices and Download input devices is .*\.trg$. This default can be changed for Hot folder input devices, but not for Download input devices. In this string:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding characters, up to the maximum file name length.
- Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
- .trg are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .trg signifies the END of the expression.
The default for LPD input devices is .*\trg$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:
- Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
- .trg are actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of .trg signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputDevice.FileTriggerPatterns
Usage notes:
- To use trigger files, set the Completion method property for the input device to Trigger.
- If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It ignores trigger patterns for any of the other completion methods. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
- The input file must have an extension. If it does not, it is not matched to a trigger file, even if one exists.
- The trigger file does not need to have any content. For example, to create a trigger file that indicates that transmission of the input file is complete, access the Linux command line from outside of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface. Then, change to the directory that contains the input file and issue this command: touch filename.trg
- An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.
1.34 Folder location
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
You must specify the folder location when you create the input device.
When you add an input device, the default value is:
- For hot folders:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/hf
Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\System\hf
- For Download input devices:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/dl
Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\System\dl
- For LPD input devices:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/lpd
Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\System\lpd
- Database name
- InputDevice.FolderLocation
Usage note: Input files submitted to the folder location must have permissions that allow RICOH ProcessDirector to read and modify the input files. During installation, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a system user ( aiw1 is the default) with authority to the RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default). To submit files to the folder location, users must be logged in with a user ID that is a member of the RICOH ProcessDirector group. If they use any other user ID, RICOH ProcessDirector does not have the correct access permissions set on the input file and cannot process the job. The job stays in Error state until it is deleted and resubmitted correctly.
1.35 Batching interval
Values:
- Minute
- Hour
- Day
- Week
- Month
- Database name
- InputDevice.Frequency
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching date or appropriate Frequency property to determine when or how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Batching interval property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.36 Input device name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- InputDevice.ID
Usage notes:
- For LPD input devices, it is best to limit the input device name to 8 characters. Depending on the print command that you use, you might have to create a print queue on the sending system with the same name as the input device. Some systems truncate print queue names to 8 characters.
- After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the input device, you cannot change the name of the device. If you need to rename the device, create a copy of the input device and specify the new name. Then, delete the original input device.
1.37 Workflow initialization step
Values:
- Not set
- The input device has no assigned workflow initialization step. Use this setting if you assign the workflow by setting the Workflow property for the input device.
- SetJobTypeFromRules
- This step sets the parent workflow value by using a RICOH ProcessDirector control file. You can edit the control file so that RICOH ProcessDirector determines the workflow from a value of a parameter that accompanies the job. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the FORMS JCL parameter to set the workflow. The Parent workflow parsing rules property for the input device specifies the control file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses. This step can also use the control file to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
- SetJobTypeFromFileName
- This step sets the workflow value by parsing the name of the input file. You can specify a pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine the part of the name to use. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the file extension of the input file to set the workflow. The Parent workflow pattern property for the input device specifies the pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses. This step can also use the control file specified by the Parent workflow parsing rules property for the input device to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
- Database name
- InputDevice.InitJobTypeStep
Usage notes:
- You can use the Workflow property in place of or in conjunction with the Workflow initialization step property. At least one of the properties must have a value. If the workflow initialization step cannot assign a parent workflow to the job or if the property does not have a value, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the workflow that the Workflow property for the input device specifies.
- The Child workflow initialization step property for the input device specifies the step that initializes the workflow for single and child jobs.
1.38 Parent server
- Database name
- InputDevice.Instance
1.39 Workflow
The list includes all the workflows that are available on the system.
- Database name
- InputDevice.JobType
Usage notes:
- You can use the Workflow initialization step property in place of or in conjunction with the Workflow property. At least one of these properties must have a value. If the Workflow initialization property is Not set, the workflow named in the Workflow property is used.
- Input devices can receive individual files or groups of files that are processed together. Individual files are always processed as separate jobs. When groups of files are processed together, one file is the parent job and the other jobs are children of the parent. The parent job does not usually contain print data but is kept in the system to manage processing of its child jobs. The Workflow property specifies the workflow for parent jobs. The Child workflow property for the input device specifies the workflow for single jobs and child jobs.
1.40 Parent workflow pattern
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InputDevice.JobTypeFilenamePattern
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match the pattern-matching string to a workflow twice, first with a dollar sign, $, appended to the pattern-matching string and then without one. Therefore, it finds a match at the end of the file name before a match at the beginning.
- This is an example of a pattern-matching string that uses the file extension to determine
the workflow:
*.(JOB_TYPE)
The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. The period . is a literal period. The (JOB_TYPE) token signifies that RICOH ProcessDirector should use the characters that follow the literal period as the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name
myfile.pdf
results in the input device assigning pdf as the workflow. Users can use a period, an asterisk, and (JOB_TYPE) to select any portion of the job name to use as the workflow name. For example, the pattern (JOB_TYPE).* causes RICOH ProcessDirector to use the file name to set the workflow. - This is an example of a regular expression that uses the first 4 alphanumeric characters
of the file name:
[A-Za-z0-9]{4}
There is no (JOB_TYPE) token in this string because the entire pattern is the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name
pdf3file.pdf
results in the input device assigning pdf3 as the workflow.
1.41 Parent workflow parsing rules
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InputDevice.JobTypeParsingRules
Usage note:
RICOH ProcessDirector provides the receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
sample control file that you can modify and use.
On Linux, receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
can be found in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/rules
directory.
On Windows, receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg
can be found in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\rules
directory.
As shipped with RICOH ProcessDirector, all workflow assignment statements in the file are inactive. For example: #DEFINE $\{Job.JobType} AS "TEST" WHEN ($\{ORIGHOST} != "myWindowshostname")
Authorized users can activate an entry by removing the #
comment character or they can create their own criteria for assigning the workflow.
See the Reference information section of the RICOH ProcessDirector information center for more information about control file syntax.
1.42 Last modified
- Database name
- InputDevice.LastModified
1.43 Input device location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InputDevice.Locations
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the input devices with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each input device.
1.44 Maximum errors
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-999
- Default
- 10 for Download input devices and LPD input devices or 5 for Hot folder input devices.
- Database name
- InputDevice.MaxErrors
1.45 Modified by user
- Database name
- InputDevice.ModifiedBy
1.46 Number of files to batch
Format:
- Data type
- Integer value of 1 or greater
- Database name
- InputDevice.NumberOfFiles
Usage note: The value of the Number of files to batch property is only used with the Number or Number of sets batching method.
1.47 Number of pages to batch
If the Exceed pages to batch property is set to Yes, the batch includes the PDF file that makes the page count exceed this value. If that property is set to No, the batch is submitted without that PDF file.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer value of 1 or greater
- Database name
- InputDevice.NumberOfPages
Usage note: The value of the Number of pages to batch property is only used with the Pages or Pages in sets batching method.
1.48 Exceed pages to batch
Values:
- Yes
- When a PDF file contains enough pages to make the total number of pages in the hot folder exceed the value set for the Number of pages to batch property, submit that file with the rest of the files as a group.
- No (default)
- When a PDF file contains enough pages to make the total number of pages in the hot folder exceed the value set for the Number of pages to batch property, submit only the PDF files that are already in the hot folder. The PDF file remains in the hot folder as the first set of pages for the next batch.
- Database name
- InputDevice.PageThreshold
Usage notes:
- The value of the Exceed pages to batch property is only used with the Pages or Pages in sets batching method.
- If a single file contains more pages than the value set for the Number of pages to batch property and the Exceed pages to batch property is set to Yes, the file is submitted for printing, either as a batch with the rest of the PDF files that are waiting to print or as a batch that contains only one file. However, if the Exceed pages to batch property is set to No, the file cannot be submitted. Processing for the hot folder stops until that input file is deleted, the value of the Number of pages to batch property is increased to at least the number of pages in the file, or the value of the Exceed pages to batch property is changed to Yes so the file can be submitted.
1.49 Polling interval
For REST and SOAP web service input devices, specifies the time interval at which RICOH ProcessDirector checks for files at the Request URL. These input devices require the Web Services Enablement feature.
The unit of time for the value can be milliseconds, seconds, minutes, hours, or days. You can specify a value from 0 milliseconds through 24 hours.
- Default
- 30 seconds
- Database name
- InputDevice.PollInterval
Usage note: When the Completion method property for a hot folder input device is set to Size, the input device checks the file size. The input device then waits for the length of the polling interval and checks the size of the file again. When the file size stays the same from one check to the next, the input device submits a job. With the default Polling interval of 30 seconds, a job that has been fully received waits from 31 to 60 seconds in the input device before it is submitted.
1.50 Workflow to use
Values:
- Current workflow (default)
- The input files that share the same submit group as the selected input file are all
submitted to the workflow that was previously assigned.
If you select input files that are members of different submit groups, each submit group of files is submitted as a separate job with its assigned workflow.
- Different workflow
- The input files that share the same submit group as the selected input file are all
submitted to the workflow that you select from the list.
If you select input files that are members of different submit groups, each submit group of files is submitted as a separate job to the workflow that you select from the list.
If the workflow that you are looking for is not in the list, check to see if the workflow is disabled. Either select a different workflow or enable the workflow and try again.
1.51 Frequency (days)
Values:
- First day of every month
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files on the first day of the month.
- Last day of every month
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files on the last day of the month.
- Every day
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every day.
- Every x days
- Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ScheduleDaily
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.52 Frequency (hours)
Values:
- Every hour
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every hour.
- Every x hours
- Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ScheduleHourly
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.53 Frequency (minutes)
Values:
- Every minute
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every minute.
- Every x minutes
- Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ScheduleMinute
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.54 Frequency (months)
Values:
- Every month
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every month.
- Every x months
- Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ScheduleMonthly
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.55 Frequency (weeks)
Values:
- Every week
- Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every week.
- Every x weeks
- Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.
- Database name
- InputDevice.ScheduleWeekly
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
- The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.56 Input device source ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- InputDevice.SourceID
1.57 Staging location
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
You must specify the staging location when you create the input device. Consider creating a subdirectory of the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies.
When you add an input device, the default value is:
- For hot folders:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/hf
Windows:
c:\aiw\aiw1\System\hf
- For Download input devices:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/dl
Windows:
c:\aiw\aiw1\System\dl
- For LPD input devices:
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/System/lpd
Windows:
c:\aiw\aiw1\System\lpd
- Database name
- InputDevice.StagingLocation
1.58 Batching start date
- Database name
- InputDevice.StartDate
Usage note: The value of the Batching start date property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.
1.59 Batching start date and time
Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field.
Select a time from the list or enter a time in the field.
- Database name
- InputDevice.StartDateAndTime
1.60 Connection status
Values:
- Connected
- The input device can receive data from an outside source, such as a hot folder or a system that uses the LPD protocol to transmit files.
- Disconnected
- The input device cannot receive data from outside sources. The cause of the disconnected status might not indicate a problem with the input device. For Hot folder input devices, you can still place input files in the directory that the Folder location property specifies. Note, however, that RICOH ProcessDirector ignores the files until the input device is connected. Also, if you send input files with the same name while the input device is disconnected, each new occurrence of the input file overwrites any existing file with the same name. Disconnected is the default status for a newly created input device.
- Unable to connect
- The server for the input device did not respond when a connection attempt was made; or the port is already in use by another input device. For an LPD input device, the appropriate LPD daemon is not started. RICOH ProcessDirector connects the input device when its server, port, or LPD daemon is available.
To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.
- Database name
- InputDevice.Status
1.61 Submit step
Value:
- SubmitInputFiles
- A step that is based on this step template submits either single input files or groups
of input files. For single input files, it creates a single job that uses the child
workflow. For groups of input files, it creates one parent job for the group and a
child job for each input file, and maintains a relationship between the resulting
jobs.
You must set either the Child workflow property or the Child workflow initialization step property to assign a workflow to the jobs.
- Database name
- InputDevice.SubmitStep
Usage note: If a Job Definition Format (JDF) job ticket contains references to more than one file, the step rewrites the job ticket to reference only the file for each child job.
1.62 System
- Database name
- InputDevice.SystemName
1.63 Input files waiting
- Database name
- InputDevice.WaitingFileCount
1.64 Input device
- Database name
- InputFile.InputDevice
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not provide a property notebook for input files. Instead, input file properties display as table columns when you select the Show files action for an input device.
1.65 Assigned job number
- Database name
- InputFile.JobIDAssigned
1.66 Workflow
1.67 Input file
- Database name
- InputFile.Location
Usage note: If you need to determine the corresponding job number for an input file, view the log for the input device that received the input file. The input device writes a message after it submits an input file that identifies the resulting job number.
1.68 Input file status
The status values are:
- Queued
- The input device has fully received the input file, and the input file is waiting for the input device to submit it and create the corresponding RICOH ProcessDirector job.
- Processing
- The Submit step is in the process of converting the input file into a RICOH ProcessDirector job.
- Waiting
- The input device has fully received the input file, but the input file is not ready for the input device to submit it. For example, the input device might be waiting for other files that are associated with the input file to arrive.
- Error
- The input device has fully received the input file, but an error condition that requires operator intervention has occurred.
- Disabled
- The input device has fully received the input file, but the input device is now disabled and cannot submit the input file.
RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the status of the file changes.
- Database name
- InputFile.Status
1.69 Submit group
- Database name
- InputFile.SubmitGroup
1.70 Time received
- Database name
- InputFile.Timestamp
1.71 File pattern
If you enter more than one value, they are logically ORed together; if a file matches any specified file type, it is considered a matching pattern. For example, if the File pattern field contains .*oth$,.*ejt$ with a usage of Print and a type of .txt , the system uses a file with either an .oth file type or an .ejt file type to create the print file named <job_number>.Print.txt.
For the string .*oth$ :
- Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- oth are the actual characters that must match.
- Dollar sign ( $ ) signifies that a match of oth signifies the END of the expression.
- Database name
- InputFilePattern.FilePattern
1.72 File pattern required
If this value is set to Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector does not submit the job until a matching file arrives in the Hot folder.
If you want the system to wait for several files with different file types but the same file usage, add a row in the file patterns table for each file type, making each pattern required.
- Database name
- InputFilePattern.Required
1.73 File pattern sequence
If you specify two file patterns, and the Spool file type and Spool file usage are the same for both file patterns, the Sequence value determines which pattern is used.
- Database name
- InputFilePattern.Sequence
1.74 Spool file type
You can enter a file type that RICOH ProcessDirector provides (for example, afp, gif, jdf, linedata, pcl, pdf, text), or define your own.
Keep in mind that a file type you define should not be a variation of the RICOH ProcessDirector keywords if RICOH ProcessDirector will further process a file that an external program writes to the spool directory. For example, do not use a file type of PDF or Pdf; RICOH ProcessDirector only recognizes pdf.
If you specify a file type that is not already defined in RICOH ProcessDirector, you must use an external program to handle processing for that file type; for example, you can include a step based on RunExternalProgram or RunHotFolderApplication in your workflow.
- Database name
- InputFilePattern.SpoolFileType
1.75 Spool file usage
You can enter a usage that RICOH ProcessDirector provides (for example, aiwlist, control, overrides, print), or define your own.
Keep in mind that a usage you define should not be a variation of the RICOH ProcessDirector keywords if RICOH ProcessDirector will further process a file that an external program writes to the spool directory. For example, do not use a file usage of PRINT or Print; RICOH ProcessDirector only recognizes print.
If you specify a usage that is not already defined in RICOH ProcessDirector, you must use an external program to handle processing for that file usage; for example, you can include a step based on RunExternalProgram or RunHotFolderApplication in your workflow.
- Database name
- InputFilePattern.SpoolFileUsage
1.76 Bin
- Database name
- InputTray.Bin
1.77 Input tray enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- The input tray is enabled.
- No
- The input tray is not enabled.
- Database name
- InputTray.Enabled
1.78 Input tray name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- InputTray.Id
1.79 Level
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- InputTray.Level
1.80 Media
Values:
The list of Media objects that have been created in the system.
- Database name
- InputTray.Media
1.81 Server description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Instance.Description
1.82 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- The server is available.
- No
- An application/secondary server is not available.
- Database name
- Instance.Enabled
Usage note: You can use the Administration page to enable or disable servers.
1.83 Server name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Instance.ID
Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the server, you cannot change the server name. If you need to rename the server, create a copy of the server and specify a new name. Then, delete the original server.
1.84 In general server pool
Values:
- Yes
- The secondary server is a general-usage server. General-usage servers can run any step whose parent step template specifies that it can run on any server in the general pool.
- No
- The secondary server is not a general-usage server. It can only run a step when the tuning properties for its parent step template list this server.
- Database name
- Instance.InGeneralServerPool
Usage note: For application servers that run on Windows, make sure that the value of this property is No. Otherwise, errors occur if RICOH ProcessDirector tries to run any of the steps that can run in the general server pool on the Windows server.
1.85 Computer IP address or host name
For a local secondary server on the primary computer, enter: localhost
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- RICOH ProcessDirector supports both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. If you use IPv4, IP addresses can be expressed using dotted-decimal addresses or the fully qualified host name. If you use IPv6, you must use the fully qualified host name of the server.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Instance.IPAddress
1.86 Server name for local computer
- Database name
- Instance.KnownAs
Usage note: This name must exactly match the Server name property on the remote system.
1.87 Last modified
- Database name
- Instance.LastModified
1.88 Maximum resource-intensive step count
Format:
- Data type
- Integer 0–99; 0 means that the application or secondary server does not allow any resource-intensive steps to run.
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Instance.MaxHighUsageSteps
Usage notes:
- The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether a step template, and any steps that are created from it, are considered resource-intensive in performance.
- To control the number of resource-intensive steps that can run on the primary server of the RICOH ProcessDirector system, set the Maximum resource-intensive step count system property.
- If Maximum resource-intensive step count is set to 0, the value for the Maximum step count for other steps property for this server cannot also be 0.
1.89 Maximum step count for other steps
Format:
- Data type
- Integer 0–999; 0 means that the application or secondary server does not allow any non-resource-intensive steps to run.
- Default
- 5
- Database name
- Instance.MaxLowUsageSteps
Usage notes:
- The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether a step template, and any steps that are created from it, are considered resource-intensive in performance.
- To control the number of non-resource-intensive steps that can run on the primary server of the RICOH ProcessDirector system, set the Maximum step count for other steps system property.
- If Maximum resource-intensive step count is set to 0, the Maximum step count for other steps property value for this server cannot also be 0.
1.90 Modified by user
- Database name
- Instance.ModifiedBy
1.91 Operating system
Values:
- Linux
- Linux operating system
- Windows
- Microsoft Windows operating system
- Database name
- Instance.OperatingSystem
1.92 Connection status
Values:
- Connected
- The application or secondary server can communicate with the primary server.
- Disconnected
- Either the application or secondary process is not running or it cannot establish
a network connection with the primary server. The server process might be inactive
because the server was rebooted, the process itself was shut down, or a system failure
occurred. The disconnected server tries to reconnect with the primary server at one-minute
intervals.
When the primary server detects that an application or secondary server is disconnected, these actions occur:
- Any printer devices that are associated with the disconnected server are disabled. RICOH ProcessDirector moves to an error state any jobs that are assigned to those printers and that have printed pages. If a job has been assigned to a printer on the secondary server but has not begun printing, RICOH ProcessDirector moves it to the queued state.
- Input devices that are associated with the disconnected server do not process any new input files that they receive.
- RICOH ProcessDirector cancels any steps that are associated with the disconnected server and that are actively processing a job. The job is moved to an error state and a message is written to the job error log.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not schedule new steps to the server until the server reconnects.
- Database name
- Instance.Status
1.93 System
- Database name
- Instance.SystemName
1.94 Server type
Values:
- Application/Secondary
- Application and Secondary servers share the database with the primary RICOH ProcessDirector server. You can create secondary servers on the same computer as the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server. If the primary server is on a Linux computer, you can install the Secondary Server feature on other Linux computers. That feature lets you create input devices and printers on those computers, in addition to running processing steps on them. You can install Application servers on Windows computers. Application servers let you access other programs on the Windows computer so you can send print jobs to them as part of your workflows.
- Database name
- Instance.Type
1.95 Add blank page
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Blank page are added to the files that have an odd number of pages.
- No
- No blank pages are added to the files.
- Database name
- Job.Add.BlankPage
Usage notes:
- Use this property when the job is sent to a duplex printer to avoid printing the last
page of one PDF file and the first page of another PDF file on the same sheet of paper.
For example, if each PDF file is a separate customer statement, set this property to Yes so that each statement starts to print on the front side of the sheet.
- Blank pages are only added to PDF files with an odd number of pages.
1.96 Values to set
- Database name
- Job.AssignedValues
Usage notes:
- You can use both a configuration file and the list of property values to change the values for a job. If a property is included in both the configuration file and in the list, the value in this list is used.
- You can enter symbols such as ${Job.CustomerName} as a value for another property, such as a property you use for accounting.
- If you want to set positional properties, you must use the configuration file to specify them.
- If a property takes a unit, you cannot select it. Measurement values are in inches. Time values are in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.
1.97 Binding
Values:
- None (default)
- No binding options are set; the job uses the printer's default setting.
- Perfect
- The printer glues a cover onto the binding edge.
- Ring
- The printer inserts rings along the binding edge.
- Ring and punch
- The printer punches the job for a ring binder.
- Database name
- Job.Binding
1.98 Collate
Values:
- Not set (Default)
- Use the default setting for the printer.
- Off
- Print all the copies of each sheet before printing the next sheet. For example, if you print 10 copies of a 3-page job with this setting, the printer outputs 10 copies of page 1, then 10 copies of page 2, then 10 copies of page 3.
- Collate
- For each print file in the job, print all the pages of the file in the order that they appear before printing the next copy. For example, if you print 50 copies of a 10-page packet, the printer outputs pages 1-10 for the first copy, then pages 1-10 for the second copy, and so on, until 50 copies are printed.
- Database name
- Job.Collate
Usage note: You can only use this property when you print to a Ricoh PDF printer.
1.99 Compress file patterns
The value uses regular expression syntax:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
- Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match signifies the END of the expression.
Characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PDF$,.*AFP$ represent patterns that are different from .*pdf$,.*afp$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.
For example:
- To compress all PDF files, including files with names like myfile.pdf.old, set the value to .*pdf,.*PDF.
- To compress all PDF files, excluding files with names like myfile.pdf.old, set the value to .*pdf$,.*PDF$.
- To compress all PDF files with
ABC
in the filename, such asdraft_ABC.pdf
andABC1.pdf
, set the value to .*ABC.*pdf,.*ABC.*PDF.
Format:
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.Compress.FilePatterns
1.100 Compress all files
Values:
- Yes
- All spool and checkpoints files are compressed.
- No (default)
- No files are compressed.
- Database name
- Job.CompressAllFiles
1.101 Job copies requested
Format:
- Data type
- Integer value of 1 or greater
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Job.Copies
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Copies: field of the header sheet for the job.
- When the job is actively printing on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer, the Job copies stacked property shows how many of the requested copies have printed and reached the output stacker of the printer device. When the job is actively being processed on a PCLOut printer, the Job copies stacked property shows how many of the requested copies have been converted to PCL. To print multiple copies of a job on a Passthrough printer, add the copies option to the Printer command property for the printer. Not all printers support printing multiple copies using lpr, so the request might not be honored.
1.102 Copies
Values:
- Update Job copies requested
- Lets you change the number of copies to print. If you select this option, enter a value in the Job copies requested field below. The number of copies is applied to all selected jobs.
- Do not update Job copies requested
- The number of requested copies for the selected jobs is not updated.
1.103 Job copies stacked
If the job is printing on a Passthrough printer, this property is set to the value of the Job copies requested property after a valid return code is reported for the printer command. If the job is printing on a PCLOut printer, this value is equal to the number of copies converted to PCL. Otherwise no value is set for this property.
- Database name
- Job.CopiesStacked
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a stop request for a job that is printing on an AFP printer that specifies that the rest of the job be discarded. If the job is discarded before the current copy completes, the job-copies-stacked count includes a partial copy.
- The value of this property is reset to 0 when a Process again or a Print again request is made for the job. If the job is sent to an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer, any copies that were printed previously are excluded from this value. If the job is sent to a Passthrough printer, the value is reset to the value in the Job copies requested property, regardless of the number of copies that have printed.
1.104 Current day
- Database name
- Job.CurrentDay
Usage notes:
- This property can be used to set a condition in a workflow, so that jobs can follow different paths through the workflow based on the day that they arrive at the connector that specifies the condition.
- When you use the Current day property to set a condition, you can only use the = (equal to) and != (not equal to) values.
1.105 Assigned printer
- Database name
- Job.CurrentPrinter
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the PrinterName: field of the header sheet for the job.
1.106 Current time
- Database name
- Job.CurrentTime
Usage note: This property can be used to set a condition in a workflow, so that jobs can follow different paths through the workflow based on the time that they arrive at the connector that specifies the condition.
1.107 Customer name
Format:
- Length
- 1-255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- None
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.CustomerName
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Customer: field of the header sheet for the job.
- When a job is added to an order, the corresponding Customer name order property is cascaded to the job for this property. If you update this job property it is not copied back to the order.
1.108 Job description
Format:
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Description
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Job Description: field of the header sheet for the job.
1.109 Duplex
For jobs that are printed on Passthrough printers, the value of the Duplex property is not automatically sent with the job. The command defined to send the job to the Passthrough printer or the duplex setting on your printer determines whether the job prints one-sided or two-sided. However, the value of the Duplex property is used by the CountPages step for PDF jobs when calculating the page and sheet count for the job.
Values:
- Not set (default)
- No duplex mode is assigned.
- No
- Duplexed printing is not active. The job prints on a single side of the paper. This is also referred to as simplexed printing.
- Yes
- Normal duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the long side of the paper as the bound edge. This is the orientation that most books use.
- Tumble
- Tumble-duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the short edge of the paper as the bound edge. The bottom of the front side of the sheet is the top of the back side of the sheet.
- Database name
- Job.Duplex
Usage notes:
- For AFP jobs, if the value for the Duplex property differs from the duplex mode that the form definition for the job specifies, the Duplex property value is used. For example, if the form definition specifies tumble-duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, the No value is used and the job prints on a single side of the paper (simplex). If the Duplex property is Not set, the value in the form definition for the job is used.
- For PDF jobs submitted with a JDF job ticket, if the value of the Duplex property differs from the JDF setting, the JDF setting is used. For example, if the JDF specifies duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, the JDF value is used and the job prints on both sides of the paper.
- The OptimizeJDF step can change the Duplex property based on number of Sides page exceptions in the JDF. For example, some JDF job tickets have a Sides setting on every page even if only one sheet in the entire job is simplex. When the step processes those JDF files, it makes groups of the series of pages with the same Sides value. Then it counts which Sides setting has the most groups and sets that Sides value at the job level and only inserts page exceptions for the pages that have a different Sides value. JDF job tickets with fewer page exceptions are processed faster by steps in Ricoh ProcessDirector.
- This property is ignored when printing on PCLOut printers.
1.110 External program code page
Values:
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector programs use the code page that the locale setting in the RICOH ProcessDirector server specifies.
- UTF-8
- Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format
- ISO8859_1
- Latin Alphabet No. 1
- ISO8859_15
- Latin Alphabet No. 9
- EUC_JP
- JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese
- Database name
- Job.External.CodePage
Usage note: External program code page is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.111 External command
Format:
- Length
- 1–3072 characters (bytes) Special characters are permitted.
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
The command string must use regular expression syntax.
- Database name
- Job.External.Command
Usage notes:
- External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
- One example of an external command appears in the RunExternalProgram step in the PDF workflow. This value is set for the External command property:
- cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv
cp
is the Linux command to copy a file.- ${getControlFileName()} is a symbol formula that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to derive the name of the file to copy. This formula specifies the control file in the External control file template property.
/aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv
is the Linux parameter for the directory path and name of the CSV file produced by the external command. If the Job ID is 10000000, the name of the file is10000000.info.cfg
.
If the primary server runs on Windows, you must change the default value to use a Windows command and an appropriate directory name. For example:
- copy ${getControlFileName()} C:\aiwdir\aiw1\samples\${Job.ID}.info.csv
- External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.112 External control file template
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Format:
- Length
- 1-255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.External.ControlFileTemplate
Usage notes:
- Control file template is the RICOH ProcessDirector terminology for any parameter file that an external command requires. If the external command calls an external program, the program might use a different term to refer to its parameter file.
- If the external command does not use a control file template, do not specify a value for this property.
- External control file template is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
- The content and format of the information that the control file contains depends on the external command that uses the control file.
job_info.cfg
is an example of a control file template. Thejob_info.cfg
file is located in this directory:- On Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/external_programs
- On Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\external_programs
The control file has a list of symbols for nine job properties.
An external command like
cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv
(on Linux) orcopy ${getControlFileName()} C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\${Job.ID}.info.csv
(on Windows) uses the control file to produce a CSV file with the values of the nine job properties.In the control file, the
${job.ID}
and${job.Name}
symbols specify the Job ID and Job name job properties. Job.ID and Job.Name are the RICOH ProcessDirector database names of the job properties. In the CSV file produced when a job runs, Job ID and Job name might be 10000000 and Demo.pdf. You can add and delete symbols in thejob_info.cfg
file, as required for the installation.- On Linux:
- For the TransformJobIntoAFP step, you can use a control file that specifies either the Adobe PDF Print Engine (APPE) or Configurable PostScript Interpreter (CPSI) conversion program. Both programs convert PDF data to AFP. APPE supports more PDF capabilities and gives better performance for color jobs. To convert PDF data with APPE, change the name of the file in the property value to prepare_transform_APPE.cfg. Leave the directory path the same. To convert PDF data with CPSI, keep the default value for the name of the file: prepare_transform.cfg. Both control files convert PostScript, PCL, and SAP data to AFP.
1.113 External program language
Values:
- Not set
- The command uses English (en_US) as the default language.
- English (en_US)
- English (en_GB)
- French (fr_FR)
- German (de_DE)
- Italian (it_IT)
- Japanese (ja_JP)
- Portuguese (pt_BR)
- Spanish (es_ES)
- Database name
- Job.External.Language
- External program language is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
- This property does not present any functional differences between en_US and en_GB.
1.114 Valid return codes
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
If the external command returns any value that this property does not specify, RICOH ProcessDirector issues an error message and moves the job to an error state.
- Database name
- Job.External.ValidRCs
Usage note: Valid return codes is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.115 Job arrival time
- Database name
- Job.FileReceiptTime
Usage note: If a parent job and child jobs are created, the Job arrival time of all child jobs is set to the Job arrival time of the parent job.
1.116 Fold options
Values:
- None (default)
- No folding options are set.
- Z Fold
- Folds the paper twice as a Z-shape.
- Z Fold Large Paper
- Same as Z-fold, except that it only folds the large sheets in the job.
- Double Parallel-Fold
- Folds the job in four pieces, containing eight panels.
- Gate Fold
- The left and right edges fold inside and meet in the middle of the page without overlapping. The middle panel is larger, to accommodate the left and right panels when closed.
- Multi Letter Fold-Out
- Applies two folds to create three equal panels.
- Multi Letter Fold-In
- Applies two folds to create three equal panels. The outer parts are folded inward
- Saddle
- Folds the job once, creating two equal halves.
If the Saddle fold option is selected when a folding unit is not attached to the printer, the output is not folded.
- SaddleDown
- Booklet folds down, also called booklet fold.
May be used to fold output in half that is not a booklet.
- Database name
- Job.FoldOptions
1.117 Job hold pending
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector holds the job.
- No (default)
- The job continues to the next processing step.
- Database name
- Job.HoldPending
1.118 Application log file
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.ApplicationLogFile
Usage notes:
- For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the default name and location of the Ultimate Impostrip® log file on the Ultimate Impostrip® server is
Program Files\Ultimate Technographics\ImpostripOnDemand\OnDemandLog.txt
. - Application log file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.119 Clean up retrieval folder
Values:
- Not set
- When a job enters the step, the step deletes any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern from the retrieval folder before it submits the File to send.
- Yes (default)
- When a job enters the step, the step deletes any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern from the retrieval folder before it submits the File to send.
- No
- When a job enters the step, the step leaves any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern in the retrieval folder, then submits the File to send.
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.ClearRetrievalFolder
- Usage notes:
-
-
When the step processes a job, it leaves all files whose file names do not match the Retrieval pattern in the retrieval folder.
- When you set this property to No, the file that the step retrieves can be in the retrieval folder when a job enters the step. The step retrieves the file, then puts the file specified by the File to send property in the sending folder. The step then sends the job and the retrieved file to the next step in the workflow. The step does not wait for a new file to be placed in the retrieval folder.
-
1.120 File to send
Format:
- Data type
- Symbol formula
- Default
- ${getAbsoluteFileName(print,pdf,read)}
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.FileToSend
Usage notes:
- The default value returns the name of the PDF print file in the spool directory. If the PDF print file does not exist in the spool directory when the external program runs, an error occurs.
- File to send is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.121 File size verification count
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 2-9
- Default
- 2
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.FileVerificationCount
Usage notes:
- For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
- File size verification count is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.122 Poll interval
You can specify a value from 1 second through 1 hour. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Default
- 30 seconds
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.PollInterval
Usage notes:
- The timeout interval should be greater than the poll interval times the file verification count.
- For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
- Poll interval is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.123 Retrieval folder
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.RetrievalFolder
Usage note: Retrieval folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.124 Retrieval pattern
The default retrieval pattern string is ${Job.Id}.*. In this string:
- ${Job.Id} is the symbol notation for the Job number property.
RICOH ProcessDirector looks up the value of this property for the current job and inserts that value in the string, replacing the symbol notation.
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.RetrievalPattern
Usage note: Retrieval pattern is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.125 Retrieved file
Format:
- Data type
- Symbol formula
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.RetrievedFile
Usage note: Retrieved file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.126 Sending folder
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.SendingFolder
Usage notes:
- For the RunImpostripOnJob step template, leave this field blank. During processing, this value is derived from the values you entered on the Ultimate Impostrip® settings page.
- Sending folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.127 Timeout interval
The unit of time for the value can be minutes, hours, or days. You can specify a value from 0 minutes through 7 days. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Default
-
- None for the RunHotFolderApplication step
- 2 hours for the RunImpostripOnJob step
- Database name
- Job.HotFolder.TimeOutInterval
Usage notes:
- The timeout interval should be greater than the poll interval times the file verification count.
- For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
- Timeout interval is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.128 Job number
- Database name
- Job.ID
Usage note: You can use the System Settings page of the administration interface to configure the largest and smallest job numbers that RICOH ProcessDirector assigns.
1.129 Prevent media substitution
Values:
- No (default)
- Media substitution rules are honored and different media can be used for the job.
- Yes or Not set
- Media substitution rules are ignored and different media cannot be used for the job.
- Database name
- Job.IgnoreShopRules
Usage note: Selecting Yes or Not set restricts this job from using any media substitution rules that are defined for the printer used to print the job. This setting might prevent the job from printing until the requested media is available.
1.130 Input data stream
Values:
- AFP
- The input file is in the Advanced Function Presentation format.
- CSV
- The input file is in the comma-separated value format.
- GIF
- The input file is in the Graphic Interchange Format.
- JDF
- The input file is a job ticket in the Job Definition Format.
- JPEG
- The input file is in the Joint Photographic Experts Group format.
- JSON
- The input file is in the JavaScript Object Notation format.
- LCDS
- The input file contains data in the Xerox line-conditioned data stream.
- LineData
- The input file contains line data or mixed mode data. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot detect line data or mixed mode data; this value must be explicitly set.
- Metacode
- The input file contains data in the Xerox metacode format.
- PCL
- The input file is in the Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language format.
- The input file is in the Adobe Portable Document Format.
- PostScript
- The input file is in the Adobe PostScript format.
- Text
- The input file contains plain text data. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot detect plain text; this value must be explicitly set.
- TIFF
- The input file is in the Tagged Image File Format.
- Unknown
- The data type of the input file is not known. Because the DetectInputDataStream step cannot detect between the line data and text input data streams, it sets the value of this property to Unknown for either of these input data streams.
- XML
- The input file is in Extensible Markup Language format.
- Database name
- Job.InputDataStream
Usage notes:
- It is a good practice to set the input data stream accurately. Authorized users can accomplish this by including the DetectInputDataStream step in the workflow, or they can explicitly set the Input data stream property in a SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the workflow.
- If the Input data stream property is specified more than once, RICOH ProcessDirector uses a hierarchy to establish the final value of the property. It establishes the
value in this order:
- When the input device submits the input file and creates the corresponding job, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the initial value to Unknown.
- If the workflow for the job includes a value for the input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value of the property to the value that the workflow specifies.
- If the AFP Support feature is installed, the input file was submitted through Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus, and the JCL file that accompanied the input file included a value for the datat keyword, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the property to the value that the keyword specifies.
- If the workflow includes the DetectInputDataStream step, and the step detects the type of input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value to the type that the step detected. This only applies if the Input data stream property has not been modified by the workflow or through the JCL file, and is still Unknown.
- If an authorized user does a Process again action on the job and selects a new value for the input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the value that the user specifies. In this case, it ignores any value that the workflow specifies. Also, if reprocessing runs the DetectInputDataStream step again, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores any value that the step determines.
- If you need to change the Input data stream property after RICOH ProcessDirector starts to process the job, use the Process Again action. In this case, start processing the job again from the step that specifies the new value.
1.131 Input file name
- Database name
- Job.InputFile
1.132 Input file size (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.InputFile.Size
Usage note: If the workflow for the job specifies the CountPages step, RICOH ProcessDirector reports the size of the job in pages after that step completes for the job. See the value of the Total pages property.
1.133 Parent server
- Database name
- Job.Instance
1.134 Job size (sheets)
RICOH ProcessDirector also uses the value of this property when a workflow uses the VerifyPrintedSheetCount step to validate the actual number of sheets that print for a job. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- Job.JobSize
1.135 Workflow
- Database name
- Job.JobType
1.136 Workflow history
- Database name
- Job.JobType.History
1.137 Requested location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Requested location can be set by a workflow or in the property notebook for the job.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Location field of the header sheet for the job.
- When a job is added to an order, the corresponding Order location property is cascaded to the job for this property. If you update this job property it is not copied back to the order.
1.138 Media
- Default
- Not set
In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects that are included in the list. The toggle options are:
- Ready
- The list shows only media that are loaded and ready in the requested printer.
- Supported
- The list shows media that the requested printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
- All
- The list includes all media objects that are defined. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.
On the Workflow page, the toggle button is not available; the list always displays all media.
- Database name
- Job.Media
Usage notes:
- If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media that is loaded in the default tray.
- If a value is specified for the Media, Duplex, or Output bin job property for an AFP job, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that value in the form definition.
- Both the Scheduling and the Page Exception tabs in the Job property notebook include this property; you cannot change its value on the Page Exception tab.
- If the job requires more than one type of media, such as cardstock for covers or colored paper for chapter dividers, use the Page Exception tab to define the other media. If page exceptions are defined, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the list of media in the Media required property to schedule the job to a printer.
1.139 Media required
- Database name
- Job.MediaRequired
Usage notes:
- This value is compared to the Media supported property on a printer to determine whether the printer can print the job.
- You cannot change the value of this property.
1.140 Media substituted
Values:
- Yes
- At least one media was substituted. See the job log for details.
- No
- No media was substituted.
- Database name
- Job.MediaSubstitution
Usage note: This property is set when the job is assigned to a printer. If you print or process the job again, the value is reset to No if the job was printed on a printer that does not require substitution.
1.141 Job name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Name
Usage notes:
- When the ${Job.InputFile} symbol is used as the value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the job name to the name of the input file from which the job was created. However,
for any job submitted with a control file that defines the job name (Download and
LPD input devices), remove ${Job.InputFile} as the value for this property so it does not override the job name defined in the
control file.
For example, if the workflow specifies ${Job.InputFile} as the value of the Job name property, and a control file, such as receive_lpd_pdf_jobtype.cfg, specifies DEFINE ${Job.Name} AS "${DEPARTMENT}", RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the Job name property to the name of the input file for the job, not to the value that the DEPARTMENT job parameter specifies.
- If you use the Process Again action to process the job again, and you specify a different workflow, the job's name might change. The job name is set based on the rules for the new workflow.
1.142 Output bin
You can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the bins that are included in the list. The toggle options are:
- Requested
- Output bins that are available on the requested printer are shown.
- Available
- Output bins that are available on any printer are shown. Requested output bins are listed first.
- All
- All output bins defined are shown. Requested output bins are listed first, followed by available output bins, then any remaining output bins.
On the Workflow page, the toggle button is not present; the list always displays all defined output bins.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.OutputBin
1.143 Transform page length
- Default
- 11.0 inches or 279.400 millimeters, depending on the locale setting of the browser. In the Workflow page, inches are used.
- Database name
- Job.PageLength
1.144 Pages to print again
The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas. Use a dash to separate the beginning and ending pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.
The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print from page 400 through the last page of the job. A value of just n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print only the last page of the job.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.PageRange
Usage notes:
- You cannot edit the Pages to print again property on the Job property notebook. Use the Print again action to specify which pages to print again.
- In the Print Again dialog, you can enter the value in the field or click the Select pages in viewer button and select which pages to print again.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Reprint Range field of the header sheet for the job.
1.145 Pages stacked
- Database name
- Job.PagesStacked
Usage notes:
- To see updates to the value of this property, view the Status tab of the property notebook for the job and refresh the page.
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a stop request for the AFP or Ricoh PDF job that specifies that the rest of the job should be discarded.
- RICOH ProcessDirector recalculates the value of this property if a Process again request or a Print again request is made for the job and the job is printed on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer. For a job assigned to a Passthrough printer, this property gets reset to zero when a Process again or a Print again request occurs and reset to the value in the Total pages property when the job is reassigned to a Passthrough printer.
- The pages-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.
1.146 Transform page width
- Default
- 8.5 inches or 215.900 millimeters, depending on the locale setting of the browser. In the Workflow tab, inches are used.
- Database name
- Job.PageWidth
1.147 Current phase
Values:
- Receive
- Prepare
- Complete
RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the job moves from one phase to another. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- Job.Phase
Usage notes:
- If you changed the default phase names, the names you chose are displayed in the list.
- RICOH ProcessDirector also uses these properties to further define the processing point and state of the
job:
- Current job state
- Current step
- Progress within the current phase
- Stop when entering phase
- Reason for wait status
1.148 Progress within the current phase
Values:
- Preprocessing
- RICOH ProcessDirector is performing one or more pre-processing tasks for the job.
- Active
- RICOH ProcessDirector is actively processing the job.
- Manual
- The job requires an action on the part of the operator. The action is not required because of an error condition. For example, an operator might have done a Stop action on the job and a Continue action is needed to resume processing. Another example would be if the workflow for the job includes a manual step and the job is waiting for the operator to start or complete the manual step.
- Error
- RICOH ProcessDirector has detected an error with the job that requires operator intervention. For example, the printer jammed or another job-processing step encountered an error.
- Database name
- Job.PhaseProgress
1.149 Accepted by
- Database name
- Job.Preview.AcceptedBy
Usage notes:
- If the Accept preview print automatically property is set to Yes, this value is set to System.
- Accepted by is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.150 Accept preview print automatically
Values:
- Yes
- Accepts the preview print without waiting for a user to do an action. The print job moves to the next step and continues processing.
- No (default)
- Waits for a user to accept or reject the preview print.
- Database name
- Job.Preview.AutoAccept
Usage notes:
- Set this value to Yes if a user does not have to review and accept the preview print at this point in the workflow. For example, if your workflow includes multiple PreviewPrint steps and you want to compare the output from all of them, you can automatically accept all of the print previews except the last one.
- Accept preview print automatically is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.151 Page range for preview print
The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas; use a dash to separate the first and last pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.
The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print from page 400 through the last page of the job. A value of just n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print only the last page of the job.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Preview.PageRange
Usage note: If you change this value after the job enters the PreviewPrint step, you must process the job through the PreviewPrint step again.
1.152 Requested printer for preview print
If the value is Not set, RICOH ProcessDirector does not assign the job to a printer until an authorized user selects a printer from the list. You do not use the Schedule Job action to set this value.
If you see a colored star next to this field, only your favorite printers are listed. Click the colored star to see all the printers in the list.
- Database name
- Job.Preview.RequestedPrinter
Usage notes:
- If a specific printer is requested, the properties of that printer determine the ready and supported values that you can select for the Media property, and the available and requested values that you can select for the Output bin property.
- If you set the Transform RIP for printer property to Same as requested printer, make sure that the requested printer supports the halftone specified by the Transform halftone property. You can specify any combination of printer and halftone, but if the printer does not support the halftone there are errors in transform processing.
1.153 Previous printer
- Database name
- Job.PreviousPrinter
1.154 Assigned to printer
- Database name
- Job.Print.AssignPrintTime
1.155 Cumulative pages stacked
Passthrough printers accumulate page counts by assuming the number of pages set in the Total pages property was stacked each time the printer command was run and reported a valid return code. PCLOut printers show how many accumulated pages have been converted to PCL.
- Database name
- Job.Print.CumulativePagesStacked
Usage note: The cumulative-pages-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.
1.156 Cumulative sheets stacked
Passthrough printers accumulate sheet counts by assuming the number of sheets set in the Total sheets property was stacked each time the printer command was run and reported a valid return code. PCLOut printers show how many accumulated sheets have been converted to PCL.
- Database name
- Job.Print.CumulativeSheetsStacked
Usage note: For jobs sent to AFP printers, the cumulative-sheets-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.
1.157 Current Page
- Database name
- Job.Print.CurrentPag
1.158 Current total pages
- Database name
- Job.Print.CurrentTotalPages
1.159 Current total sheets
- Database name
- Job.Print.CurrentTotalSheets
1.160 Print complete time
You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- Job.Print.EndPrintTime
1.161 Form length (millimeters)
- Database name
- Job.Print.Formlength
1.162 Header page configuration file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in this directory:
- On Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
- On Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Print.HeaderConfig
Usage notes:
- If the Header copies property for the job has a value of 1 or greater, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Header page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
- For AFP banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate
.cfg
file. - For PDF banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate
.jrxml
file. - For AFP banner pages, if the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration
file and the file is different from the configuration file that the job specifies,
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Header page configuration file job property has a value of
header.cfg
, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name ofheader.narrow.cfg
. If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of theheader.cfg
file. - On Linux primary computers: For PDF banner pages that print on Ricoh PDF or Custom
PDF printers on application servers, this value must specify the drive letter that
the application server uses to connect to the
/aiw
directory on the primary computer. For example, the application server usesZ:
to connect, and the file path to the header page configuration file on the primary computer is/aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/header.jrxml
. This value must specifyZ:\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\header.jrxml
.
1.163 Header copies
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no header page prints for the job.
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Job.Print.HeaderCopies
Usage notes:
- If you use PDF banner pages, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
- To print a PDF header page for a job sent to a Ricoh PDF or Passthrough printer, this value must be set to 1 or greater and the Enable header pages printer property set to Yes.
- If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Header copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.
1.164 Header Media
Values:
- Default
- Not set
In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects included in the list. The toggle options are:
- Ready
- The list shows only media that the printer reports as ready and loaded.
- Supported
- The list shows media that the printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
- All
- The list includes all defined media objects. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.
- Database name
- Job.Print.HeaderMedia
Usage notes:
- Use Header and Trailer media values to maximize printing efficiency by precisely matching jobs and printers.
- This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers. Set Header and Trailer media values only for these printers to avoid a No matching device status.
- If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media loaded in Banner page input tray. If the banner page input tray value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
- If the Printer specifies a tray for the banner pages, and the Job specifies media for the Header or Trailer, then the job is marked with a scheduling conflict and printing does not occur.
1.165 Reprinted unfinished pages
- Database name
- Job.Print.ReprintedUnfinished
1.166 Spool ID
- Database name
- Job.Print.SpoolID
Usage notes:
- The RICOH ProcessDirector printer driver component prints the spool ID on any error pages that it prints for the job.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the SpoolID: field of the header sheet for the job.
- This property is not set for jobs sent to Passthrough printers.
1.167 Trailer page configuration file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in this directory:
- On Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
- On Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Print.TrailerConfig
Usage notes:
- If the Trailer copies property for the job has a value of 1 or greater, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Trailer page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
- For AFP banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate
.cfg
file. - For PDF banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate
.jrxml
file. - For AFP banner pages, if the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration
file and the file is different from the configuration file that the job specifies,
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Trailer page configuration file job property has a value of
trailer.cfg
, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name oftrailer.narrow.cfg
. If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of thetrailer.cfg
file. - On Linux primary computers: For PDF banner pages that print on Ricoh PDF or Custom
PDF printers on application servers, this value must specify the drive letter that
the application server uses to connect to the
/aiw
directory on the primary computer. For example, the application server usesZ:
to connect, and the file path to the trailer page configuration file on the primary computer is/aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/trailer.jrxml
. This value must specifyZ:\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\trailer.jrxml
.
1.168 Trailer copies
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no trailer page prints for the job.
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Job.Print.TrailerCopies
Usage notes:
- If you use PDF banner pages, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
- To print a PDF trailer page for a job sent to a Ricoh PDF or Passthrough printer, this value must be set to 1 or greater and the Enable trailer pages printer property set to Yes.
- If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Trailer copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.
1.169 Trailer Media
Values:
- Default
- Not set
In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects included in the list. The toggle options are:
- Ready
- The list shows only media that the printer reports as ready and loaded.
- Supported
- The list shows media that the printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
- All
- The list includes all defined media objects. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.
- Database name
- Job.Print.TrailerMedia
Usage notes:
- Use Header and Trailer media values to maximize printing efficiency by precisely matching jobs and printers.
- This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers. Set Header and Trailer media values only for these printers to avoid a No matching device status.
- If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media loaded in Banner page input tray. If the banner page input tray value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
- If the Printer specifies a tray for the banner pages, and the Job specifies media for the Header or Trailer, then the job is marked with a scheduling conflict and printing does not occur.
1.170 Job priority
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-999. 1 specifies the highest priority. 999 specifies the lowest priority.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Priority
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector treats any job without a value for its Job priority property as the lowest priority. Any other job with a job-priority value, even if the value is 999, processes through each step before a job without a job-priority value.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Priority: field of the header sheet for the job.
- Jobs that contain a JDF file must use a job priority value between 1 and 100. If you enter a value that exceeds 100, RICOH ProcessDirector reverts the value to 100.
- When a job is added to an order, the corresponding Order priority property is cascaded to the job for this property. If you update this job property it is not copied back to the order.
1.171 Process group ID
- Database name
- Job.ProcessGroupId
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector assigns a value to the Process group ID property for all child jobs.
- If you select the Add to Group action for a job that is not in a group, Process group ID is set to the same value as the job number.
- For child jobs, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the job number of the parent job as the value for this property. RICOH ProcessDirector can create child jobs from the input files that a list file specifies for a Hot folder input device. If the AFP Support feature is installed, it can also create child jobs from a multi-dataset job sent through Download for z/OS.
- The Process group order property identifies the position of the job within the group of jobs that have the same Process group ID value.
- Selecting Remove from Group for a job resets the Process group ID to null.
1.172 Process group order
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.ProcessGroupOrder
Usage notes:
- The parent job in a group has a Process group order value of 0.
- RICOH ProcessDirector assigns a value to the Process group order property for all child jobs.
- If you select the Add to Group action for a job that is not in a group, Process group ID is set to the job number of the job and Process group order is set to 0.
1.173 Promoted
Values:
- Yes
- The job was promoted.
- No
- The job was not promoted.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Promote
Usage notes:
- If you promote more than one job on the system, the job that was promoted last moves ahead of all other jobs. The Promotion time property contains the timestamp of when the job was promoted.
- RICOH ProcessDirector processes jobs on the system that are not members of process groups in this order:
- Most recently promoted, as determined by the Promotion time property for the job
- Highest priority, as determined by the Job priority property
- Most recently submitted, as determined by the Time submitted property
- RICOH ProcessDirector processes jobs that are members of a process group in this order:
- Most recently promoted
- Highest priority
- Job order within the process group, as determined by the Process group order property
- You cannot set the Promoted property in a workflow.
1.174 Promotion time
- Database name
- Job.PromoteTime
1.175 Punch
Values:
- Not set (default)
- 2 at left
- 2 at right
- 2 at top
- 2 at bottom
- 3 at left
- 3 at right
- 3 at top
- 3 at bottom
- 4 at left
- 4 at right
- 4 at top
- 4 at bottom
- Multiple at left
- Multiple at top
- Multiple at right
- Multiple at bottom
- Database name
- Job.Punch
Usage notes:
- The value set for the Punch property is ignored if the job is AFP and contains an inline form definition or medium map.
- If the job is AFP and uses an external form definition which has values set for the Punch or Staple job property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the property values and ignores the values in the external form definition. If the job uses an external form definition and these values are unspecified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the values in the external form definition.
- Not all printers support all punch options. For some printers, you can indicate whether a printer can punch, but not what punch patterns it can do.
- On some printers, different options produce the same results; for example, 2 at left and Multiple at left.
- On AFP printers, all punch options produce the same results even when the printer supports multiple options because the job submission program does not distinguish between options.
1.176 Reprint count
Values:
- Not set
- The job has been printed only once.
- 1
- The job has been printed once and then all or part of the job has been processed or printed again.
- Database name
- Job.ReprintCount
Usage notes:
- Only one version of the job can be printing at a time, the original print job or one reprint. For example, you cannot select two different sets of page ranges and have them print simultaneously on two printers.
- When the Reprint count property contains a value, the size of the job reflected in the Job size (sheets) property is adjusted for the size of the reprint job. Therefore, if you request to reprint only 100 sheets of a 5000-sheet job, the Job size property changes from 5000 to 100 when the Reprint count property is incremented. The Total sheets property remains 5000. When the reprint is successfully completed, the Cumulative sheets stacked property is 5100 plus any banner pages that were printed.
1.177 Requested printer
The requested printer can also be one of these values:
- Any printer
- The job is assigned to the first available printer with matching values for its scheduling properties.
- Not set
- The job is not assigned to any printer. The value must be changed before RICOH ProcessDirector can assign the job to a printer.
If you see a colored star next to this field or next to the printer name, only your favorite printers are listed. Click the colored star to see all the printers in the list.
The requested printer might not be the actual printer that prints the job. For example, an operator might move the job to a different printer because of a problem with the requested printer. The Assigned printer property identifies the printer that actually prints the job.
- Database name
- Job.RequestedPrinter
Usage notes:
- If a specific printer is requested, the properties of that printer determine some of the values that you can select for Media and Output bin properties.
- If you install the AFP Support feature and set the Transform RIP for printer property to Same as requested printer, make sure that the requested printer supports the halftone specified by the Transform halftone property. You can specify any combination of printer and halftone, but if the printer does not support the halftone there are errors in transform processing.
1.178 Transform resolution (dpi)
For the AFP output of the Advanced Transform feature, specifies the resolution of the raster fonts produced. The resolution of images is set with the IOCA transform resolution property.
Format:
- Length
- Number from 100-999
For example:
- 240
- The resolution is 240 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the IBM 3900.
- 300
- The resolution is 300 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as some models of the InfoPrint 4000. This is the default value for the Advanced Transform feature.
- 600
- The resolution is 600 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 4100. This is the default value for the RICOH Transform features.
- Database name
- Job.Resolution
1.179 Restart steps
- Database name
- Job.RestartSteps
1.180 Retention period
You can specify a value from 0 minutes through 99999 hours. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value. RICOH ProcessDirector also uses the retention-period value to calculate and set the Retention expiration time property for the job. The default value for the retention period is 3 days.
- Database name
- Job.RetainDuration
1.181 Retention start time
- Database name
- Job.RetainStartTime
1.182 Job values file
The configuration file is a text file that contains property and value pairs for any job properties, including properties that can be used more than once in a workflow and have different values for each use. By defining rules to call the step to assign the values in this file to the job, you can set different values for the same or different job properties to be passed to the next step in the workflow.
- Database name
- Job.SetJobOverrides
Usage notes:
- You can use both a configuration file and the list of property values in this step to change the values for a job. If a property is included in both the configuration file and in the list, the value in the list is used.
- In the file, use RICOH ProcessDirector database names for the properties. List each property and value on a separate line
as database.property.name=value, with no spaces before or after the equal sign (=). For example:
Job.RequestedPrinter=RicohProVC60000Job.Duplex=Yes
- To set a value for a positional job property, specify the phase and step names in
brackets following the property name.
This example specifies a Linux copy command as the value of the External command job property for the RunExternalProgram step in the Prepare phase of a workflow:
Job.External.Command[Prepare][RunExternalProgram]=cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv
- Job values file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.183 Preset name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 200 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use these characters in the name: \ (backslash) " (double quote) ` (backtick)
- Database name
- Job.SetupName
Usage note:
- Sometimes presets are also referred to as setups.
- If you request a preset for a job and that preset is available on the printer but requires operator intervention to apply (such as to load a different paper), the job goes into error.
- If you request a preset for a job and that preset is not available on the printer, the job goes into error.
- If you use this property as a scheduling property, you can schedule jobs to a printer
that has the same value for its Preset name property.
However, this property is not updated with the Make job match printer action. To update it, use Edit Scheduling Properties or open the job property notebook and update it directly.
- You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.184 Sheets stacked
PCLOut printers set this property equal to the number of sheets converted to PCL. Passthrough printers set this property to equal the Total Sheets property, if a valid return code is reported for the printer command. Otherwise, no value is set for this property. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- Job.SheetsStacked
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a Stop request for the AFP or Ricoh PDF job that specifies that the rest of the job should be discarded.
- RICOH ProcessDirector recalculates the value of this property if a Process again request or a Print again request is made for the job and the job is printed on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer. For a job assigned to a Passthrough printer, this property is reset to 0 when a Process again or Print again request occurs and reset to the value in the Total Sheets property when the job is reassigned to a Passthrough printer.
- The sheets-stacked value includes the sheets that are used for any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.
- To see updates to the value of this property, view the Status tab of the property notebook for the job and refresh the page.
1.185 File type to snapshot
For example, when RICOH ProcessDirector receives a job file, it renames the file JobID.print.unknown
. In that file name, the usagetype is print and the datatype is unknown.
Format:
- usagetype.datatype
- For example: print.pdf, print.afp, print_range.afp
- Default
- print.pdf
- Database name
- Job.SnapshotJobFile.FileToBeCopied
Usage notes:
- The most common usagetype for this property is print.
- Example datatypes for this property are: afp, pdf, and ps.
- For more information about usagetype and datatype values and how they are used in RICOH ProcessDirector methods, see the information center.
- These values are case-sensitive.
1.186 Snapshot file descriptor
If you include a command in a step that occurs later in the workflow and that command requires the snapshot file, use this value as the usagetype in the method that you include in the command.
For example, if this value is set to original , the method ${getAbsoluteFileName(original,afp,read)} resolves to jobID.original.afp .
Format:
- Default
- original
- Database name
- Job.SnapshotJobFile.NewFileDescriptor
Usage notes:
- This value is case-sensitive.
- For more information about usage type values and how they are used in RICOH ProcessDirector methods, see the information center.
1.187 Source input device
- Database name
- Job.SourceInputDeviceName
Usage note: If the job was submitted to a workflow directly and not through an input device, this value is blank.
1.188 Input device type on source system
- Database name
- Job.SourceInputDeviceType
1.189 Root file path
- Database name
- Job.SpoolFileStem
Usage note: Reference information about advanced tasks that RICOH ProcessDirector provides might refer to this directory as the spool directory for the job. Examples of advanced tasks are using control files, using symbol formulas, and using method calls.
1.190 Staple
Values:
- Not set (default)
- 2 at left
- 2 at right
- 2 at top
- 2 at bottom
- 2 at center
- Top left
- Top left diagonal
- Top left horizontal
- Top left vertical
- Top right
- Top right diagonal
- Top right horizontal
- Top right vertical
- Bottom left
- Bottom right
- Database name
- Job.Staple
Usage notes:
- The value set for the Staple property is ignored if the job is AFP and contains an inline form definition or medium map.
- If the job is AFP and uses an external form definition which has values set for the Punch or Staple job property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the property values and ignores the values in the external form definition. If the job uses an external form definition and these values are unspecified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the values in the external form definition.
- Not all printers support all stapling options. For some printers, you can indicate whether a printer can staple, but not what stapling patterns it can do.
- On some printers, different options produce the same results; for example, Top left and Top left diagonal.
- On AFP printers, some different options produce the same results even when the printer supports both options because the job submission program does not distinguish between these options.
- Both the Scheduling and the Page Exception tabs include this property; you cannot change its value on the Page Exception tab.
1.191 Stapling required
- Database name:
- Job.StapleRequired
1.192 Current job state
In the Jobs table, sometimes the Current job state value is replaced by the Reason for wait status value, to provide additional information. You cannot use Reason for wait status values for the Current job state when you create notifications, you must use the underlying Current job state value.
Values:
- Assigned
- RICOH ProcessDirector has assigned the job to a specific printer. The Assigned printer property for the job contains the name of the printer.
- Complete
- The step has completed its processing of the job. Depending on where the job is in its workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector can immediately queue the job to another step.
- Creating
- The job is being created.
- Deleting
- The job is being deleted.
- Duplicates detected
- One or more barcodes have been scanned multiple times in a ReadBarcodeData step. The duplicates must be resolved during a Reconcile step later in the workflow.
- Error
- An error occurred as the step processed the job. Someone must do an action on the job before processing can resume.
- Error on printer
- An error occurred during printing.
- Manual, waiting
- The workflow for the job includes a manual step during which someone does an action that is external to RICOH ProcessDirector. For example, there is a point in job processing at which the print quality must be checked. The job is waiting for a person to right-click the job in the jobs table, and select Manual start.
- Manual, working
- The workflow for the job includes a manual step during which someone does an action that is external to RICOH ProcessDirector. For example, there is a point in job processing at which the print quality must be checked. The job is waiting for a person to right-click the job in the jobs table, and select Manual complete.
- No matching connector
- The job is waiting in the No matching connector state because the values of its properties do not match the rules set on any of the connectors. Review the conditional workflow to determine the cause of the problem.
- Printing
- The assigned printer is printing the job.
- Processing
- A step is actively processing the job.
- Queued
- The job is waiting to be processed by a step.
- Reading barcodes
- The job is waiting for one or more barcode readers to finish detecting all the documents in the job. Use the Complete barcode step action to see what percent of the documents have been detected. Depending on how the workflow is configured, you might have to complete the barcode step manually to get to the next step in the workflow.
- Released
- Someone has released a job that was previously in a stopped state.
- Retained
- The job is waiting for its retention period to expire, at which time RICOH ProcessDirector deletes the job from the system.
- Spooling
- RICOH ProcessDirector is sending the job to the assigned printer.
- Spooled at printer
- RICOH ProcessDirector has sent the job to the assigned Ricoh PDF printer or Ricoh TotalFlow printer where it might be held for later printing.
- Status changed on printer
- Applies to a Ricoh TotalFlow printer only. A user has moved the job from the Active Jobs state to the Inactive Jobs state on the printer console or deleted the job from the printer. Use the Go to next step action to continue processing the job through the workflow. Use the Print again or Restart step action to send the job to the printer again.
- Stopped
- RICOH ProcessDirector has stopped the job, which prevents further processing. You must do a Continue action on the job before processing can resume.
- Unassigned
- The job is waiting for RICOH ProcessDirector to assign it to a printer.
- Waiting
- The job is waiting for the step to process related jobs or other jobs with the same process group ID.
- Waiting for Acceptance
- The job is waiting for a user to accept or reject the preview print.
- Waiting to reconcile
- The job is waiting for a user to do the Reconcile action to review the action to take for the documents in the job.
- Database name
- Job.State
1.193 Current state
Values:
- Queued
- The job is waiting for processing by a specific step to begin.
- Processing
- A specific step is processing the job.
- Complete
- The processing for a specific step is complete. RICOH ProcessDirector queues the job to the next step, if one exists.
- Error
- A specific step reported an error. An authorized user must take corrective action before RICOH ProcessDirector can continue processing.
- Manual
- An authorized user is performing an action for the job.
Administrators and operators cannot change the value of this property.
1.194 Current step
Valid values are the names of the steps in the workflow for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value when the job moves from one step to another. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- Job.Step
1.195 Stop when entering phase
Values:
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not stop the job at any phase.
- Prepare
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Prepare phase.
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Print phase.
- Complete
- RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Complete phase.
- Database name
- Job.StopAtPhase
Usage notes:
- If you changed the default phase names, the names you chose are displayed in the list.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not stop jobs in the Receive phase.
- After RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the specified phase, you can start the job again by selecting it and then using the Continue action.
- If you need to change the Stop when entering phase property after RICOH ProcessDirector starts to process the job, use the Process Again action.
1.196 Time submitted
- Database name
- Job.SubmitTime
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Submit Time field of the header sheet for the job.
1.197 System
- Database name
- Job.SystemName
1.198 Test job
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The type of the job is not specified.
- Yes
- The job is a test job.
- No
- The job is not a test job. It is a production job.
- Database name
- Job.TestJob
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does no special processing for test jobs or for production jobs, and both can exist on the system at the same time.
1.199 Total pages
Operators can use the Pages stacked property in conjunction with the Total pages property to monitor the printing progress of the job on AFP or Ricoh PDF printers. The AFP support feature is required for AFP printers.
- Database name
- Job.TotalPages
Usage notes:
- If the AFP Support feature is installed, this value can be set by the EnableRepositioning step. The EnableRepositioning step does not count any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, message pages, or constant forms that might print for the AFP job. Constant forms print an overlay but no page data on the sheet.
- If a PDF job with a JDF job ticket specifying a mixture of duplex and simplex pages is processed by the CountPages step, the blank sides of the simplex sheets are not counted in the Total pages property. The IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps use the Page exceptions for sides property to determine whether to add blank pages to the PDF or add Sides page exceptions to the JDF for simplex sheets. If Sides page exceptions are used, the blank pages in the output are not included in the Total pages count.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Page Count: field of the header sheet for the job on AFP printers.
1.200 Total sheets
Operators can use the Sheets stacked property in conjunction with the Total sheets property to monitor the printing progress of the job on AFP or Ricoh PDF printers. The AFP Support feature is required for AFP printers.
- Database name
- Job.TotalSheets
Usage notes:
- If the AFP Support feature is installed, this value can be set by the EnableRepositioning step. The EnableRepositioning step does not count the sheets that are used for header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, or message pages that might print for the AFP job. Sheets used for constant forms are counted. Constant forms print an overlay but no page data on the sheet. If the CountPages step is used instead of EnableRepositioning, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the total number of sheets in the CountPages step using the form definition for the job.
- If you change the initial value of the Duplex property for the job to any value other than Not set, the value of the Total sheets property that RICOH ProcessDirector calculates might not match the total number of job sheets that actually stack at the printer. The Sheets stacked property records the number of sheets that are actually stacked at the printer. For example, if the initial duplex value for the job is No, and it is changed to Tumble or Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector issues a warning message about the mismatch. Use the Process Again action to rerun the CountPages or EnableRepositioning step to correct the number of sheets for the new duplex value.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Sheet Count field of the header sheet for the job on AFP printers.
1.201 Reason for wait status
Values:
- Step template disabled
- The job is waiting in the queued state because the step template for the step is disabled. Authorized users should review the Current step property for the job. Then, make sure that the step template on which the step is based is enabled.
- Server unavailable
- The job is waiting in the queued state because all servers that can run the step are
disabled or disconnected. Authorized users should review the tuning properties for
the step template on which the step is based. Determine the server or servers that
can run the step, and then start and enable the appropriate server.
The server-unavailable condition can also occur if the workflow for the job includes a step that requires a server that runs on a specific operating system. If no application or secondary server on that operating system is connected to the primary server, RICOH ProcessDirector does not continue to process the job. Check the tuning properties for the step template on which the step is based. Either make sure that servers of the specified types exist and are connected, or change the operating system types for the step.
- No matching device
- The job is waiting in the unassigned state because the values of its scheduling properties do not match the corresponding values of any printer device. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule the job. Authorized users can modify the scheduling properties of the job so that they match the scheduling properties of a printer or modify the scheduling properties of a printer to match the job. Select the job, and then use the Schedule action.
- No matching media
- The job cannot move to the next step because the media name or media properties in the JDF job ticket or overrides file for the job cannot be matched to an existing media object. This value is a Reason for wait status value when a job is in the Error state.
- Device unavailable
- The job is waiting in the unassigned state because there are no enabled and connected devices that match its scheduling properties. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule the job. Review the printer devices that match the scheduling properties of the job, and enable a matching printer. If the printer is not connected, view the properties for the printer and determine its server. Then, use the startaiw command to start the server.
- Output bin unavailable
- The job is waiting in the queued state because the output bin requested for the job is either full or not installed on the printer.
- Database name
- Job.WaitReason
1.202 Workflow to use
Values:
- Current workflow (default)
-
- If you are processing one or more jobs that have used the same workflows again, the
jobs continue processing from the step that you specify. That step can be in the current
workflow or in another workflow that already processed the job. You can choose the
input data stream and whether RICOH ProcessDirector stops a job when it enters the first step of a specific phase.
If you are processing the job again to pick up job property values that you changed, select a restart step that processes the changed property values. For example, if you changed a control file used by a step, back up to the step where the control file was specified.
- If you are processing multiple jobs again in different workflows, each job continues processing from the first step in its current workflow.
- If you are processing one or more jobs that have used the same workflows again, the
jobs continue processing from the step that you specify. That step can be in the current
workflow or in another workflow that already processed the job. You can choose the
input data stream and whether RICOH ProcessDirector stops a job when it enters the first step of a specific phase.
- Different workflow
- The jobs continue processing from the first step of the workflow that you select from
the list.
If the workflow that you are looking for is not in the list, check to see if the workflow is disabled. Either select a different workflow or enable the workflow and try again.
Usage notes:
- If you are processing one or more jobs that are using the same workflow, you can select a phase and step from any workflow that already processed the job. The list starts with the last step that processed the jobs.
- If you are processing one or more jobs and any of the workflows were edited after the jobs started, the Current workflow option is not available. You must select a workflow from the list.
1.203 Alternate ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 256 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- JobType.ChangeId
1.204 Created by
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- JobType.CreatedBy
Usage notes:
- If you uninstall a feature that added a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Workflow source ID property and the Workflow created by property to manage the workflow. workflows that are not used by jobs in the system or referred to by other objects are deleted. Workflows that are still referred to are identified in a message during the uninstallation process so that you can dispose of them properly.
- The Workflow created by property is not propagated to the new workflow when a workflow that was added by a feature is copied.
1.205 Description
- Database name
- JobType.Description
1.206 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- The workflow is ready for use in job processing.
- No
- The workflow is not ready to use in job processing.
RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever authorized users use the administration interface to enable or disable the workflow.
- Database name
- JobType.Enabled
1.207 Group name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 256 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- JobType.GroupName
1.208 Workflow name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- JobType.ID
Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the workflow, you cannot change the name of the workflow. If you need to rename the workflow, create a copy of the workflow and specify the new name. Then delete the original workflow.
1.209 Last modified
- Database name
- JobType.LastModified
1.210 Workflow location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- JobType.Location
Usage notes:
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the workflows with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each workflow.
- When a user tries to process a job again, only the workflows with a Workflow location value that match a Location value for the user are available. If the Archive feature is installed, the Workflow location is used to present the list of workflows used for resubmitting a job or document retrieved from a repository.
- The Workflow location value does not affect the value that can be set on the Requested location property for jobs processed by the workflow.
1.211 Modified by user
- Database name
- JobType.ModifiedBy
1.212 Owner
Format:
- Length
- Up to 256 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- JobType.Owner
1.213 Rule template to use
Values:
The list of rules that have been created in this workflow.
- Not set
- No rule has been assigned to the connector.
- Database name
- JobType.RulesList
Usage notes:
- To use an existing rule as a template for a new rule, select it. Change the rule’s name, its conditions, or both.
- You can have multiple rules with the same name. Rules with the same name can have different conditions, and rules with different names can have the same conditions. If you assign a rule to multiple connectors and then change the conditions for the rule assigned to one connector, the conditions for the rule assigned to the other connectors do not change.
- When you delete a connector that has a rule, the rule remains on the list until you close the workflow.
1.214 Source ID
This property has no value if an authorized user created the workflow without copying a supplied workflow. If a user copied the workflow from a supplied workflow, the Workflow source ID is the same as the name of the supplied workflow. If a feature installed the workflow, the Workflow source ID is the same as the name of the workflow. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- JobType.SourceID
Usage note: If you uninstall a feature that added a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Workflow source ID property and the Workflow created by property to manage the workflow. Workflows that are not used by jobs in the system or referred to by other objects are deleted. Workflows that are still referred to are identified in a message during the uninstallation process so that you can dispose of them properly.
1.215 Ordered list of steps
- Database name
- JobType.Steps
1.216 Location description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Location.Description
1.217 Location name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Location.ID
Usage note: You cannot change the name of the location after you create it. If you need to rename the location, create a copy of the location and specify the new name. Then, delete the original location.
1.218 Last modified
- Database name
- Location.LastModified
1.219 Modified by user
- Database name
- Location.ModifiedBy
1.220 Device code page
Values:
- UTF8 (default)
- Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format.
- ISO8859_1
- Latin Alphabet Number 1.
- ISO8859_15
- Latin Alphabet Number 9.
- EUC_JP
- JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese.
- Database name
- LPD.CodePage
1.221 Media description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Media.Description
1.222 General ID
- Database name
- Media.GeneralId
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.
- If the media ID is not available on the printer, the field is empty.
- The General ID is displayed only if you select the Printer checkbox in the Media to use field when creating a new printer.
- If the Send media name in job ticket value is set to Yes, the General ID value is overwritten by the media name.
1.223 Media name
Format:
- Length
- 1-128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Media.ID
1.224 Mapped system media
Values:
A list of all the system media.
- Database name
- Media.MappedMedia
Usage note: Click the Edit icon to display the full list of system media.
1.225 Printer
Values:
A list of printers whose Media to use values are set to Printer.
- All printers
- Show the mappings defined for all printers with the Media to use value set to Printer.
- Database name
- Media.MappedMedia.PrinterFilter
1.226 Printer
Values:
A list of all the printers in the system that have the Media to use property set to Printer.
- Database name
- Media.Printer
Usage note: If you need to change this property for an existing printer media, copy the printer media and select a new printer name. Then delete the original printer media.
1.227 Product ID
Format:
- Length
- 1–128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Media.ProductId
- Usage notes:
-
- When Media Matching is set to Use media product ID or media name, RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match media in the JDF job ticket submitted with the job based on the media
product ID. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a matching product ID, it tries to match media in the job ticket based
on the media name.
RICOH ProcessDirector first checks whether the JDF job ticket specifies a media product ID. If it does, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a media object with the same product ID.
If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match, it puts the name of the matching media object in the job property for job media or page-exception media.
If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a match, it looks for a media object with the media name specified in the JDF job ticket. If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match, it puts the name of the matching media object in the job property for job media or page-exception media.
- When RICOH ProcessDirector sends a job with a JDF job ticket to a Ricoh PDF printer, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for media product IDs:
- First RICOH ProcessDirector looks in the
mediamap.cfg
file for a product ID to associate with a media name. Themediamap.cfg
file maps media names to media product IDs separately for different printers. For example, this entry maps media named A4 Blue to media product ID 39872 only when the job is sent to the printer named RicohPro9110: RicohPro9110,A4 Blue,39872If another printer uses a different media product ID for A4 Blue paper, a different entry in the file provides the mapping. For example: RicohPro8120,A4 Blue,239872
If RICOH ProcessDirector finds an entry, it takes the product ID in the entry and associates it with the media name in the job ticket.
- If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find an entry, it looks for a Product ID in the media object associated with the media name. If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a Product ID value, it associates the product ID with the media name in the job ticket.
If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a match, it does not send a product ID for that media name in the job ticket.
- First RICOH ProcessDirector looks in the
- When Media Matching is set to Use media product ID or media name, RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match media in the JDF job ticket submitted with the job based on the media
product ID. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a matching product ID, it tries to match media in the job ticket based
on the media name.
1.228 Input device source ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Media.SourceID
1.229 Media height
Format:
- Data type
- Number from 1 to 9999.99; fractional values allowed.
- Database name
- MediaSize.Height
Usage note: Either the media height or the media width must be at least 2 millimeters larger or smaller than any other media size.
1.230 Media units
Values:
- Inches
- Millimeters
- Points
- Database name
- MediaSize.Units
Usage note: The default value is Inches or Millimeters, depending on the language setting of your browser.
1.231 Media width
Format:
- Data type
- Number from 1 to 1024; fractional values allowed.
- Database name
- MediaSize.Width
Usage note: Either the media width or the media height must be at least 2 millimeters larger or smaller than any other media size.
1.232 Media color
- Database name
- MediaType.Color
Usage notes:
- None means that the media has no color; for example, a transparency. This is different from Not set, which means that the color is not specified.
- Select Color for a color name that is not available in the list of values.
1.233 Media type created by
Format:
- Length
- 1-255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- MediaType.CreatedBy
1.234 Media type description
Format:
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- MediaType.Description
1.235 Media type details
- Database name
- MediaType.Details
1.236 Media front coating
Values:
- Not set (default)
- Coated
- Glossy
- High gloss
- Matte
- None
- Polymer
- Satin
- Semigloss
- Silver
- Database name
- MediaType.FrontCoating
1.237 Media type name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- MediaType.ID
1.238 Media imagable side
Values:
- Not set (default)
- There is no restriction on which side of the media printers can print on. Printers can print on both sides of this media.
- Back
- Printers can print only on the back side of this media.
- Both
- Printers can print on both sides of this media.
- Front
- Printers can print only on the front side of this media.
- Neither
- Printers cannot print on this media.
- Database name
- MediaType.ImagableSide
Usage note: Use the Neither option to prevent printing on certain materials, such as preprinted promotional materials that are loaded in a paper bin so they can be included in the output.
1.239 Last modified
- Database name
- Media.LastModified
1.240 Modified by user
- Database name
- Media.ModifiedBy
1.241 Media opacity
Values:
- Not set (default)
- Opaque
- Light does not pass through the media.
- Translucent
- Only some light passes through the media.
- Transparent
- Enough light passes through the media that you can clearly see through it.
- Database name
- MediaType.Opacity
1.242 Media is preprinted
Values:
- Yes
- The media is preprinted.
- No
- The media is not preprinted.
- Database name
- MediaType.Preprinted
1.243 Media is prepunched
Values:
- Yes
- The media is prepunched.
- No
- The media is not prepunched.
- Database name
- MediaType.Prepunched
1.244 Media is recycled
Values:
- Yes
- The media is recycled.
- No
- The media is not recycled.
- Database name
- MediaType.Recycled
1.245 Media recycled percentage
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0 to 100
- Database name
- MediaType.RecycledPercentage
1.246 Media stock
Values:
- Not set (default)
- Bond
- Cover
- Database name
- MediaType.Stock
1.247 Media texture
- Database name
- MediaType.Texture
1.248 Media weight (gsm)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-999
- Database name
- MediaType.Weight
1.249 Output bin capacity
Format:
- Data type
- Non-negative integer
- Database name
- OutputBin.Capacity
1.250 Output bin description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- OutputBin.Description
1.251 Output bin enabled on printer
- Database name
- OutputBin.Enabled
1.252 Output bin has space remaining
- Database name
- OutputBin.HasSpaceRemaining
1.253 Output bin name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- OutputBin.Id
1.254 Output bin level
Format:
- Data type
- Non-negative integer
- Database name
- OutputBin.Level
1.255 Output bin printer name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- OutputBin.PrinterName
1.256 Output bin unit
- Database name
- OutputBin.Unit
1.257 Connection status
Values:
- Connected
- The connection between the server and the output device is active. The output device can receive data.
- Disconnected
- The connection between the server and the output device is not active. The output device cannot receive data.
- Database name
- OutputDevice.Connected
1.258 Customer name
Format:
- Length
- 1-255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- None
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- OutputDevice.CustomerName
1.259 Output device description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- OutputDevice.Description
1.260 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs to the output device.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule jobs to the output device.
You can use the Disable and Enable actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to change the value of this property.
- Database name
- OutputDevice.Enabled
Usage note: A disabled output device can still send files if the connection for the output device is active. The Connection status property describes whether the output device is connected.
1.261 Output device name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- OutputDevice.ID
Usage notes:
- After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the output device, you cannot change the name of the device. If you need to rename the device, create a copy of the output device and specify the new name. Then, delete the original output device.
1.262 Last modified
- Database name
- OutputDevice.LastModified
1.263 Output device location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- OutputDevice.Location
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the output devices with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each output device.
1.264 Modified by
- Database name
- OutputDevice.ModifiedBy
1.265 Output device type
- Database name
- OutputDevice.Type
1.266 Code page
Values:
- Not set
- The code page of the system locale
- UTF8
- Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format
- ISO8859_1
- Latin Alphabet Number 1
- ISO8859_15
- Latin Alphabet Number 9
- EUC_JP
- JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese
- Database name
- PassThroughPrinter.CodePage
Usage note: This property applies only to Passthrough printers.
1.267 Printer command
On Windows, you can use the ${getCurrentFile(pdf)} symbol to pass the name of the print file in the spool directory for the job:
lpr -S printer_IPaddr -P PASS ${getCurrentFile(pdf)}
On Linux, you can also use the ${Job.Copies} symbol to pass the Job copies requested property on the lpr command line with its -# option:
lpr -P printerName -#${Job.Copies} ${getCurrentFile(pdf)} or lprafp -pprinterName -#${Job.Copies} ${getCurrentFile(pdf)}
- Database name
- PassThroughPrinter.Command
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Passthrough printers. If you are sending banner pages to a Passthrough printer, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
- On Windows, the -P option specifies the name of the print queue.
- On Linux, you must pass all job properties that you want the Passthrough printer to use. You can pass them in the printer command itself (as in these examples), in a script, or in the control file template. Printers support different lpr options, so the printer might not honor all options requested.
- On Linux, different printer commands use different options. For example, the printer option of the Linux lpr command is upper case -Pwith an optional space between the option and the printer name; while the printer option of the lprafp command is lower case -pwithout a space between the option and the printer name.
1.268 Control file template
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- PassThroughPrinter.ControlFileTemplate
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Passthrough printers.
- The content and format of the information that the control file contains depend on the program that uses the control file.
- RICOH ProcessDirector supplies passthru.cfg as a default control file template: On Linux, this file is in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/passthru directory. On Windows, this file is in the C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\passthru directory. The sample control file template maps RICOH ProcessDirector job properties to sample print command options. For example, the control file template
contains this statement:
JobCopies = ${Job.Copies}
This statement sets JobCopies to the value of the Job copies requested property. JobCopies is the RICOH ProcessDirector database name of the job property. You can add and delete statements in the PassThroughPrinter.cfg file as required.
- To use the control file created with this template in the Printer command property, use the getFileName method with this syntax: ${getFileName(passthru.control,text,read)}
Do not use the getControlFileName method.
- You must pass all job properties that you want the Passthrough printer to use. You can pass them in the control file template or in the printer command.
1.269 Merge banner pages into PDF print file
Values:
- Yes
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
- No
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
- Default
- Yes
- Database name
- PassThroughPrinter.MergeBanner
Usage note: This property applies only to Passthrough printers. A similar property with the same name (JdfOutputPrinter.MergeBanner) applies to Ricoh PDF printers.
1.270 Valid return codes
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Separate the values with commas. For example 0,4.
- Database name
- PassThroughPrinter.ValidRCs
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Passthrough printers.
- When RICOH ProcessDirector receives a successful return code from issuing the printer command for a job, it updates the page and sheet counters to reflect successful stacking of the entire job because no more precise information is available from the printer.
1.271 Action list
- Database name
- Printer.EnhancePDFFilter
Usage notes:
- To type an action in the text area, use this syntax:
Action -param1 value1 -param2 value2
where Action is the name of an action, -param1 and -param2 are parameters, and value1 and value2 are the values of the parameters. Different actions have different parameters.
Type each action, its parameters, and the parameter values on a separate line.
This example has three actions: RemovePages, AddStamps, and RotatePages.
RemovePages -pages 3-4,9,12-n
AddStamps -stampsCSV /aiw/aiw1/control_files/actions/stamp1.csv
RotatePages -rotate 270 -pagetype landscape
The example specifies a directory path on Linux.
This example has one action: CheckOrientation.
CheckOrientation -ControlUnitJDF TotalFlow
In this example, JDF appropriate for the Ricoh TotalFlow print server is created for the job based on the orientation value determined by the CheckOrientation program.
For more information about supported actions and their parameters, see the topic about the EnhancePDF step template in the RICOH ProcessDirector Information Center. The actions that can be specified on that step template can also be specified on this printer property.
- The actions are executed in the order that they appear on the list, from top to bottom.
- An action can appear on the list more than once, with different parameter values.
1.272 Community Name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- public
- Database name
- Printer.CommunityName
1.273 Current job number
RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentJobID
1.274 Current job name
RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentJobName
1.275 Current job pages printed
RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentJobPagesStacked
1.276 % Printed
RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentJobProgress
1.277 Current Job total pages
RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentJobTotalPages
1.278 Last status message
- Database name
- Printer.CurrentStatus
1.279 Customer name
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.CustomerName
Usage notes:
- If the customer name printer property has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any customer name.
- To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the Customer name property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.
1.280 Printer description
- Database name
- Printer.Description
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the printer description.
1.281 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs to the printer.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule jobs to the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.Enabled
Usage notes:
- On Linux, if the parent server for a printer is a secondary server and that server stops or restarts, RICOH ProcessDirector disables the printer.
- Shutting down the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server disables all printers by default. If you want a printer that was enabled before the shutdown to be enabled after the system is restarted, you can change the Remember enabled status of printers property value to Yes on the System Settings page.
1.282 First PDF segment size
- Default
- 250
- Database name
- Printer.FirstSegmentSize
Usage note:
- When you create a Ricoh PDF printer with Data stream to send set to JDF/PDF and you keep the default values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the values when you click OK. Jobs are not split into segments.
If you right-click the Ricoh PDF printer and select Properties, the values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size are blank. To split jobs into segments, enter values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size. RICOH ProcessDirector does not clear the values when you click OK.
When Data stream to send is set to JDF/PDF, we recommend that you do not set values for segment size when you print normal-size jobs.
1.283 Folding capable
Values:
- Yes
- The printer can fold jobs.
- No
- The printer cannot fold jobs.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can fold jobs.
- Database name
- Printer.FoldCapable
1.284 Enable header pages
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Header pages print.
- No
- No header pages print for jobs that are sent to this printer.
- Database name
- Printer.HeaderExit
Usage notes:
- To print header pages on Passthrough printers, this property must be set to Yes and the printer command must contain the correct options.
- The file that the Header page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the header page.
- The Header copies job property controls how many copies of the header page print.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you enable or disable header pages.
1.285 Printer name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive. Do not start the printer name with a dash (-).
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.ID
Usage notes:
- After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the printer, you cannot change the printer name. If you need to rename a printer, create a copy of the printer and specify a new name. Then, delete the original printer.
1.286 Printer input tray
- Database name
- Printer.InputTray
Usage note: This property is valid only for cut sheet printers.
1.287 Printer server
- Default
- System; this value is the name of the primary server that the RICOH ProcessDirector installation program creates.
- Database name
- Printer.Instance
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property when there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the server.
- Custom PDF printers and Ricoh PDF printers must be defined on a printer server that uses the Linux or Windows operating system. If the printer is a Ricoh TotalFlow printer, you can use any server as the printer server.
- You are not required to tune the PrintJobs step when you choose a secondary server for this value.
1.288 Job size supported
Format:
- Content
- Greater than symbol (>) or a less than symbol ( <), followed by a number from 0 through 100000000.
- Restrictions
- Do not include commas in the value.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.JobSize
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the size of a job by multiplying the value of its Job copies requested job property by the value of its Current total sheets job property.
- PDF jobs that have been processed by the CountPages step have values set for their Job Size properties. As a result, they can use Printer job size for scheduling jobs to Passthrough or Ricoh PDF printers.
- Jobs in other data streams (such as PostScript or PCL) do not have a value set for the Job Size property, so the Printer job size property is not recommended for scheduling those jobs to Passthrough printers.
1.289 Printer language
- Not set
- The command uses English (en_US) as the default language.
- English (en_US)
- English (en_GB)
- French (fr_FR)
- German (de_DE)
- Italian (it_IT)
- Japanese (ja_JP)
- Portuguese (pt_BR)
- Spanish (es_ES)
- Database name
- Printer.Language
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the Printer language.
- You can choose from two English options to control how the date and time are formatted
when printed on banner pages.
- To print dates and times in the format: MM/DD/YYYY, hh:mm:ss, choose the English (en-US) version.
- To print dates and times in the format: DD/MM/YYYY, hh:mm:ss, choose the English (en-GB) version.
1.290 Last modified
- Database name
- Printer.LastModified
1.291 Printer location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.Locations
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the printers with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each printer.
1.292 Maximum concurrent jobs
Format:
- Maximum value
- 999
- Database name
- Printer.MaxConcurrentJobs
Usage notes:
- The default value for Passthrough printers is 1.
- The default value for AFP printers is 30.
- The default value for PCLOut printers is 30.
- The default value for PDF printers is 30.
- If printer performance seems degraded, try reducing the number of concurrent jobs. If the printer is idle often, try increasing the number of concurrent jobs.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the maximum number of concurrent jobs.
1.293 Media supported
Values include a list of the media that is defined in the system and these special values:
- All media objects
- The printer supports all defined media.
- Ready media objects (Default)
- The printer supports the media that the printer reports as loaded.
- Database name
- Printer.Media
Usage notes:
- If this property is set to Ready media objects for a printer, only the media loaded in that printer is used. For example, if a printer is loaded with A4 media and a job requests Letter media, the job cannot be scheduled on that printer. If no media is loaded on the printer, jobs requesting any media can be scheduled on that printer.
- If this property is set to one or more specific media, only jobs that request that media can be scheduled to the printer. For example, if this value is A4, you cannot schedule a job that requests Letter paper to the printer.
1.294 Media to use
System media is defined in RICOH ProcessDirector to represent all the media that jobs request. Printer media can be imported from the paper catalog on the printer or created manually in RICOH ProcessDirector. Printer media includes only the media that is used with a specific printer.
System media and printer media might have different names for the same physical media. If the media names are different, you can create a media mapping to indicate that they represent the same physical media.
Print jobs request media using system media names. If media mappings exist, RICOH ProcessDirector can send media information from the printer media to the printer along with the job.
Values:
- Printer (default for Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers)
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses a media mapping to translate the requested system media to the printer media that it is linked to. The printer media information is sent to the printer. If a media mapping does not exist for a printer, the job does not schedule to that printer.
- System (default for other printer types)
- RICOH ProcessDirector sends system media information to the printer for jobs. Media mappings are not required.
- Database name
- Printer.MediaCatalog
Usage note:
- This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers.
- AFP, PCLOut, and Passthrough printers only use System media.
- Xerox PDF and Kodak PDF support only System media.
1.295 Media ready
- Database name
- Printer.MediaReady
1.296 Printer paper type
Values:
- Generic continuous form
- The printer is a continuous forms printer that uses roll-fed paper.
- Generic cut sheet
- The printer is a cut sheet printer that uses individual sheets of paper loaded in drawers or trays in the printer.
- Not set
- No paper type is set for the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.Model
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does no special processing for any of the values.
1.297 Printer model
Format:
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.Model.Specific
Usage note: Type exactly the same string for printers of the same model, making sure to use identical capitalization. If you install the Reports feature, you can group the data from all printers with the same Printer model value.
1.298 Modified by user
- Database name
- Printer.ModifiedBy
1.299 Output bins available
Values include:
- Default Bins (Default)
- If Printer model is set to a supported IBM or InfoPrint printer model, RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the supported bins based on output bins that the printer model supports. Otherwise, the printer supports all defined output bins.
- All bins
- The printer supports all defined output bins.
- Database name
- Printer.OutputBin
1.300 Perfect binding capable
Values:
- Yes
- The printer can do perfect binding.
- No
- The printer cannot do perfect binding.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can do perfect binding.
- Database name
- Printer.PerfectBindingCapable
1.301 Punch capable
Values:
- Yes
- The printer can punch jobs.
- No
- The printer cannot punch jobs.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can punch jobs.
- Database name
- Printer.PunchCapable
Usage note: If a job specifies a punch pattern that the printer does not support, the printer applies its best equivalent.
1.302 Printer connection retry count
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999. 0 means that the printer never tries to connect again if the first try fails.
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Printer.Retry
1.303 Retry interval
Format:
- Default
- 5 seconds
- Database name
- Printer.RetryInterval
Usage note: The printer remains in the Waiting to connect state for the duration of time that this property specifies.
1.304 Ring binding capable
Values:
- Yes
- The printer can do ring binding.
- No
- The printer cannot do ring binding.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can do ring binding.
- Database name
- Printer.RingBindingCapable
1.305 Send blank sheets after last job
Values:
- Not set (default)
- 12
- 24
- 36
- Database name
- Printer.S2VBarcode
Usage notes:
- If the value of this property is set to a number, the printer object checks its print
queue after every job that it prints. If no additional jobs are scheduled to this
printer, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the selected number of blank pages to the printer.
The paper advances and moves the printed output out of the printer as far as needed to continue your process. It does not add pages to your print job and no new job appears in the Jobs table.
- If you use side verification marks on an InfoPrint 5000 to make sure that the colors line up correctly, use this property to push all pages of the last job in the queue through final color verification.
1.306 PDF segment size
- Default
- 500
- Database name
- Printer.SegmentSize
Usage notes:
- When you create a Ricoh PDF printer with Data stream to send set to JDF/PDF and you keep the default values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the values when you click OK. Jobs are not split into segments.
If you right-click the Ricoh PDF printer and select Properties, the values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size are blank. To split jobs into segments, enter values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size. RICOH ProcessDirector does not clear the values when you click OK.
When Data stream to send is set to JDF/PDF, we recommend that you do not set values for segment size when you print normal-size jobs.
- If a PDF job includes a JDF job ticket, both the job and the job ticket are split into segments.
- To get the best production from your printer, try different values for segment sizes until you discover which values work best.
- RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts segment sizes to account for duplex printing, page exception stapling, and other constraints. If the entire job must be stapled or bound, RICOH ProcessDirector does not segment the job.
- RICOH ProcessDirector reports printing status for the entire job, not for individual segments within the job.
- If the AFP Support feature is installed, the AFP segment size property is specified on the Print tab in the job properties notebook.
1.307 Serial number
- Database name
- Printer.SerialNumber
1.308 Preset name
- Length
- Up to 200 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use these characters in the name: \ (backslash) " (double quote) ` (backtick)
- Database name
- Printer.SetupName
Usage note:
- Sometimes presets are also referred to as setups.
- You can use this value to schedule a job that has the same value for its Preset name property.
- This value is not sent to the printer with print jobs. If your printer supports sending a preset request with a print job, do not use Preset name as a scheduling property; leave this property blank.
1.309 SNMP Status
Values:
- Connected
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer and is connected to SNMP.
- Disconnected
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer, but cannot connect to SNMP. If the printer is a Passthrough or PCLOut printer, the Printer TCP/IP address or host name property might not be set.
- Disabled
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not use SNMP to monitor the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.SNMPStatus
1.310 SNMP password
Values:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.AuthPassword
Usage notes:
- This value is required for the Medium and Maximum security levels.
- If you set the Privacy password, you must also set the SNMP password.
1.311 Authentication type
Values:
- MD5 (default)
- HMAC-MD5-96 authentication protocol.
- SHA
- HMAC-SHA-96 authentication protocol.
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.AuthType
Usage notes:
- This value is required for the Medium and Maximum security levels.
1.312 Context Name
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.ContextName
1.313 Allow fallback
Values:
- No
- If the SNMP v3 connection fails, do not connect to the printer.
- Yes
- If the SNMP v3 connection fails, use SNMP v1 to connect to the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.Fallback
1.314 Encryption type
Values:
- DES
- CBC-DES privacy protocol.
- AES-128
- CBC-AES privacy protocol.
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.PrivEncryptType
Usage notes:
- This value is required only for the Maximum security level.
1.315 Privacy password
Values:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.PrivPassword
Usage notes:
- This value is required only for the Maximum security level.
- If you set the Privacy password, you must also set the SNMP password.
1.316 Security level
Values:
- Minimum
- The SNMP user name is required.
- Medium
- The SNMP user name and SNMP password are required.
- Maximum
- The SNMP user name, SNMP password, and Privacy password are required.
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.SecurityLevel
1.317 SNMP User Name
Values:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.UserName
Usage notes:
- This value is required for all security levels.
1.318 SNMP version
Values:
- SNMP v1 (default)
- SNMP v3
- Database name
- Printer.SNMP.Version
1.319 Staple capable
Values:
- Yes
- The printer can staple jobs.
- No
- The printer cannot staple jobs.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can staple jobs.
- Database name
- Printer.StapleCapable
Usage notes:
- If a job specifies a staple pattern that the printer does not support, the printer applies its best equivalent.
- This property is valid only for cut sheet printers.
1.320 Printer status
Values:
- Disconnected
- The connection between the server and the printer is not active. An authorized user can specify another server, if one is available, to establish a new connection.
- Needs attention
- An authorized user must perform an action at the printer before printing can resume.
- Printing
- The printer is currently printing a job.
- Ready
- The printer is ready and waiting for a job to print.
- Stopped
- An authorized user has stopped the printer through the RICOH ProcessDirector interface. A user must start the printer through the interface before the printer can receive and print new jobs.
- Waiting to connect
- A connection error occurred between the server and the printer. The printer is waiting the amount of time set in the Retry interval property before trying to connect again.
- Database name
- Printer.Status
1.321 System
- Database name
- Printer.SystemName
1.322 Printer TCP/IP address or host name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- All printer types support IPv4 addresses and host names. AFP printers also support IPv6 IP addresses and hostnames.
- Database name
- Printer.TCPIP.Address
Usage notes:
- If the Use SNMP property is Yes, but this value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector does not try to connect to SNMP and the SNMP status is Disconnected.
- If a job is assigned to the printer, do not change the value of this property.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the TCP/IP address or host name.
1.323 Enable trailer pages
Values:
- Yes
- Trailer pages print.
- No (default)
- No trailer pages print for jobs that are sent to this printer.
- Database name
- Printer.TrailerExit
Usage notes:
- To print trailer pages on Passthrough printers, this property must be set to Yes and the printer command must contain the correct options.
- The file that the Trailer page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the trailer page.
- The Trailer copies job property controls how many copies of the trailer page print.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you enable or disable trailer pages.
1.324 Use SNMP
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer. This is the default value.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not use SNMP to monitor the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.UseSNMP
1.325 Get tray information from printer
Values:
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not get tray information from the printer.
- Yes (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector gets tray information from the printer.
- Database name
- Printer.UseSnmpUpdateMedia
Usage notes:
- For all printer types, RICOH ProcessDirector can use Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to retrieve media that is loaded in the printer.
- For Ricoh PDF printers, RICOH ProcessDirector automatically requests the media information from the printer using Job Messaging Format (JMF). Based on the type and version of the controller on the printer, up to two media lists can be returned: catalog media and loaded media. If a loaded media list is not returned from the printer, RICOH ProcessDirector requests the loaded media information using SNMP.
1.326 Version
- Database name
- Printer.Version
1.327 Pages
- Database name
- ReprintGroup.Pages
1.328 Step color
Values:
- Red
- Orange
- Gray
- Blue
- Purple
- Not set (default)
- The color of the step matches the color of the phase it is in.
- Database name
- Step.Color
Usage note: If you specify a value other than Not set and you drag the step into a different phase, it retains the color you specified.
1.329 Step description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- The description of the step template on which the step is based.
- Database name
- Step.Description
1.330 Step name
When you add a step to a workflow, type a step name in the required field. By default, the name is the same as the step template name.
- Length
- 1–32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Step.DisplayName
Usage notes:
- You can change the name of the step using the Rename step action.
- If you include multiple steps with the same name in a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Step ID to distinguish between them during processing.
1.331 Step identifier
- Database name
- Step.ID
Usage note: If you have more than one step in the same phase in a workflow with the same name, a number is added to the end of the name to create the step identifier.
1.332 Allow error override
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector can force the completion of the step.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector cannot force completion; an authorized user must correct the cause of the error.
- Database name
- Step.JobForceableHere
Usage note: When RICOH ProcessDirector overrides errors for a step, it moves the job to the next step in the workflow. Depending on the severity of the errors that RICOH ProcessDirector overrides, more errors might occur in subsequent steps.
1.333 Modified by user
- Database name
- Step.ModifiedBy
1.334 Step restart type
Values:
- None
- RICOH ProcessDirector cannot restart job processing at this step.
- General (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Process Again action and select the step.
- RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Print Again action. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts the reprint at the first step with a Print restart type.
- Receive
- RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Process Again action and select a different workflow. If more than one step in that workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Receive restart type.
- Delete
- RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you delete one or more jobs. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Delete restart type. When you give a step this restart type, make sure that a RemoveJobs step is in the path following the step. Otherwise, jobs never leave the system.
- Reformat
- RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Make jobs match selected printer action and the Output format values for the job and printer do not match. Only one step in the workflow can have a restart type of Reformat.
- Change location
- If you have the Change Job Location extended feature, RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Change Location action. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Change location restart type.
- Database name
- Step.RestartType
1.335 Step template
- Database name
- Step.Template
1.336 Step color
Values:
- Red
- Orange
- Gray
- Blue
- Purple
- Not set (default)
- The color of the step matches the color of the phase it is in.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.Color
Usage note: You can change the Step color property of a step after it is added to a workflow.
1.337 Template created by
If a user copied the step template from a supplied step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the supplied step template. If a feature installed the step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the step template. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.CreatedBy
1.338 Template description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- StepTemplate.Description
1.339 Enabled status
A step template must be enabled before RICOH ProcessDirector can process jobs with steps that are based on the step template.
Values:
- Yes
- The template is enabled.
- No
- The template is not enabled.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.Enabled
Usage note: You might disable a step template that runs on a server that is being updated so that no jobs are sent to the server during the update.
1.340 Concurrent step limit
Values:
- Use limits set here
- The number of instances of the step that can run at the same time is controlled by
the values set below.
Specify the numbers of steps in the Steps field and select a type of device from the for each list. The number of steps that can run concurrently is equal to the specified number of steps multiplied by the total number of the selected device type that exist in the system.
- Steps
- Integer from 1-99
- for each
-
- Input device
- Includes all input devices of all types, even if they are not enabled or connected.
- Printer
- Includes all defined printers, even if they are not enabled.
- Server
- Includes only secondary and application servers, not the primary server.
- System
- Includes only the primary server. If you choose this option, the number of concurrent steps is the number entered in the Steps field.
- Use limits set on server
- The number of instances of the step that can run at the same time is controlled by the Maximum resource-intensive step count property set on the server object. If the step runs on the primary server, set the property on the System Settings page. If the step runs on another server, set the property on the Server property notebook.
Usage notes:
- Selecting Use limits set on server sets the StepTemplate.HighResourceUsage property value to Yes. Selecting Use limits set here sets the StepTemplate.HighResourceUsage property value to No.
- The values entered in the Steps for each controls set the StepTemplate.MaximumActiveCount and StepTemplate.MaximumActiveUnit properties.
1.341 Template name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- StepTemplate.ID
1.342 Last modified
- Database name
- StepTemplate.LastModified
1.343 Maximum active count
RICOH ProcessDirector objects are servers, input devices, and printers. For example, a step can be limited to one per input device so that RICOH ProcessDirector does not try to run more instances of this step than there are input devices.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-99
- Database name
- StepTemplate.MaximumActiveCount
Usage notes:
- Use the Limit the number of concurrent steps active in the system to option on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to set this property.
- The Maximum active object type property for the step template identifies the RICOH ProcessDirector object to which the value applies.
- This property applies only to step templates that do not require significant server resources. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property only if the Requires significant server resource property for the step template is set to No.
1.344 Maximum active object type
Values:
- Input device
- RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of input devices.
- Printer
- RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of printer devices.
- System
- RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property.
- Server
- RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of application/secondary servers. Multiple application/secondary servers can exist for the RICOH ProcessDirector installation.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.MaximumActiveUnit
Usage note: Use the Limit the number of concurrent steps active in the system to radio button and for each entry field on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to set this property.
1.345 Modified by user
- Database name
- StepTemplate.ModifiedBy
1.346 Module type
Values:
- Clean up
- The step template removes jobs from the system. Step templates of this type should not include any other post-processing functions.
- Initialize workflow
- The step template assigns a workflow to a job.
- Java
- The step template is written in Java.
- Manual
- The step template represents an external action that a user does. For example, operators can verify that all sheets of the job were successfully processed by inserter equipment before they delete the job from RICOH ProcessDirector.
- The step template communicates with the printer driver component of RICOH ProcessDirector.
- Submit
- The step template submits input files that become RICOH ProcessDirector jobs.
- Submit child
- The step template is used internally to create child jobs.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.ModuleType
1.347 Selected servers
- Database name
- StepTemplate.Servers
Usage notes:
- To select more than one value for the property, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the additional values.
- To deselect a selected value, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the value.
- To set this property, authorized users use the Run only on the selected server or servers radio button and selection list on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.
- Restricted-usage servers have a value of No for their In general server pool property. General-usage servers have a value of Yes for that property.
1.348 Step template source ID
If a user copied the step template from a supplied step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the supplied step template. If a feature installed the step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the step template. You cannot change the value of this property.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.SourceID
1.349 Servers to use
Values:
- Run on specific servers
- Specifies one or more servers that steps created from this step template can run on. For example, if the step template runs an external program that is available on only one server, select only that server. The list contains only the application or secondary servers that are enabled.
- Run on servers in general server pool
- Specifies that steps can run on any general-usage server that has a specific operating system installed. General-usage secondary servers have a value of Yes for their In general server pool property. Some steps can only run on certain operating systems.
Usage notes:
- If you select Run on specific servers, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the underlying StepTemplate.UseGeneralServerPool property to No and the value of the StepTemplate.Servers property to the list of servers you select.
- If you select Run on servers in general server pool, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the underlying StepTemplate.UseGeneralServerPool property to Yes.
- The In general server pool property is set on the Server property notebook. The primary server, shown as System in the server list, is always in the general server pool.
1.350 User description
- Database name
- User.Description
1.351 Group membership
Values:
- Administrator
- Administrators can set values for all of the properties that accept user input for all of the object types that RICOH ProcessDirector provides. Administrators can also add, copy, and delete all object types.
- Supervisor
- Supervisors can set values for most job properties and printer properties. They can view the values set for properties of the other object types. They can access the Administration and Workflow tabs to view the values set for properties of the other object types. Supervisors cannot add objects to the RICOH ProcessDirector system or copy existing objects.
- Operator
- Operators can set values for a subset of printer properties and job properties. They can also enable and disable input devices and printers. Operators cannot add objects to the RICOH ProcessDirector system or copy existing objects. The only objects they can delete are jobs. They cannot access the Administration or Workflow tabs.
- Monitor
- Monitors have view only access to the RICOH ProcessDirector system. They can view job properties and a list of input files, see the candidate jobs for a printer, and change their own password, but they cannot do any other actions. They cannot access the Administration or Workflow tabs.
- Database name
- User.Groups
Usage notes:
- Administrators can modify the permissions for groups. The permissions configured for the groups listed above might be different in your installation.
- Additional groups might be available based on the needs of your company.
1.352 User name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- User.ID
1.353 Last Modified
- Database name
- User.LastModified
1.354 Locations to show
Values:
The list of locations set for the user in the Allowed locations property.
- Default
- None
- Database name
- User.LocationFilterPreference
Usage notes:
- Documents are not associated with a specific location. Restricting users to specific locations does not prevent them from displaying documents included in jobs that are associated with other locations.
- Users can change this value in the Preferences dialog to control the objects they see.
- Select Show objects with no locations to include objects that do not have a value set for their Location property. Use this to find jobs that entered the system without a Location value assigned.
1.355 Allowed locations
Values:
The list of locations available in the system.
- Default
- None
- Database name
- User.LocationSettings
Usage notes:
- Documents are not associated with a specific location. Restricting users to specific locations does not prevent them from displaying documents included in jobs that are associated with other locations.
- Changes to the Allowed locations property take effect the next time the user logs in.
- Select Include objects with no locations to let users see objects that do not have a value set for their Location property. Clear the value to prevent users from seeing objects that do not have a value set for their Location property.
1.356 Modified by user
- Database name
- User.ModifiedBy
1.357 User password
Format:
- Length
- The minimum password length is set by your administrator.
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- User.Password
Usage note: Your administrator can configure the system to require complex passwords. If complex passwords are required, the password complexity rules are:
- Must not contain the User name.
- Must contain at least 3 of the following:
- One uppercase letter (A-Z)
- One lowercase letter (a-z)
- One number 0–9
- One non-alphanumeric character
1.358 Confirm new user password
- Database name
- User.PasswordConfirm
1.359 Password last changed
- Database name
- User.PasswordLastChanged
1.360 New user password
Format:
- Length
- The minimum password length is set by your administrator.
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- User.PasswordNew
Usage note: Your administrator can configure the system to require complex passwords. If complex passwords are required, the password complexity rules are:
- Must not contain the User name.
- Must contain at least 3 of the following:
- One uppercase letter (A-Z)
- One lowercase letter (a-z)
- One number 0–9
- One non-alphanumeric character
1.361 Device portlets on Main
Values:
- Use graphic view (default)
- This view includes a graphic of each object in the name column (for example, Input device name or Printer name). A yellow arrow on a graphic shows that the object is disabled or disconnected. A green arrow shows that the object is enabled or connected. Clicking an arrow does an action. For example, when a printer is enabled, you can disable it by clicking the green arrow.
- Use list view
- This view lists the name of each object in the name column without graphics.
- Database name
- User.PodViewType
Usage notes:
- Both views display the same columns for the values of object properties. Both views also let you open the property notebook for an object by clicking its name.
- The System Summary, Jobs, and Documents portlets are always displayed in list view.
- You can set the value of this property on either the Preferences dialog or the user property notebook.
1.362 Start page
Values:
The list of pages in the system that you have the authority to view.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- User.StartPage
Usage note: If a user does not have a Start page value set, the Main page is displayed on login.
1.363 Time format
Values:
- 24-Hours (European Format)
- Time values range from 00:00-23:59.
- 12-Hours(US Format)
- Time values range from 01:00-12:59 AM/PM.
- Use browser settings (Default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default formatting associated with the locale setting in the browser.
- Database name
- User.TimeFormatPreference
1.364 Company name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Company
Usage note:
- The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Support ticket number property and Capture name property.
1.365 Capture file
- Default
/aiw/aiw1/capture.zip
(Linux)C:\aiw\aiw1\capture.zip
(Windows)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CaptureFileName
Usage notes:
- You can specify a full path and file name for the capture file. The path must not include any spaces.
- If you specify a file name with no path information, the file is saved in
/aiw/aiw1/
(Linux) or inC:\aiw\aiw1
(Windows). - You cannot use a path or filename that includes double-byte or international characters (such as à, É, ñ, ß, ç).
- If you do not include the .zip extension on the file name, the capture process adds the extension.
1.366 Data to capture
Values:
- All (default)
- Captures all available data.
- Exclude large binaries
- Captures a smaller set of data.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CaptureLevel
1.367 Capture file directory
Values:
- /aiw/aiw1 (default)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Directory
Usage note:
- Once the ZIP file is created, the diagnostic information can be transferred to your workstation.
1.368 Capture name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- DataCapture
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Name
Usage note:
- The data capture process creates a ZIP file that you can click on to download and transfer the diagnostic information onto your workstation.
- The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Support ticket number property and Company name property.
1.369 Servers to capture data from
Values:
- All
- Data is collected from the primary server and all application/secondary servers that are connected to it.
- System (default)
- Data is only collected from the primary server.
- Application/Secondary server name
- Data is only collected from the selected application/secondary server.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CaptureServer
Usage note: The capture script only collects information from the primary server that it runs on and any application/secondary servers that are connected to it.
1.370 Support Ticket number
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.TicketNumber
Usage notes:
- RICOH support tickets often begin with the prefix INC as an abbreviation for incident, followed by a number. Update the value of this property to show your ticket number.
- The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Company name property and Capture name property.
1.371 Largest child job number
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 2-999999
- Default
- 999
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Child.MaxJobID
Usage note: The difference between the Largest child job number and Smallest child job number should be large enough to allow for the maximum number of child jobs expected for any one job. If the Largest child job number is assigned and there are still child jobs without numbers, an error results.
1.372 Smallest child job number
The Smallest child job number must be at least one less than the Largest child job number. For example, if the Largest child job number is 10, the Smallest child job number must be 9 or less.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-998
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Child.MinJobID
Usage note: The difference between the Largest child job number and Smallest child job number should be large enough to allow for the maximum number of child jobs expected for any one job. If the Largest child job number is assigned and there are still child jobs without numbers, an error results.
1.373 Back up files before capture
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Trace files are copied to a temporary location and then added to the capture file.
- No
- Trace files are not copied to a temporary location before they are added to the capture file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CopyTracesToTemp
Usage notes:
- We recommend choosing Yes, unless file system space in
/aiw/aiw1
(Linux) orC:\aiw\aiw1
(Windows) is limited. - Choosing No saves space, but trace files can be lost and the data capture can fail.
1.374 Login inactivity timer (minutes)
1.375 Delete capture files from server
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The capture file is deleted from the server when the download is successful.
- No
- The capture file is not deleted from the server.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.DeleteCaptureFromServer
1.376 Download capture files from server
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The capture file is downloaded to the user's file system.
- No
- The capture archive is not be downloaded.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.DownloadCapture
1.377 Export all objects
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The XML with all objects in the system is included in the capture file.
- No
- The XML with all objects in the system is not included in the capture file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ExportAllObjects
1.378 File system mapping file
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/config
directory.In Windows this file is located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\config
directory.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- This value is case-sensitive. It must not include any of these characters:
*?!'|{`}<,>;:^()$~
- Default
- In Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/config/system_map.cfg
In Windows:C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\config\system_map.cfg
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.FileSystemMapping
1.379 Web server logging level
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.GUILoggingLevel
1.380 Web server logging level
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.GUILoggingLevelOption
1.381 Issued within
1.382 Clean up timing
Values:
- Delayed (default)
- Job files are not deleted when they arrive in the step. Instead, they move to the Waiting to delete state. The job files are deleted when there are fewer jobs processing in the system, such as after hours or during a maintenance period. Use this option to dedicate more of the server resources to job processing and have downtime when jobs can be deleted without affecting processing.
- Immediate
- Job files are deleted as soon as the job arrives in the RemoveJobs step, even if there are jobs processing through workflows. Use this option if disk space is a concern and removing jobs from the system quickly is a priority or if you control when jobs move into this step using a RetainCompletedJobs or Wait step.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.JobCleanupMethod
1.383 Job identifier to use
The selected job identifier is used in these places:
- In the progress indicator area of the Printers portlet on the Main page.
- On the printer console for an AFP, Kodak, or RICOH TotalFlow printer.
- In the job completion log for AFP and PCLOut printers.
Values:
- Job name
- Display the job name for print jobs.
- Job number
- Display the job number for print jobs.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.JobDisplayTag
Usage notes:
- For Ricoh PDF and Custom PDF printers, RICOH ProcessDirector puts the value of the Job identifier to use property in the JDF file. Settings for the printer device in RICOH ProcessDirector and on the control unit of the printer determine how the job is displayed on the printer console.
- The printer console for a Xerox printer shows the job number even when this property is set to Job name.
- Passthrough printers use a command to specify the information sent to the printer. The most common commands result in the printer console displaying the job number even when the Job identifier to use property is set to Job name. To display the job name on the printer console, prepend a command that copies the print file to a file with the job name. Use a symbol for the job name in the command that sends the file to the printer. For an example, see the information center topic about changing the job information shown in the Printers portlet and on the printer console.
- Setting this property value to Job number helps identify the job if a paper jam occurs on an AFP printer with Reprint unfinished pages enabled on the RICOH TotalFlow printer control unit. If there are multiple jobs with the same name, the job with unfinished pages cannot be correctly identified.
- The AFP Support feature adds AFP and PCLOut printer devices to RICOH ProcessDirector. The Cut Sheet Support for Kodak feature adds Kodak printer devices. The Cut Sheet Support for Xerox feature adds Xerox printer devices.
1.384 Last data capture file
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LastCaptureFilename
1.385 Last data capture completed
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LastCaptureTimestamp
1.386 Type
Values:
- All log entries
- All log messages are displayed.
- Messages
- Informational, warning, and error messages about the selected object.
- State change
- Messages that record state or status changes for objects. Jobs change states as they move through their workflows. Other objects change status as the result of actions, such as enabling and disabling.
- Property change
- Messages that record updates or changes to properties associated with an object.
- Error messages
- Error messages related to the selected object. Informational and warning messages are not displayed.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LogTypes
Usage note: To see more recent log entries, click Refresh from Server.
1.387 Display message at login
Format:
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LoginMessage
Usage notes:
- You can add or edit the message content in the file loginMessage.txt instead of the System settings. The file is located in this directory:
- On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/config/
- On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\config\
- The property supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by browser.
- You can mix plain text and HTML.
- Invalid HTML is not reported.
1.388 Hosts allowed to submit LPD jobs
The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. A list value of * means that all hosts are allowed to submit jobs. Values that contain only digits (0-9), decimal points (.), and asterisks (*) are compared to the IP address of the incoming connection. Values that contain one or more alphabetic characters (A-Z, a-z) are compared to the host name of the incoming connection.
An empty list value means that no hosts are allowed to submit jobs.
If you experience long wait times or missing jobs, set the LPD host entries to IP addresses or to fully qualified host names (such as hostserver.co.acmeproducts.com instead of *.acmeproducts.com).
- Default
- *
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LPDHostnames
1.389 Smallest order number
1.390 Largest order number
1.391 Largest job number
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 2-99999999
- Default
- 99999999
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MaxJobID
1.392 Maximum password age before expiration
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-9999
- Default
- 90
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MaxPasswordAge
Usage note: If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.
1.393 Recycled content tolerance
Format:
- Content
- Value from 0 through 25 percent.
- Default
- 5
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.RecyclingPercentage
Usage notes:
- This tolerance applies to the Recycled content property.
- Example: a media object has 50% recycled content. The recycle content tolerance is 5%. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the recycled content is 45% to 55%, and all other media properties match.
1.394 Size tolerance
Format:
- Content
- Value from 0 through 25 millimeters.
- Default
- 2
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.Size
Usage notes:
- This tolerance applies to the Media height and Media width properties.
- Example: the width of a media object is 210 mm, and the height is 297 mm. The size tolerance is 2 mm. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the media width is 208 to 212 mm, the height is 295 to 299 mm, and all other media properties match.
1.395 Weight tolerance
Format:
- Content
- Value from 0 through 25 grams per square meter (gsm).
- Default
- 5
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.Weight
Usage notes:
- This tolerance applies to the Media weight property.
- Example: the weight of a media object is 81 gsm. The weight tolerance is 5 gsm. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the media weight is 76 to 86 gsm, and all other media properties match.
1.396 Smallest job number
The Smallest job number must be at least one less than the Largest job number. For example, if the Largest job number is 100, the Smallest job number must be 99 or less.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-99999998
- Default
- 10000000
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MinJobID
1.397 Multiple logins allowed
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Users can log in to multiple simultaneous sessions with the same user name.
- No
- Users can log in to only one session at a time with the same user name. If a user tries to log in with a user name that is already logged in, the new log in succeeds and the user is logged out of the other session.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MultipleLogin
Usage note: Users can log in to multiple simultaneous sessions on the same machine using multiple tabs in the same browser or multiple sessions of the same browser type.
1.398 Color
Values:
- Blue (default)
- Purple
- Orange
- Olive
- Ocean
- Red
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Palette
Usage note: Select one or more of the options under System identification to enable this property.
1.399 Capture job data from Ricoh PDF printers
Values:
- Yes
- Captures the job data sent to all Ricoh PDF printers. The properties and print files are not deleted when the job is complete.
- No
- Deletes the properties and print files after a job is successfully printed on any Ricoh PDF printer.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Pc.PsCapture
Usage notes:
- Sensitive or confidential data may be stored in the captured job data files.
- Capturing job data requires large amounts of disk space. Therefore, we recommend turning this capture property on only for debugging and tracing purposes. After collecting the information you need, turn this capture property off.
- When Capture job data from Ricoh PDF printers is enabled, RICOH ProcessDirector captures the data using the format sent to the printer. The captured files can be
found in this directory:
- On Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/pc/ws/webapps/printing/WEB-INF/tmp/printing/
- On Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\pc\ws\webapps\printing\WEB-INF\tmp\printing\
- On Linux:
1.400 Maximum resource-intensive step count
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-99. 0 means that no resource-intensive steps are allowed to run on the primary server.
- Default
- 8
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Primary.MaxHighUsageSteps
Usage notes:
- The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether any steps that are created from a step template are considered to be resource-intensive in performance.
- To control the number of resource-intensive steps that can run on servers other than the primary server, set the Maximum resource-intensive step count server property for the individual server.
1.401 Maximum step count for other steps
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-999. 0 means that no non-resource-intensive steps are allowed to run on the primary server.
- Default
- 100
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Primary.MaxLowUsageSteps
Usage notes:
- The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether any steps that are created from a step template are considered to be resource-intensive in performance.
- To control the number of non-resource-intensive steps that can run on the servers other than the primary server, set the Maximum step count for other steps property for the individual server.
1.402 Print progress bar
- Yes (default)
- The print progress bar is displayed in the Printers portlet.
- No
- The print progress bar is not displayed in the Printers portlet.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PrinterProgress
1.403 Remember enabled status of printers
Values:
- Yes
- After a system shutdown and restart, all the printers that were enabled before the shutdown are enabled after the system is restarted.
- No (Default)
- After a system shutdown and restart, all the printers are disabled until you enable them.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.RememberPrinterStatus
Usage note: On Linux, if you shutdown and restart a secondary or application server, RICOH ProcessDirector does not store the state of the printers with that parent server. This property only applies when you shutdown and restart the primary server.
1.404 Show job thumbnails
- No
- Use this option to hide the thumbnail images from job rows in the Orders table.
- Yes (Default)
- Use this option to display a small image of the first page of the print job in the Orders portlet. The images appear in the first column of each job row.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ShowJobThumbnails
- If you select Yes and no image of the first page of the job is available, a placeholder image is used.
- Select No to reduce resource usage if the Orders portlet takes too long to load or meet security requirements by limiting access to certain images.
1.405 Submit to
Values:
- Input device (default)
- You can submit jobs to any hot folder that is enabled and connected. The hot folder must have the Accepts job submission property set to Yes to be displayed in the input device list.
- Workflow
- You can submit jobs to any workflow that is enabled. The workflow must have the Accepts job submission property set to Yes to be displayed in the workflow list.
- Order
- You can track individual jobs that need to be assembled and submit them to a workflow.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SubmitJob.SubmitTo
Usage notes:
- Hot folders and Workflows that have their Accepts job submission property set to Yes are eligible to appear in the list. Only enabled workflows or enabled and connected input devices appear in the list.
1.406 Accepts job submission
Values:
- Yes (default)
- This hot folder is displayed in the Input device list in the Submit Jobs portlet when it is connected and enabled.
- No
- This hot folder is never displayed in the Input device list in the Submit Jobs portlet.
- Database name
- HotFolder.AcceptJobSubmission
1.407 Accepts job submission
Values:
- Yes (default)
- This workflow is displayed in the Workflow list in the Submit Jobs portlet when it is enabled.
- No
- This workflow is never displayed in the Workflow list in the Submit Jobs portlet.
- Database name
- JobType.AcceptJobSubmission
1.408 Optimize viewer loading
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Use this option if jobs open in the viewer without a significant delay. This option is appropriate when you store relatively few document properties in the DPF file.
- No
- Use this option if jobs fail to open in the viewer or if there is a significant delay in opening jobs. This option is appropriate when you include a large number of document properties in the DPF file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.OptimizeViewerLoading
1.409 Retention polling interval (minutes)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-86400000
- Default
- 1 minute
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.RetainPollInterval
1.410 System identification
For example, you can set a different color and identifier for your Test and Production systems. Then, you can identify which RICOH ProcessDirector system you are using, without looking at the URL.
Values:
- Banner label
- Displays the System identifier in the RICOH ProcessDirector banner. The label is visible on all RICOH ProcessDirector pages.
- Background color
- Adds a subtle color to the background of most RICOH ProcessDirector pages.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SystemIdentification
1.411 System identifier
Values:
The system identifier can be up to 128 characters, not including these ASCII control characters:
X'00'–X'19' ' ; < = > \ ` | ~ X'7F'
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SystemIdentifier
1.412 Custom trace level
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.TraceCustomTraceLevel
1.413 Maximum number of trace files
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 - 100
- Default
- 25
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.TraceFileCount
1.414 Maximum trace file size
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1024-10240
- Default
- 4096
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.TraceFileSize
1.415 Trace level
- Default
- TraceLevel1
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.TraceLevel
1.416 Account status
Values:
- Active
- The user account is not locked and the user can log in to the system.
- Locked-Inactive
- The user account is locked because the user has not logged in within the amount of time specified in the Account inactivity period property. A user with the authority to reset passwords or update user properties must restore the account access.
- Locked-Password Failure
- The user account is locked because the number of repeated failed login attempts is greater than the Account lockout threshold value. The account becomes Active after the time specified in the Lockout duration property has passed or the password is reset.
- Database name
- User.AccountStatus
1.417 Last login
- Database name
- User.LastLogin
1.418 Enforce password complexity rules
The password complexity rules are:
- Must not contain the User name.
- Must contain at least 3 of the following:
- One uppercase letter (A-Z)
- One lowercase letter (a-z)
- One number 0–9
- One non-alphanumeric character
Values:
- Yes
- When a new user is created or an existing user changes a password, the new password must meet the password complexity rules.
- No (default)
- Password complexity rules are not enforced when a password is changed or a new user is created.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ComplexRules
Usage notes:
- If the Enforce password complexity rules property is set to Yes, the passwords of existing users are not affected. The password complexity rules only apply when users change their passwords.
- If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.
1.419 Login verification interval
Enter a value from 1 to 30 minutes. Set the value to 1 to minimize the time between the user being logged out and the browser loading the log in page.
- Default
- 5 minutes
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.HeartbeatInterval
Usage notes:
- If a user is still logged in, the interval starts again. RICOH ProcessDirector waits for this interval to elapse and checks again.
- If a user is logged out and RICOH ProcessDirector is open in a browser, RICOH ProcessDirector automatically changes to the log in page.
1.420 Account inactivity period
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 day through 3,650 days, or 10 years
- Default
- Not set (no accounts are locked out because of inactivity)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.InactiveLength
Usage notes:
- To restore access to the system after a user has been locked out, do one of these:
- Reset the user password.
- Delete and re-create the user account.
1.421 Lockout duration
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 minute through 3650 days, or 10 years
- Default
- 5 minutes
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.LockOutLength
Usage notes:
- To restore access to the system after a user has been locked out, do one of these:
- Reset the user password.
- Delete and re-create the user account.
- The value of the Account login threshold property specifies the number of login attempts permitted before the user is locked out.
- If this value is decreased, any users that have been locked out longer than the new value can log in.
- If the value is increased, users that are currently locked out must wait until the new lockout duration ends.
1.422 Account lockout threshold
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 99
- Default
- 3
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MaxLoginAttempts
Usage note:
- The Lockout duration property specifies the length of the lockout period.
1.423 Minimum password length
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 32
- Default
- 8
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.MinPasswordLength
Usage notes:
- This value applies to passwords for new users in addition to changed or reset passwords. Changing this value does not invalidate current user passwords.
- If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.
1.424 Password reuse count
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-10
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PasswordReuseCount
Usage notes:
- If the Password reuse count value is lowered (for example, from 5 to 3) and any current users have more passwords than the new values (in the example, 3), their oldest passwords are removed.
- If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.
1.425 Authenticate with LDAP
Values:
- No
- The system does not use LDAP user IDs for authentication; users must log in with RICOH ProcessDirector user names.
- Yes
- The system uses LDAP user IDs for authentication.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.YesNo
Usage notes:
- If this value is set to Yes, you must specify one or more values for the LDAP server property.
- If this value is set to Yes, password rules and change intervals set by the LDAP server apply to the RICOH ProcessDirector user IDs and these RICOH ProcessDirector system settings are ignored:
- Minimum password length
- Maximum password age before expiration
- Enforce password complexity rules
- Password reuse count
1.426 LDAP server
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters
- Restrictions
-
- You can enter one or more network IP addresses or fully qualified host names for LDAP servers.
- A colon (:) must separate the hostname/IP address and the port number. For example, infopages.prod.yourcompany.com:389 or 123.123.123.123:389.
- If you enter more than one address or name for LDAP servers, they must be delimited by a semicolon (;). For instance, infopages.prod.yourcompany01.com:389;infopages.prod.yourcompany02.com:389 or 123.123.123.123:389;123.123.123.124:389.
- If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.Server
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for LDAP servers.
1.427 Root distinguished name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.rootDN
- Usage Notes
-
- If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to:
dc=sun,dc=com.
- If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to:
1.428 LDAP security
Values:
- None (default)
- The system connects to the LDAP server without using either the StartTLS operation or the LDAPS protocol.
- StartTLS
- The system uses the StartTLS operation to secure the connection to the LDAP server and establish Transport Layer Security (TLS). After the connection is made, all messages are encrypted.
- ldaps
-
The system uses the Secure LDAP (LDAPS) protocol to connect to the LDAP server and establish Transport Layer Security (TLS). Messages are sent over a secure port.
Make sure that you add the port to the network IP address or the fully qualified host name in the LDAP server property.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.SecureConnection
Usage notes:
-
The connection to the LDAP server fails when the value of this property is ldaps and the secure port is not available. The default secure port is 636.
-
If your LDAP implementation uses StartTLS or LDAPS to secure the connection, set this property to the corresponding value before you test the LDAP settings.
If your LDAP implementation does not secure the connection to the LDAP server, leave this property set to None when you test the LDAP settings.
1.429 User search base
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.UserSearchBase
- Usage Notes
-
- If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to
ou=people
.
- If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to
1.430 User search filter
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Example
uid={0}
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.UserSearchFilter
- Usage Notes
-
-
This value is an LDAP search filter (as defined in 'RFC 2254') with optional arguments. In this case, the username is the only argument, denoted by
{0}
. A possible example isuid={0}
, which searches for a username match on the specified attribute. - If a different value is specified, make sure to specify an LDAP search string using
the marker token
{0}
, which replaces the user name string entered by the user. -
The value you enter for this property determines the format of your RICOH ProcessDirector user names, for example, an email address format or a UID format.
-
1.431 Manager distinguished name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.ManagerDN
- Usage Notes
-
- A DN might look similar to:
CN=MyUser,CN=Users,DC=mydomain,DC=com
. The sequence depends on your LDAP setup. -
This value is required if your LDAP server does not support anonymous binds.
- A DN might look similar to:
1.432 Manager distinguished name password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.ManagerPassword
- Usage Notes
-
- This function is only used with the search authentication method.
1.433 Email attribute
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.EmailAddress
Usage notes:
-
If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to: mail.
-
When an LDAP user logs in for the first time and RICOH ProcessDirector creates a user, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Email address property for the user to this email address. You can use the email address to send the user notifications when specific printer or job events occur.
-
If you do not specify an LDAP attribute, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a value for the Email address property when it creates a new user.
1.434 Group search base
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchBase
Usage notes:
-
If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to: ou=groups.
- To search the entire rootDN, do not specify a value for this property.
-
If users see Administrative Limit Exceeded or a similar error when they try to log in to RICOH ProcessDirector, reduce the scope of the query by making this value specific to your LDAP installation.
If reducing the scope of the query does not eliminate the error, change the value of the Group search member property to the field used in your LDAP installation for group members.
1.435 Group search filter
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Example
cn={0}
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchFilter
Usage notes:
-
If you do not specify a value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default search filter: cn={0}
-
RICOH ProcessDirector replaces {0} with the name of the LDAP group it is searching for. The name comes from the Product to LDAP group mapping property.
1.436 Group search member
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- None
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchMember
Usage notes:
-
If you do not specify a value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default member filter: uniqueMember
-
If you change this value, log in from another browser to verify that you are still a member of an LDAP group with access to RICOH ProcessDirector.
1.437 Synchronize with LDAP groups
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector checks the LDAP group memberships of a user at each log in and updates the product group memberships for the user based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector checks the LDAP group memberships for a user the first time the user logs in and assigns the user product group memberships based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property. After the first log in, RICOH ProcessDirector does not check the LDAP group memberships for a user and does not update the product group memberships for the user based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.SyncLdapGrp
Usage notes:
-
If this property is set to Yes, you modify the group memberships for a product user by modifying group memberships for the user in LDAP. If this property is set to No, you modify the group memberships for a product user by changing the values of the Group membership property for the user in RICOH ProcessDirector.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector users are not synchronized with LDAP users. If you authenticate with LDAP, RICOH ProcessDirector user IDs remain in the system until you delete them.
1.438 Product to LDAP group mapping
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupMap
Usage notes:
-
You must map at least one RICOH ProcessDirector group to an LDAP group before you can authenticate with LDAP.
-
Make sure you specify at least one Administrator product group mapping.
-
Before you authenticate with LDAP in your production environment, map all your RICOH ProcessDirector groups to LDAP groups.
-
To map a RICOH ProcessDirector group to an LDAP group, select a product group from the drop-down list and then type the name of the LDAP group in the entry field.
-
To map another product group to an LDAP group, click + to the right of any LDAP group.
-
To delete a mapping, click - to the right of the LDAP group.
-
For the {0} symbol In the value of the Group search filter property,RICOH ProcessDirector substitutes the name of each LDAP group that you enter for this property.
1.439 LDAP test user name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.TestUserName
Usage note: Make sure that the user name is a member of an LDAP group that is mapped to the RICOH ProcessDirector Administrator group.
1.440 Logged in
Values:
- Yes
- The user is logged in.
- No
- The user is not logged in.
- Database name
- User.Login.Status
Usage notes:
-
Users are logged in until they log out or the login inactivity timer expires. Closing a browser window does not log a user out of the system.
-
To add the Logged in property to the Users table:
-
Click the Table settings icon and then click Columns.
-
Select the Logged in property in the Properties list and click Move right ( >).
-
1.441 IP address of last login
- Database name
- User.LastLoginIp
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property.
1.442 Conditions
- Property
- Specifies which job property you want to use for the condition.
- Values:
- The list of all job properties (by field name) in the system.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value for a job to the contents of the Value field to decide whether a job meets the condition.
Select one of these:
-
- after (after)
- A job meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
- before (before)
- A job meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
- contains (contains)
- A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- greater than (>)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- greater than or equal to (>=)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- has a value (set)
- A job meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
- has no value (notset)
- A job meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
- is (=)
- A job meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is like (like)
- A job meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive
- is not (!=)
- A job meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is not like (unlike)
- A job meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- less than (<)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- less than or equal to (<=)
- A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether a job meets the condition.
- Values:
- Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Connector.JsonRule
Usage notes:
- When you use the is like or is not like comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a is like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
- To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
- If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use before, after, is, or is not comparison.
- You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.
1.443 JDF job ID
- Database name
- Job.JDF.JobID
Usage note: The JDF job ID (database name Job.JDF.JobID) is not the RICOH ProcessDirector Job number (database name Job.ID), which identifies a job in RICOH ProcessDirector.
1.444 JDF part ID
- Database name
- Job.JDF.JobPartID
1.445 Saved Filters
When you load the saved filter, the conditions are shown in the Advanced filter control. Click Apply filter to filter the Jobs table.
Values:
- The list of search filters you have saved.
- New filter (Default)
- Lets you specify a search filter to use now.
- Database name
- Job.SavedSearches
Usage notes:
- After you retrieve a saved filter, if you make changes and save the filter, another filter with the same name is saved.
- To save a new filter, select New filter and click the Save Filter button to enter a name for the search.
- Search filters are saved separately for each user.
- To delete a saved filter, hover over the filter in the Saved filters list. Click the X that appears to the right of the filter name to make it red. Click the red X to delete the filter.
1.446 Files to ZIP
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.ZipFile.FilesToZip
- Usage notes:
-
- You can specify any file that RICOH ProcessDirector can access as input to the ZIPFiles step, including files on different drives.
- You cannot specify a directory as input. To specify all the files in a directory, use this value: directory_path/*
- You can use a question mark (?) to match a single character and an asterisk (*) to
match multiple characters in a file name.
For example, you have a directory with three files:
123.pdf
,124.pdf
, and567.pdf
. To match all three files, use this value: directory_path/*.pdf. To match the123.pdf
and124.pdf
files, use this value: directory_path/12?.pdf.Characters in the value of the property are case-sensitive. The value directory_path/*.pdf matches
123.pdf
but not456.PDF
. - You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the comma-separated list. For example, this value specifies the
print.pdf
file andoverrides.txt
file in the spool directory for the job:${getFileName(print,pdf,read)},${getFileName(overrides,txt,read)}
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- The ZIPFiles step archives all files in the top-level directory of the ZIP archive. The step does not create a directory structure.
1.447 Output file
- Default
- Database name
- Job.ZipFile.ZipToSave
- Usage notes:
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
To make sure that other steps in the workflow can process the output file, save it in the spool directory for the job. For example, use this symbol to write the output to a ZIP file stored in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,zip,write)}.
The step names the file jobID.data.zip where jobID is the job number.
-
If you specify a directory other than the spool directory, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to that directory.
-
1.448 Stop when no matching elements
Values:
- No (default)
- This step sends a job to the next step in the workflow when it cannot find any occurrences of elements that match the XPath expression.
- Yes
- This step puts a job in the error state when it cannot find any occurrences of elements that match the XPath expression.
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.FailOnMissingXpath
1.449 XML input file
- Default
- ${getCurrentFile(xml)}
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.FileToSplit
Usage notes:
-
Steps based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template read the information in this file but do not modify or delete the file.
-
A workflow can run two or more CreateJobsFromXML steps on this file, and each step can use a different value for the XPath expression to create jobs property.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value returns the name of an XML file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
The XML input file can be the job file in the spool directory or a file stored at another location on the system.
-
If it is the job file, keep the default value for the XML input file property.
-
If it is stored at another location, specify the full path and file name as the value of the XML input file property.
When the XML input file is stored at another location, the file does not become part of the job that the CreateJobsFromXML step processes. The step reads the information in the file, uses the information to create XML files, and submits those XML files as jobs.
-
1.450 Create as child job
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The step creates child jobs whose parent is the original job.
- No
- The step creates independent jobs.
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.TypeOfJob
Usage note: When the CreateJobsFromXML step finds only one element that matches the XPath expression, it creates one XML file and submits it as a job. If this property is set to Yes, the new job is a child job whose parent is the original job. If this property is set to No, the new job is an independent job.
1.451 Workflow for new jobs
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.Workflow
Usage notes:
-
This value is optional when you specify step properties, but it is required when this step runs.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the workflow. For example, BusinessCards${Job.JobType} sets the name of the new workflow to the name of the current workflow with the prefix BusinessCards. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.452 XPath expression to create jobs
For example, the XPath expression is /customer/order/item. Each time the step finds an item element that is a child of /customer/order in the XML input file, the step creates an XML file and submits it as a job.
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.Xpath
Usage notes:
-
You can use any valid XPath expression.
-
This value is optional when you specify step properties, but it is required when the CreateJobsFromXML step runs.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the XPath expression. For example, /${Job.CustomerName}/orderID sets the name of an element in the XPath expression to the name of the customer for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.453 Name for new jobs
- Default
- ${Job.Name}
- Database name
- Job.Cjfx.JobName
Usage notes:
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the new job. For example, ${Job.Name} sets the name of the new job to the same name as the current job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
If the step creates multiple jobs, all of those jobs have the same value for their Name property. Each job has a different value for its Job number property.
1.454 JSON input file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 2048 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,json,read)}
- Database name
- Job.XML.JSONInputFile
Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.455 XML output file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 2048 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,xml,write)}
- Database name
- Job.XML.XMLOutputFile
Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.456 Credential description
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Credential.Description
1.457 Last modified
- Database name
- Credential.LastModified
1.458 Modified by
- Database name
- Credential.ModifiedBy
1.459 Credential name
- Length
- Up to 64 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Credential.Name
1.460 Private RSA key
Use an appropriate utility to generate a private RSA key. Copy and paste an unencrypted version of the key here. When you see the key in a property notebook it is replaced with a string of asterisks (*).
- Length
- Up to 3548 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- PrivateKeyCredential.PrivateKey
Usage note: Only keys generated using an RSA encryption algorithm are valid.
1.461 User name
- Length
- Up to 64 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- PrivateKeyCredential.UserName
1.462 User name
- Length
- Up to 64 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- UserPassCredential.UserName
1.463 User password
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- UserPassCredential.UserPassword
1.464 Custom PDF Printer Server
Values:
The list of Servers that have been added in the system.
- Database name
- CustomPDFPrinter.ImportPrinter
1.465 Custom printer type
For example, the name of the custom printer definition file you want to use is KM_1250.gpz. Enter KM_1250.
- Database name
- CustomPDFPrinter.PrinterType
Usage notes:
- To see a list of available custom printer definition files, display the RICOH Printer Connector dialog. For instructions, see the topic about importing a custom printer definition file in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
- RICOH ProcessDirector supports custom printer definition files with GPZ and ZIP extensions.
1.466 Display criteria
- Property
- Specifies which property you want to use for the condition.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether an object meets the condition.
Select one of these:
-
- after (after)
- An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
- before (before)
- An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
- contains (contains)
- An object meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- greater than (>)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- greater than or equal to (>=)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- has a value (set)
- An object meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
- has no value (notset)
- An object meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
- is (=)
- An object meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is like (like)
- An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. The comparison is case-sensitive
- is not (!=)
- An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is not like (unlike)
- An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- less than (<)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- less than or equal to (<=)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- last 24 hours (last 24)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 24 hours.
- last 7 days (last 7d)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 7 days.
- last 30 days (last 30d)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 30 days.
- today (today)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the current day.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether an object meets the condition.
- Depending on the property, you can choose from a list, enter an alphanumeric value, or select a date and enter a time.
- Database name
- Portlet.Criteria
1.467 Description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Portlet.Description
1.468 Concurrent floating windows
Values:
- Only one
- Lets you open only one floating window at a time. If you click a different job or device property, the contents of the floating window are replaced with the results related to that property.
- Multiple allowed
- Lets you open multiple floating windows at the same time.
- Database name
- Portlet.DrillDown.AllowMultiple
1.469 Details View
Values:
- Fixed Portlet
- This option is only available for custom portlets that display jobs. When you click a value in the custom portlet, you apply a filter to the Jobs table.
- Floating Window (default)
- When you click a value in the custom portlet, a floating window opens and displays the associated items.
- Database name
- Portlet.DrillDown.Display
1.470 Floating window position
Values:
- Save floating window layout
- When you close the floating window, the last position and size of the columns in the table are remembered. The next time you open a floating window from this custom portlet, it opens using the same column configuration.
- Do not save floating window layout
- Every time you open a floating window, it opens using the default column configuration from the standard portlets.
- Database name
- Portlet.DrillDown.RememberPreferences
1.471 Last modified
- Database name
- Portlet.LastModified
1.472 Property for columns
For example, if the selected object type is Job and you select Current job state, each column in the matrix portlet represents a job state, such as Assigned or Error. Each row displays the number of jobs that are in each job state.
- Database name
- Portlet.Matrix.Columns
Usage note:
- If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.
1.473 Property for rows
For example, if the selected object type is Job and you select Customer name, each row in the matrix portlet contains the number of jobs for a specific customer.
- Database name
- Portlet.Matrix.Rows
Usage note:
- If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.
1.474 Show totals row
Values
- Yes
- A row is displayed at the bottom of the table showing the sum of each column.
- No
- The row of totals is not displayed.
- Database name
- Portlet.Matrix.TotalRows
1.475 Modified by
- Database name
- Portlet.ModifiedBy
1.476 Name
- Database name
- Portlet.Name
1.477 Indicator name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- PortletScoreModule.Name
Usage note:
- Each Numeric portlet includes one or more indicators.
1.478 Property to measure
You can only choose numeric properties that can be counted. For example, you can choose Page count, but you cannot choose Job ID.
- Database name
- PortletScoreModule.Property
1.479 Object type
- Values:
- Barcode Reader
- Input device
- Inserter controller
- Job
- Printer
- Database name
- Portlet.Object.Type
1.480 Column properties
You can only choose properties that have numeric values that can be counted. Many object types do not have additional properties to show as columns.
- Database name
- Portlet.Tree.Columns
1.481 Row properties
For example, if you are a print service provider who receives jobs from multiple customers (set in the Customer name property of jobs) who each require different forms and the selected object type is Job, you might use two levels with these properties:
- Customer name
- Form
- Database name
- Portlet.Tree.Rows
Usage notes:
- If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.
1.482 Include document property
Values:
- Include in .dpf and database (default)
- This property is saved as a database property.
- Database properties can be viewed and tracked in the user interface.
- Include in .dpf only
- This property is saved as a limited property.
- Limited property values are not displayed in the user interface.
- Database name
- CustomDocProperty.Type
Usage notes:
- We recommend creating most document properties in the DPF file only. If you process jobs with a large number of documents, storing all document properties in the database can cause storage and performance issues.
1.483 Administrator access
Values:
- None
- Read
- Write (default)
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Access.Admin
1.484 Monitor access
Values:
- None
- Read (default)
- Write
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Access.Monitor
1.485 Operator access
Values:
- None
- Read (default)
- Write
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Access.Operator
1.486 Supervisor access
Values:
- None
- Read (default)
- Write
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Access.Supervisor
1.487 Add to table
Values:
- No
- Yes (default)
- To add the property as a column to the table, select Manage Columns at the top right of the Jobs or Documents portlet. Select the check box next to the property name.
- Database name
- CustomProperty.AddToTable
Usage note:
- If this custom property is created as a limited document property, it cannot be used as a column heading, so no value is required.
1.488 Data Type
Values:
- String
- Use this data type for job properties containing letters, numbers, and some special characters.
- Integer
- Use this data type when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero.
- Number
- Use this data type when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
- Database name
- CustomProperty.DataType
1.489 Maximum length
- Database name
- CustomProperty.DataTypeLength
1.490 Description
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Description
1.491 Database name
- Database name
- CustomProperty.ID
Usage note:
- The Database Name of each custom property consists of both the object type and the value entered in the Database Name field. For example, if you type Subscription in this field for a document property, the database name that displays in the Custom properties table and the DPF file is: Doc.Custom.Subscription.
- The third section of the database name must be different for each custom property. For example, you cannot use both Doc.Custom.Test and Job.Custom.Test. You must change one of the database names to use something unique, such as Doc.Custom.Test1.
1.492 Field name
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 character (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Label
1.493 Last modified
- Database name
- CustomProperty.LastModified
1.494 Modified by
- Database name
- CustomProperty.ModifiedBy
1.495 Property notebook tab
- Database name
- CustomProperty.NotebookTab
Usage note:
- If this custom property is created as a limited document property, it does not appear on the property notebook, so no value is needed.
1.496 Accepted Value Range
Format:
- Data type
- Number
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Validation.FloatMinMax
Usage note:
- Use Integer when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use Number when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.497 Accepted Value Range
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Database name
- CustomProperty.Validation.IntegerMinMax
Usage note:
- Use Integer when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use Number when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.498 URL for download file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DownloadFile
Usage notes:
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. For example, https://mysite.${Job.CustomerName).pdf.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If the URL for the file presents a security certificate before the file can be downloaded, RICOH ProcessDirector accepts this certificate automatically.
- If credentials are required to access the Web site where the file resides, the credentials
should be included in the value.
For example: ftp://username:password@host/path/file.
- You must provide the full URL to the file.
- URL for download file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.499 Path to downloaded file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.DownloadFileToCreate
Usage notes:
- This value can be a path to any location that the RICOH ProcessDirector server can access. If you do not include a full path, the file is downloaded to the spool directory.
- This value can contain RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If there is a file with the same name as the entry in this field, the step overwrites it.
- Path to downloaded file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.500 Use proxy server
Values:
- No (default)
-
The step does not use a proxy server.
- Yes
-
The step uses a proxy server.
- Database name
- Job.UseProxy
Usage notes:
- To use a proxy server, specify values for the proxy server properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.
- Use proxy server is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.501 SMTP server type
Values:
- System (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector sends emails from the step using the mail server specified in the SMTP server property on the System Settings page.
- Alternate
- RICOH ProcessDirector sends emails from the step using the mail server specified in the Alternate SMTP server property on the System Settings page.
- Database name
- Job.EJB.SMTPserver
1.502 Page range to send
The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas; use a dash to separate the first and last pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.
The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n selects pages 400 through the last page of the job. A value of n selects only the last page of the job.
To create more than one partial file from the same original file, enter a semi-colon (;) between the page range for the one attachment and the page range for the next.
For example: 1-3,5,8-9;1-20 creates two attachments with different pages in each.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Email.PageRange
Usage notes:
- If you choose a page range, include a step based on the EnableRepositioning or CountPages step template in the workflow before the SendEmail step. Those steps determine the value to use for n and accounts for the number of pages printed per sheet to ensure that duplex pages are printed correctly.
- You can only select a page range from the current print job. This property does not apply to files listed in the value of the Attachments property.
1.503 Page range data stream
Values:
- Use current (default)
- The data stream for the current job file is used. Only AFP and PDF are supported; other data streams cause an error. However, AFP page range can only be sent if the AFP Support feature is installed.
- AFP
- The page range file is an AFP file. Only select this value if the AFP Support feature is installed.
- The page range file is a PDF file.
- Database name
- Job.Email.RangeDataStream
Usage notes:
- This value is only required if you specify a value for the Page range to send property.
- This value must be the same as the data stream of the job file that the pages are extracted from. This step does not transform jobs from one datastream to another. If the data stream is anything other than AFP or PDF, the job goes to the error state.
1.504 Secure connection
Values:
- None (default)
- Connect to SMTP server over a normal connection.
- SSL
- Use SSL to connect to the SMTP server.
- TLS
- Use TLS to connect to the SMTP server.
- Database name
- Job.Email.SecureConnection
Usage note: If you choose SSL or TLS, you must enter a value for either the Email SSL port or the Email TLS port system property.
1.505 Blind copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
- Database name
- Job.EmailAddressBCC
Usage notes:
- To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
- You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.
1.506 Copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
- Database name
- Job.EmailAddressCC
Usage notes:
- To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
- You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.
1.507 Recipient address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address or symbol:
- username@mycompany.com
- ${Job.CustomerName)
- Database name
- Job.EmailAddressTo
Usage notes:
- To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
- You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.
1.508 Message
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.EmailMessage
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include job properties in the message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the body of the email.
- The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
- You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
- You can mix plain text and HTML.
- Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.
1.509 Sender address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
- Database name
- Job.EmailSendFrom
Usage note: If this value is blank, the step combines the value of the SMTP user name system property with the server host name to create an email address for the From: value in this format: SMTP user name@serverhostname. If the SMTP user name system property is blank, the step uses aiw@serverhostname for the From: value.
1.510 Subject line
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.EmailSubject
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas to include job properties in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the subject line.
1.511 Attachments
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.FileToEmail
Usage notes:
- To attach multiple files, separate the file names with a semicolon (;).
- You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, enter ${getCurrentFile(afp)} to send the job spool file for an AFP print job.
1.512 Attach ZIP file
Values:
- No (default)
- All files determined by the Attachments property are sent as separate files.
- Yes
- All files determined by the Attachments property are combined into one ZIP file and sent as one attachment.
- Database name
- Job.ZipFilesToEmail
Usage notes:
- If the file names listed in the Attachments property include double-byte or international characters (such as à, É, ñ, ß, ç), the files are included in the ZIP file. However, the file names are distorted, so they do not match the original file names on the system. The content of the files is not affected.
- Attach ZIP file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.513 Alternate SMTP server
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPAddress
Usage notes:
- You cannot use the Alternate SMTP server to send email notifications.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for SMTP servers.
1.514 Alternate SMTP password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPPassword
Usage notes: This value is the password for the SMTP user on the alternate SMTP server. If you update the password on that server, you must update this value.
1.515 Alternate SMTP port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Default
- 25
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPPort
1.516 Alternate SMTP SSL port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPSSLPort
Usage notes: To send email using this port, the Secure connection property for the job must be set to SSL. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.
1.517 Alternate SMTP TLS port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPTLSPort
Usage notes: To send an email using this port, the Secure connection property for the job must be set to TLS. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.
1.518 Alternate SMTP user name
Format:
- Data type
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPUserName
Usage notes: This user must be created on the alternate SMTP server and configured with the correct permissions before the step runs.
1.519 Email SSL port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Email.SSLPort
Usage note: To send email using this port, you must set the Secure connection property for the job to SSL. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.
1.520 Email TLS Port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Email.TLSPort
Usage note: To send email using this port, you must set the Secure connection property for the job to TLS. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.
1.521 SMTP password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SMTPPassword
Usage note: This value is the password for the SMTP user on the default SMTP server. If you update the password on that server, you must update this value.
1.522 SMTP port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Default
- 25
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SMTPPort
1.523 SMTP server
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SMTPServer
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for SMTP servers.
1.524 SMTP user name
Format:
- Data type
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SMTPUsername
Usage note: This user must be created on the default SMTP server and configured with the correct permissions before the step runs.
1.525 Action list
- Database name
- Job.PDF.ActionList
Usage notes:
- To type an action in the text area, use this syntax:
Action -param1 value1 -param2 value2
where Action is the name of an action, -param1 and -param2 are parameters, and value1 and value2 are the values of the parameters. Different actions have different parameters.
Type each action, its parameters, and the parameter values on a separate line.
This example has three actions: RemovePages, AddStamps, and RotatePages.
RemovePages -pages 3-4,9,12-n
AddStamps -stampsCSV /aiw/aiw1/control_files/actions/stamp1.csv
RotatePages -rotate 270 -pagetype landscape
The example specifies a directory path on Linux.
This example has one action: CheckPDF.
CheckPDF -outputResultsFile C:\aiw\aiw1\checkPDF\checkPDFresults.txt -RPDproperty Job.PDFCheckResult -pages 1-10
The example specifies a directory path on Windows.
For more information about supported actions and their parameters, see the topic about the EnhancePDF step template in the RICOH ProcessDirector Information Center.
- The EnhancePDF step does the actions in the order that they appear on the list, from top to bottom.
- An action can appear on the list more than once, with different parameter values.
- Action list is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.526 Decrypted PDF file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PDF.DecryptFileToSave
Usage notes:
- By default, the decrypted PDF file becomes the print file in the spool directory of the job.
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Decrypted PDF file property.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.527 Owner password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Database name
- Job.PDF.DecryptPassword
Usage notes:
-
Owner password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.
-
Owner password cannot be specified using symbol notation.
1.528 Encrypted PDF file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PDF.EncryptFileToSave
Usage notes:
-
By default, the encrypted PDF file becomes the print file in the spool directory of the job. Most RICOH ProcessDirector steps cannot accept encrypted files as input. The unencrypted file is stored in the checkpoints directory.
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Encrypted PDF file property.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.529 PDF orientation
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The orientation for the job is not specified.
- Portrait
- The job should be printed with the short edge at the top.
- Landscape
- The job should be printed with the long edge at the top.
1.530 Owner password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Database name
- Job.PDF.OwnerPassword
Usage notes:
-
When the Password-protected actions property is set to Edit, Fill, Read, either the Owner password or the User password can be used to read the PDF file. To edit the PDF file or fill in a form inside it, the Owner password is required.
-
Make sure to give the Owner password to the person or system that receives the file.
-
Owner password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.
-
Owner password cannot be specified using symbol notation.
1.531 Password-protected actions
Values
- Edit, Fill, Read (default)
- The Owner password is used to read, fill in any form fields, or edit the PDF file. If specified, the User password can be used to open the file for reading.
- Edit, Fill
- The Owner password is used to edit the PDF file or fill in any form fields in the PDF file. A password is not required to read the file.
- Edit
- The Owner password is used to edit the PDF file. A password is not required to read the file or fill in any form fields in the PDF file.
- Database name
- Job.PDF.ProtectionLevel
1.532 User password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Database name
- Job.PDF.UserPassword
Usage notes:
-
When the Password-protected actions property is set to Edit, Fill, Read, either the Owner password or the User password can be used to read the PDF file. To edit the PDF file or fill in a form inside it, the Owner password is required.
-
Make sure to give the User password to the person or system that receives the file.
-
User password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.
-
User password cannot be specified using symbol notation.
1.533 PDF results check
You cannot change the value of this property.
Values:
- Fail
- The content of the PDF file does not meet PDF specifications.
- Pass
- The content of the PDF file meets PDF specifications.
- Database name
- Job.PDFCheckResult
1.534 Search for documents
Values:
- By properties
- Define search criteria based on property values to find documents.
- By barcode scan
- Scan the barcodes that are printed on documents to make a list of documents.
- By range
- Use the value of the Insert sequence property to find the documents to reconcile.
- By list
- Choose a document property and then enter the values of that property to match when searching for documents.
- Database name
- Document.FindDoc
1.535 Action
Values:
- Do not change (default)
- No action requested.
- Reprint
- Reprint the documents.
- OK
- Do not reprint the documents. Let the job finish processing without printing the documents.
- Pull
- Do not reprint the documents. Mark the documents as pulled, to show that they are removed from the job.
1.536 Insert sequence range
From and To
- Specifies the first and last values for the Insert sequence property.
- Custom range
- The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas. Use a dash to separate the beginning and ending pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.
1.537 Non-process runout operation
1.538 Resume location
Values:
- Resume printing at page
- Lets you select the page number where you want to resume printing. Click the View File button to find the page using the file viewer.
- Resume printing at group
- Lets you select a page group, so you can resume printing at the first page in that group. Click the Select in Viewer button to find the group using the file viewer.
- Back up
- Lets you select the number of sides to move backwards in the job, so you can resume printing from that side.
- Skip ahead
- Lets you select the number of sides to move forward in the job, so you can resume printing from that side.
Usage note: If the job does not contain page groups, the Select in Viewer button is disabled when the Resume printing at group option is selected.
1.539 Action
Values:
- Go to next step (default)
- Processes the job through the current workflow.
- Select a new workflow
- Processes the job through a different workflow. Select the new workflow from the drop-down list that contains all of the enabled workflows in the system.
- Database name
- Job.PreviewPrint.Action
1.540 Part to print
Values:
- All (default)
- All the pages are printed again.
- Pages
- The specified pages and page ranges are printed again.
- A Select pages in viewer button appears. You can enter a value in the Pages to print again field or click the Select pages in viewer button and select which pages to print again.
- Groups
- The specified page groups are printed again.
- A Select groups in viewer button appears. Click the button to select which groups to print again.
Usage note: The Groups option is valid only for PDF and AFP jobs.
1.541 Barcode format to use
All the document properties in the barcode format used for scanning must be defined as document properties in the database.
Values:
A list of all the barcode formats in the system.
- Database name
- Job.ScanBarcodeFormat
1.542 Add objects by type
Values:
- A list of all the object types in the system.
1.543 Criteria
The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Display when property.
- Property
- Specifies which property you want to use.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to filter the list. Available comparisons change based on the property you select. Options include:
-
- after (after)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
- before (before)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
- contains (contains)
- A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- greater than (>)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is greater than the number in the Value field.
- greater than or equal to (>=)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is greater than or equal to the number in the Value field.
- has a value (set)
- Displays objects in which the selected property has a value.
- has no value (notset)
- Displays objects in which the selected property does not have a value.
- is (=)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is like (like)
- Displays objects based on a partial value (such as a prefix, suffix, or another part of a value) using wildcard characters. For example, if all the jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the Job name, you can filter on Job name | like | CUST1*. The table displays all the jobs in which the job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is not case-sensitive.
- is not (!=)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property does not match the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is not like (unlike)
- Lets you exclude objects from the list based on a partial value using wildcard characters. For example, to find all the jobs that are not AFP files, you can filter on Job name | Not like | *.afp. The list displays all the jobs in which the job name does not end with .afp. The comparison is not case-sensitive.
- last 24 hours (last 24)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 24 hours.
- last 7 days (last 7d)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 7 days.
- last 30 days (last 30d)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 30 days.
- less than (<)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is less than the number in the Value field.
- less than or equal to (<=)
- Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is less than or equal to the number in the Value field.
- today (today)
- Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the current day.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to filter the list. Depending on the property, you can choose from a list, enter an alphanumeric value, or select a date and enter a time.
Usage notes:
- When you use the is like or is not like, or contains comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the objects where that property value is set meet the condition, but not the objects in which that value is Not set.
- When you use the is, is not, is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you cannot use the apostrophe character ( ' ) in the Value field.
- To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
- You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.
1.544 Custom conditions
For example, in the Jobs table you define three conditions:
- Workflow = AFP
- Workflow = PDF
- Current job state = Error
You can create combinations such as these:
- ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3
- This statement returns jobs that are in either the AFP or PDF workflow and are in the Error state.
- 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 )
- This statement returns all jobs that are in the AFP workflow and all jobs that are in the PDF workflow that are in the Error state.
1.545 Display when
Values:
- All are true
- Displays results when all of the conditions that are listed and selected are satisfied. The conditions have an AND relationship.
- Any are true
- Displays results when one or more of the conditions that are listed and selected are satisfied. The conditions have an OR relationship.
- Custom
- Displays results when the conditions are met based on the custom combination that you specify.
Usage notes:
- If you select Custom, use the text field to the right to define your custom combination.
- If you select All are true or Any are true and deselect the rows for conditions, those conditions are not included in the evaluation.
1.546 Send media name in job ticket
Values:
- Yes
- The media name is sent in the job ticket.
- No (default)
- The media name is not sent in the job ticket.
- Database name
- Media.SendName
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.
- When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to Yes and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to Yes, the printer matches media based on media name.
- When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to No and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to Yes, the printer matches media based on the properties that you use to distinguish media. If two or more media have the same properties, the printer selects the media that is loaded.
- When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to Yes and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to No, the printer uses the loaded media if the media name in the job ticket matches a media name in the printer's media catalog. If the media catalog does not have a media name that matches, the job goes into error on the printer.
- When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to No and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to No, the printer fails to find the media and the job requires manual correction on the printer.
1.547 Virtual Printer name
Format:
- Default
- Database name
- JdfDirectPrinter.VPName
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.
- This value is appended to the value of the URL of the Ricoh PDF printer property.
1.548 Banner page input tray
Values:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.BannerPage.Tray
Usage notes
- This property applies only to Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers.
- If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
- If you set the Use SNMP property value to No or the printer does not support SNMP, you must enable input trays manually to be able to select a tray for the banner pages. To enable a tray manually, use the Show trays action on the printer.
1.549 Job status polling interval
Values:
- Default
- 10 seconds
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.JobStatusPolling
Usage notes:
- If the interval is set to 0, the printer does not poll for job status.
- This property does not apply to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.
1.550 Merge banner pages into PDF print file
Values:
- Yes
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and
one file is sent to the printer.
If you request multiple copies of the PDF file, the printer also prints multiple copies of the header and trailer files.
- No
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the
print files are sent to the printer.
If you request multiple copies of the PDF file, the printer prints one copy of the header and trailer files.
- Default
- Yes
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.MergeBanner
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers. A similar property with the same name (PassThroughPrinter.MergeBanner) applies to Passthrough printers.
- Banner pages are not merged into the print file for PostScript jobs.
- Depending on the finishing options your printer supports, there are instances when the files should not be merged. For example, if your printer does not support subset stapling and your job requires stapling, set this property to No. If you set it to Yes, the printer does not staple the job at all.
- If you control a Ricoh TotalFlow printer with TotalFlow Print Server instead of with RICOH ProcessDirector, the header file, PDF file, and trailer file could print out of sequence when this
property is set to No. To avoid this problem, follow one of these suggestions:
- Set the property to Yes.
- Do not print banner pages.
- Move the header file, PDF file, and trailer file at the same time. For example, move them to the Inactive Jobs state or the Active Jobs state at the same time.
1.551 Test printer
Values:
- Yes
- Ricoh PDF printer is a test printer. When jobs that request this printer arrive in the PrintJobs step, no files are sent to the physical printer.
- No
- Ricoh PDF printer is not a test printer. When jobs that request this printer arrive in the PrintJobs step, they are sent to the physical printer.
- Not set (default)
- Ricoh PDF printer is not a test printer.
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.NullSender
Usage notes:
-
This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.
-
If this value is set to Yes and the processing simulation succeeds, the job moves to the next step in the workflow. If the simulation fails, the job goes into an error state.
1.552 Printer credential
Select an existing password credential from the list. If the correct credential does not appear in the list, click the plus sign to create a new credential object.
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.OneDFECredential
- This value is only required if you choose PDF via Ricoh API for Fiery as the value for Data stream to send.
1.553 Data stream to send
Values:
- JDF/PDF
- Sends a PDF file and a JDF job ticket to the printer.
Note: Cut sheet printers with a RICOH TotalFlow Print server or E-/EB- series EFI Fiery controller can receive JDF/PDF output.
- PostScript (default)
- Sends PostScript data to the printer.
- PDF via Ricoh API for Fiery
- Sends a PDF file to a supported RICOH printer with an EFI Fiery control unit.
Note: Only printers with an N- series EFI Fiery digital front end can receive PDF files using Ricoh API for Fiery.
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.OutputType
Usage notes:
- Before you choose a value, refer to the topic Supported Ricoh printers in the help system. That topic lists the printer model and controller combinations that can be defined as Ricoh PDF printers, along with the values to set for the Data stream to send and Printer port properties.
1.554 Printer port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1–65535
- Default
- 9100
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.Port
Usage notes:
- For printers using an EFI E- or EB- series controller, use port 9102 or 9103.
When you use port 9102, jobs are sent to the print queue, and they might not print in the same order that you submit them. Job status for most printers can be determined, and the collate function for multiple copies is available. When you use port 9103, jobs are sent to the hold queue and must be released at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- Make sure any firewalls that are in use on your network permit communication on this port.
1.555 Type of printer
Values
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.PrinterType
1.556 Submit to queue
1.557 URL of the Ricoh TotalFlow printer
- Database name
- JdfOutputPrinter.URL
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.
- The default URL for a Ricoh TotalFlow printer is
http://hostname/webJmf/Device1
. Replace hostname with the IP address or hostname of the printer. This URL is case-sensitive. - Specify
http://
as the prefix, nothttps://
.
1.558 Apply any or all of the following conditions
Values:
- All (default)
- All of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an AND relationship.
- Any
- Any one of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an OR relationship.
- Custom
- You must specify what combinations of conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. You can use both AND and OR to combine conditions.
- Database name
- Notification.AnyAllCustom
Usage notes:
- Apply any or all of the following conditions supports both simple and compound conditions.
- The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
- If you select Custom, an entry field appears. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to form the rules for combining the conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to specify the order in which conditions must be performed. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.
1.559 Blind copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.
- Database name
- Notification.BCC
Usage note: To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma ( ,) or semicolon ( ;).
1.560 Copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.
- Database name
- Notification.CC
Usage note: To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma ( ,) or semicolon ( ;).
1.561 Conditions
For email notifications, the type of object whose properties are shown is set in the Event type property on the General tab of the Notification property notebook.
If no conditions are specified for email notifications, the system sends notifications whenever the event occurs until the Notification limit, if any, is reached. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are sent.
The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Apply any or all of the following conditions property.
- Property
- Specifies the property to use for the condition. The list of available values varies based on the type of notification and events monitored.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether the condition is met. Select one of these:
- = (equal to) (default)
- An object meets the condition if its property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- != (not equal to)
- An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- > (greater than)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- < (less than)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- >= (greater than or equal to)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- <= (less than or equal to)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- like
- An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- unlike
- An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether the condition is met to generate the notification.
Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value. If a property takes a unit, you cannot select the units. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes. You must specify measurement values in inches.
- Database name
- Notification.Condition
Usage notes:
- When you use the Like or Unlike comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a Like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is blank.
- You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give preprinted media for a customer the same name as the customer. You can define a condition with a symbol formula to make sure that the media matches the customer name: Media = ${Job.CustomerName}.
- To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
- If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use less than or greater than comparison.
1.562 Notify when
Values:
- All are true (default)
- All of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an AND relationship.
- Any are true
- Any one of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an OR relationship.
- Custom
- You must specify what combinations of conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. You can use both AND and OR to combine conditions.
- Database name
- Notification.Condition.NotifyWhen
Usage notes:
- The summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
- If you select Custom, an entry field is enabled. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to form the rules for combining the conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to specify the order in which conditions must be performed. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.
1.563 Notification description
- Database name
- Notification.Description
1.564 Message
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Notification.EmailMessage
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include input device, job or printer properties based on event type in the email message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the body of the email.
- If you use symbol formulas to include a property that has a timestamp value, the value that appears in the email is in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. To clarify the time format, you may want to follow the symbol formula with the text "Coordinated Universal Time" so that the email message reads: Printer ABC had an error at 2014–04–24 11:15:33.95 Coordinated Universal Time.
- The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
- You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
- You can mix plain text and HTML.
- Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.
1.565 Subject line
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Notification.EmailSubject
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include input device, job or printer properties based on event type in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the subject line.
- If you use symbol formulas to include a property that has a timestamp value, the value that appears in the email is in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. To clarify the time format, you may want to follow the symbol formula with the text "Coordinated Universal Time" so that the email message reads: Printer ABC had an error at 2014–04–24 11:15:33.95 Coordinated Universal Time.
1.566 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The notification object can send a notification.
- No
- The notification object cannot send a notification.
- Database name
- Notification.Enabled.Description
Usage notes:
- When you change a notification object, we recommend that you disable it first. Any events that occur while the enabled notification object is being edited result in a notification based on the definitions set before it was edited.
- Events that occur when a notification object is disabled are lost. They are not sent after the object is enabled.
1.567 Event
When a specified event occurs, it is evaluated along with the Conditions that are set to determine whether notifications are generated.
- Property
-
For email notifications, lists all the eligible properties for the object selected as the Event type.
For history record notifications, the only value available is Current job state.
- Action
- Specifies the type of changed value RICOH ProcessDirector monitors for. Select one of these:
- Changes (default)
- An event is reported if its property value changes.
- Changes from
- An event is reported if its property value changes from the value in the Value property to a different value.
- Changes to
- An event is reported if its property value changes to the value in the Value property from a different value.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide if an event is reported.
Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.
If a property takes a unit, you cannot change the units. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes. You must specify measurement values in inches.
If you select the Changes action, you cannot choose or enter a value.
- Database name
- Notification.Event
Usage notes:
- The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
- To define an additional event, click + to the right of any event. To delete an event, click - to the right of the event you want to delete.
- Conditions limit the notifications that are generated for the specified event. If no conditions are specified, the system generates notifications whenever the event occurs. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are generated.
- For email notifications, the Notification limit property lets you specify how many messages can be sent within a period of time. If the Notification limit is reached and the event happens again before the specified time limit elapses, no notification is sent.
- If you monitor more than one property, any one property change becomes an event.
- An email notification is sent if you select the Changes action for a property and you are setting that property for the first time within a workflow. Ignore this notification.
-
The Test button on the Notifications table only applies to email notifications.
1.568 Event type
Values:
- Input device (default)
- Monitor input device properties to create a notification.
- Job
- Monitor job properties to create a notification.
- Printer
- Monitor printer properties to create a notification.
- Database name
- Notification.EventType
Usage note: The Event type determines what properties you can select for both the event to be monitored and the conditions used to send the notification email.
1.569 Notification name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Notification.ID
Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the notification object, you cannot change the name. To rename the notification object, create a copy and specify the new name. Then delete the original notification object.
1.570 Conditions
For email, SOAP, and REST Web service notifications, the type of object whose properties are shown is set in the Event type property on the Event tab of the Notification property notebook.
If no conditions are specified for email notifications, the system sends notifications whenever the event occurs until the Notification limit, if any, is reached. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are sent.
The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Notify when property.
- Property
- Specifies the property to use for the condition. The list of available values varies based on the type of notification and events monitored.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether the condition is met. Select one of these:
-
- after (after)
- An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
- before (before)
- An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
- contains (contains)
- A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- greater than (>)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- greater than or equal to (>=)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- has a value (set)
- An object meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
- has no value (notset)
- An object meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
- is (=)
- An object meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is like (like)
- An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is not (!=)
- An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- is not like (unlike)
- An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- less than (<)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- less than or equal to (<=)
- An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether the condition is met to generate the notification.
Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Notification.JsonCondition
Usage notes:
- When you use the is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a is like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is blank.
- You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give preprinted media for a customer the same name as the customer. You can define a condition with a symbol formula to make sure that the media matches the customer name: Media = ${Job.CustomerName}.
- To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
- If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use before, after, is, or is not comparison.
1.571 Last modified
- Database name
- Notification.LastModified
1.572 Secure connection
Values:
- None (default)
- Connect to SMTP server over a normal connection.
- SSL
- Use SSL to connect to the SMTP server.
- TLS
- Use TLS to connect to the SMTP server.
- Database name
- Notification.SecureConnection
Usage note: If you choose SSL or TLS, you must enter a value for either the Email SSL port or the Email TLS port system property.
1.573 Attach log
Values:
- No (default)
- The job, input device or printer log is not attached to the notification email.
- Yes
- The job, input device or printer log is attached to the notification email.
- Database name
- Notification.SendLog
Usage note: The log is a zip file. Ensure that the recipient’s email server allows this format of attachment.
1.574 Notification limit
- Database name
- Notification.Threshold
Usage notes:
- This property only applies to email notifications.
-
The first time a notification is not sent because the limit has been reached, a message is written to the log of the notification object. After the timer expires, notifications resume.
- If you edit the notification object in any way, including enabling and disabling it, the timer is reset and notifications resume.
1.575 Recipient address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.
- Database name
- Notification.To
Usage notes:
- To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
- If you only specify the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group, at least one user in that group must have an email address defined or no notification email is sent.
1.576 Notification method
Values:
- Notifications are delivered as an email message.
- History Record
- Records job state changes in a history file for each job. The history is written to the repository if a StoreInRepository step in the workflow for the job sets Store history records to Yes.
- Database name
- Notification.Type
1.577 Email address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- User.EmailAddress
Usage note: Any authorized user can change their Email address on the User information page on the Preferences tab.
1.578 Sender email address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.EmailFrom
Usage note: If this value is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector combines the value of the SMTP user name system property with the server host name to create an email address for the From: value in this format: SMTP user name@serverhostname. If the SMTP user name system property is blank, the step uses aiw@serverhostname for the From: value.
1.579 Relationship type
- Family
- A collection of jobs that have the same integer value for Job number and are submitted and processed simultaneously.
- The parent job has an integer value, like 107456, while a child job contains a decimal point such as 107456.3.
- Order
- A collection of jobs that have the same value for Order number and are submitted and processed simultaneously.
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.WaitForRelated
1.580 Order number
1.581 Copies
1.582 Customer
1.583 Description
1.584 Due date
1.585 Time zone
1.586 Order number
1.587 Location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Order.Location
Usage note:
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the orders with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each order.
- When you add a job to the order, the value of the Location property is copied to the Requested location property for the job.
- You can update the Requested location property of the jobs in the order as needed.
1.588 Order name
1.589 Order priority
- Data type
- Integer from 1-999. 1 specifies the highest priority. 999 specifies the lowest priority.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Order.Priority
Usage note:
- In the Order portlet, right-click the order and select Set Priority to update the Order priority property of the order as needed.
- When you add a job to an order, the value of the Order priority property is copied to the Job priority property for the job.
- You can update the Job priority property of the jobs in the order as needed.
- Jobs without a value for their Job priority property have the lowest priority. Any job with a job-priority value, even if the value is 999, processes through each step before a job without a job-priority value.
- Jobs that the use JDF files use job priority values between 1 and 100. If you enter a value over 100, RICOH ProcessDirector reverts the value to 100.
1.590 Received
1.591 External order reference
1.592 Current state
- Active
- At least one of the jobs submitted to the order is processing in a phase before the Print phase of the workflow. The order stays in the Active state until all of its jobs move to the Print phase.
- Sent
- RICOH ProcessDirector sent all jobs from the order to at least the Print phase of the workflow.
- Complete
- RICOH ProcessDirector sent all jobs from the order to at least the Complete phase of the workflow.
- Error
- One or more jobs failed due to an error.
- Database name
- Order.State
Usage note:
- Deleting all the jobs in an order also deletes the order.
- If an order was created but the job submission failed, the order appears active, but has no jobs. The jobs must be resubmitted.
1.593 Order input file
The CreateOrdersFromFile step sends the XML file to a property mapping object configured to interpret the file. The property mapping object finds each occurrence of the XPath value set as the order identifier and creates an order for each one. Then it creates jobs inside each order. The step submits each XML file separately.
- Default
- ${getFileName(print, xml, read)}
- Database name
- Job.XmlMapping.InputFile
-
The XML input file can be submitted to an input device or stored at another location on the system.
-
If it is submitted to an input device, keep the default value for the Order input file property.
-
If it is stored at another location, specify the full path and file name as the value of the Order input file property.
When the XML input file is stored at another location, the file does not become part of the job that the CreateOrdersFromFile step processes. The step reads the information in the file and submits those XML files as jobs.
-
-
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value returns the name of an XML file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.594 Order property mapping
Values:
The list of order property mapping objects available on the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.XmlMapping.Mapping
- When choosing the property mapping for this step, make sure that the selected mapping is compatible with the structure and format of the order XML file that is processed. If the selected mapping is not compatible, processing errors occur.
1.595 Workflow for jobs
1.596 Create as child jobs
1.597 Sample order XML file
- An order with both printable jobs (booklets) and other physical items (tote bags or thumb drives).
- Multiple orders in one file.
- Orders with different types of printed output (business card and brochures).
- Jobs that print on different printers (cut sheet or continuous feed or wide format).
- Database name
- PropertyMapping.ReferenceXmlFile
1.598 Order and job identifiers
- XML element (XPath expression)
- Shows all the XML elements in the sample file, listed in order of occurrence. Select one XML element per row.
- Represents
- Select Order if the element identifies the start of an order; select Job if the element identifies the start of a job.
- Database name
- OrderMapping.OrderIdentifiers
- Include at least two XML elements: one that identifies jobs and one that identifies orders.
- To add more identifiers, click + to the right of any row. To delete a row, click –.
- Job identifiers must be descendants of order identifiers. You must include at least one job identifier for each order identifier.
- If the element you want to use does not appear in the list, you can type the full XPath expression for it.
1.599 Property mapping
- XML element (XPath expression)
- Shows all the XML elements in the sample file that are children of the identifiers selected above.
- Object type
- Specifies whether the XML element maps to a job or order property.
- Property
- Specifies the RICOH ProcessDirector job or order property to map to the selected XML element.
- Database name
- OrderMapping.PropertyMapping
- When the CreateOrdersFromFile step runs, the values found in the XML file are copied into the properties specified. The step uses the first instance of the XML element that it finds. If a job includes multiple elements that match the XML element definition, the value of the first element is used.
- If the element you want to use does not appear in the list, you can type the full XPath expression for it.
1.600 Time format
- Values
- An extensive list of timestamp formats. The list displays both a symbolic representation of the timestamp and an example of its appearance in a file. Choose the option that matches time and date values in your sample order XML file.
- Database name
- OrderMapping.TimeFormat
- If you do not see the time format used in your file, you can enter it manually.
- If no time zone is specified in the timestamp, the time zone defaults to the time zone of the primary server.
- This setting is only required if you create one or more mappings for properties that specify date or time values.
1.601 Assigned output device
1.602 Files to send
1.603 Requested output device name
- Not set (default)
- When the output device is not set, the step goes into a pending state, reporting that there is no matching device. The job is not sent until a different option is selected.
- Any
- The job is sent to any output device that is configured to receive the jobs matching the criteria.
- A list of output devices
- The job is sent to the selected output device.
- Database name
- Job.OutputDevice.Requested
Usage note: Clicking the star icon lets you filter the list to display only the favorite output devices.
1.604 Custom 1
1.605 Custom 2
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr2
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.606 Custom 3
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr3
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.607 Custom 4
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr4
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.608 Custom 5
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr5
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.609 Custom 6
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr6
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.610 Custom 7
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr7
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.611 Custom 8
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr8
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.612 Custom 9
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr9
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.613 Custom 10
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1-1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Info.Attr10
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.614 Custom number 1
1.615 Custom number 2
Format:
- Data type
- Number
- Database name
- Job.Info.Double2
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.616 Custom number 3
Format:
- Data type
- Number
- Database name
- Job.Info.Double3
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.617 Custom number 4
Format:
- Data type
- Number
- Database name
- Job.Info.Double4
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.618 Custom number 5
Format:
- Data type
- Number
- Database name
- Job.Info.Double5
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.619 Custom integer 1
1.620 Custom integer 2
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Database name
- Job.Info.Integer2
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.621 Custom integer 3
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Database name
- Job.Info.Integer3
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.622 Custom integer 4
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Database name
- Job.Info.Integer4
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.623 Custom integer 5
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Database name
- Job.Info.Integer5
Usage note:
- Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.
1.624 Finisher order
Values:
- Left to right (default)
- Format the job to place the left page first, and then the right page.
- Right to left (default)
- Format the job to place the right page first, and then the left page.
- Database name
- Job.PDF.FinisherOrderConfiguration
Usage note: If your printer does not support N-up printing, this property value is ignored.
1.625 N-Up
Values:
- 1
- Format the job to print one page on each side of the sheet (1-up).
- 2 (default)
- Format the job to print two pages of the same size, side by side, on the sheet (2-up).
- Database name
- Job.PDF.NUpConfiguration
Usage note: If your printer only supports 1-up printing, make sure you select 1; otherwise, the job's sheet order will be incorrect.
1.626 Leading edge into finisher
Values:
- End of print job (default)
- The end of the print job (also called the trailing edge) will be the edge inserted into the finishing equipment. This selection reverses the order of the pages in the print job, and pages are rotated 180 degrees from the original rotation. For example, if the original job has a 90 degree rotation, selecting End of print job causes the pages to print with a 270 degree rotation.
- Start of print job
- The start of the print job will be the edge inserted into the finishing equipment. If you select this option, the rotation and order of the pages in the original job are not changed.
- Database name
- Job.PDF.RollConfiguration
1.627 Additional page rotation
Values:
- 0 (default)
- The original job is not changed.
- 90
- The job is rotated an additional 90 degrees.
- 180
- The job is rotated an additional 180 degrees.
- 270
- The job is rotated an additional 270 degrees.
- Database name
- Job.PDF.PageRotationFromOriginal
Usage note: If you select the End of print job option, set the Additional page rotation value to 0.
1.628 Page exceptions file
- Default
- ${getFileName(pletotab,del,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PleToTab.FileName
Usage notes:
- Page exceptions file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
- This file is used as input to the AddPageExceptionsToAFP step.
1.629 Proxy server 1 password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyPassword
1.630 Proxy server 2 password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyPassword2
1.631 Proxy server 1 port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyPort
1.632 Proxy server 2 port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 65535
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyPort2
1.633 Proxy server 1
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyServer
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for proxy servers.
1.634 Proxy server 2
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyServer2
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for proxy servers.
1.635 Proxy server 1 user
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyUser
1.636 Proxy server 2 user
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ProxyUser2
1.637 Output format
Values:
- A to Z for AFP
- The job is in AFP format and the first page prints at the start of the job.
- A to Z for PDF
- The job is in PDF format and the first page prints at the start of the job.
- Z to A for AFP
- The job is in AFP format and the last page prints at the start of the job.
- Z to A for PDF
- The job is in PDF format and the last page prints at the start of the job.
- Transform
- The job is in a format, such as PostScript, that must be transformed into another data stream to print.
- Not set (Default)
- The Output format value for the job is not set. Jobs without a value for Output format can be printed on a printer with any value for the printer Output format property. The job is not reformatted.
- Database name
- Job.OutputFormat
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the Output format for a job on the Scheduling tab of the job properties notebook.
- You can change the Output format value for a job on the Schedule Jobs page. Select a job and a printer and then click Make jobs match selected printer. When you click OK, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the job to the step in the workflow whose Step restart type is set to Reformat.
To use the Reformat restart type, you must modify the workflow so that it includes one or more branches that reformat the job for printers with different Output format values.
1.638 Output format
Values:
- A to Z for AFP
- The printer expects AFP output in normal order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the first page in the job prints first.
- A to Z for PDF
- The printer expects PDF output in normal order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the first page in the job prints first.
- Z to A for AFP
- The printer expects AFP output in reverse order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the last page in the job prints first.
- Z to A for PDF
- The printer expects PDF output in reverse order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the last page in the job prints first.
- Transform
- For the job to print on the printer, a transform step might need to process the job. For example, the job is in PDF format, but the printer only accepts PostScript.
- Not set (Default)
- No Output format value is set for the printer. The printer accepts jobs with any Output format value. The job is not reformatted.
- Database name
- Printer.OutputFormat
Usage notes:
- To see the candidate jobs for a printer, select the printer in the Printers portlet on the Main page and click RICOH ProcessDirector updates the jobs table to include only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including Output format, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer. .
- You can change the Output format value for a printer on the Schedule Jobs page. Right-click a printer and select Edit properties. Output format is on the Scheduling tab.
- You can change the Output format value for a job on the Schedule Jobs page. Select a job and a printer and then click Make jobs match selected printer. When you click OK, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the job to the step in the workflow whose Step restart type is set to Reformat.
To use the Reformat restart type, you must modify the workflow so that it includes one or more branches that reformat the job for printers with different Output format values.
1.639 Default Main page view
Values:
- A list of all the public views in the system.
- System default (default)
- The default RICOH ProcessDirector view is used for all users in this group.
- Database name
- Group.DefaultMainView
Usage note: If a user is a member of more than one group, the System default view is used as the default view.
1.640 Created by
- Database name
- SavedView.CreatedBy
1.641 Last modified
- Database name
- SavedView.LastModified
1.642 Modified by
- Database name
- SavedView.ModifiedBy
1.643 Name
Format:
- Length
- 1-64 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SavedView.Name
1.644 Visibility
Values:
- Private (default)
- Only the person who created the view can use it.
- Public
- All users can use this saved view.
- Database name
- SavedView.Visibility
1.645 Delete source files
- Default
- No
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.DeleteFromServer
1.646 SFTP RSA key entry
At a command prompt, run the following command to obtain the contents for this field:
ssh-keyscan -t rsa sftp_server_hostname
where sftp_server_hostname is the hostname of your SFTP server.
The output of this command is a comment followed by a line containing the hostname, encryption algorithm, and the key. For example:
# sftp_server_hostname SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.4
sftp_server_hostname ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDFWdSRwRx8k0kwC1+1QSNZFZoKLiH3/jGfifpWkPPlCB4g9bRo1UtVd20DPttOwl0Uqe5IYf1A1zUbWVOkUCC+CNvAyBCPdL1YYwclgtku0OwR6vKhCqPRgBjojOOOsR02t/CU5YXP1PaJaR+as0/5aajnw9sxf/ldx3KsSbcMhteh8fi9xZPHvyhnww4K600PdKPkToJdCH4BNdM++xq1pWNiVh9oDbytCwGyhL+TuP5u4cdP7VY9leS+pnYR7HzW4SzBpUC6fVbpiQh4OWklFmAKJrxTK9GZOOg8VrYjzSWcTEbyU1DURflxLxPbFPmaQh0BIdS6t0udbeHH6CEH
Copy the entire string starting with sftp_server_hostname and paste it into the SFTP RSA key entry field. Then replace sftp_server_hostname with the hostname of your SFTP server.
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.KnownHostsRsaKeyEntry
1.647 Credential
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.Credential
1.648 SFTP server
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.Server
Usage note: If the IP address of the SFTP server that you want to connect to is in IPv6 format, use the hostname.
1.649 SFTP source directory
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.SourceDir
1.650 SFTP source file pattern
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- If no value is specified, all files in the SFTP source directory, including its subdirectories, will be copied.
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.SourceFilePattern
Examples:
The file pattern [a-z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+:
- Matches the file
abc38.pdf
- Does not match the file
Abc38.pdf
- Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property
The file pattern [a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\.[a-zA-Z0-9]+:
- Matches these files:
Xyz/Abc/File1.pdf
Xyz2/Abc2/File_1-C.pdf
Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
Company1/Invoices/Act027823_10-2017.pdf
- Does not match these files:
Xyz/Abc/File1
Company-1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
Company1/Invoices/Act027823.10-2017.pdf
- Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property
The file pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+):
- Matches the file
Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
- Allows captured groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 to be used in the SFTP target file pattern property to create a file with the following values:
- 1 =
Company1
- 2 =
Invoices
- 3 =
Account027823_10-2017
- 4 =
pdf
- 1 =
1.651 SFTP target directory
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.TargetDir
1.652 SFTP target file pattern
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- If no value is specified, the original file names without paths are used as the target file names. Files with the same names located in different subdirectories will overwrite each other when they are written to the target file system.
- Database name
- Job.SFTP.TargetFilePattern
Examples:
In this example, the source file and the target file will have the same name:
- SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)\\.([a-z]+)
- SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1].$[2]
Matching file File1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the same file name File1.pdf
. Matching file File2.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the same file name File2.pdf
.
In this example, the target file will have a name derived from the source file name path:
- SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+)
- SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1]@$[2]@$[3].$[4]
Matching file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Invoices@Acount027823_10-2017.pdf
. Matching file Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Letters@Letter1.pdf
.
In this example, the target file name will always be the same, regardless of the name of the source file that is being copied (captured groups are not used in this example):
- SFTP Source File Pattern: [a-zA-Z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+
- SFTP Target File Pattern: NewFile
Matching file File1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile
. Matching file File2.pdf
will also be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile
.
1.653 SFTP address or hostname
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SftpInput.Server
Usage note: If the IP address of the SFTP server that you want to connect to is in IPv6 format, use the hostname.
1.654 Credential
- Database name
- SftpInput.Credential
1.655 SFTP user
- Length
- Up to 64 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SftpInput.User
1.656 SFTP password
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SftpInput.Password
1.657 SFTP source directory
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
- Database name
- SftpInput.SourceDir
1.658 SFTP source file pattern
Files are automatically deleted from the SFTP server after being transferred.
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- If no value is specified, all files in the SFTP source directory, including its subdirectories, will be copied.
- Database name
- SftpInput.SourceFilePattern
Examples:
The file pattern [a-z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+:
- Matches the file
abc38.pdf
- Does not match the file
Abc38.pdf
- Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property
The file pattern [a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\.[a-zA-Z0-9]+ :
- Matches these files:
Xyz/Abc/File1.pdf
Xyz2/Abc2/File_1-C.pdf
Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
Company1/Invoices/Act027823_10-2017.pdf
- Does not match these files:
Xyz/Abc/File1
Company-1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
Company1/Invoices/Act027823.10-2017.pdf
- Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property
The file pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+):
- Matches the file
Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
- Allows captured groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 to be used in the SFTP target file pattern property to create a file with the following values:
- 1 =
Company1
- 2 =
Invoices
- 3 =
Account027823_10-2017
- 4 =
pdf
- 1 =
1.659 SFTP target file pattern
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- If no value is specified, the original file names without paths are used as the target file names. Files with the same names located in different subdirectories will overwrite each other when they are written to the local file system.
- Database name
- SftpInput.TargetFilePattern
Examples:
In this example, the source file and the target file will have the same name:
- SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)\\.([a-z]+)
- SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1].$[2]
Matching file File1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the same file name File1.pdf
. Matching file File2.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the same file name File2.pdf
.
In this example, the target file will have a name derived from the source file name path:
- SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+)
- SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1]@$[2]@$[3].$[4]
Matching file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Invoices@Acount027823_10-2017.pdf
. Matching file Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Letters@Letter1.pdf
.
In this example, the target file name will always be the same, regardless of the name of the source file that is being copied (captured groups are not used in this example):
- SFTP Source File Pattern: [a-zA-Z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+
- SFTP Target File Pattern: NewFile
Matching file File1.pdf
will be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile
. Matching file File2.pdf
will also be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile
.
1.660 Delete source files
- Default
- No
- Database name
- SftpInput.DeleteFromServer
1.661 Completion method
Values:
- None
- The input device uses no defined method to determine file completion. Transmission is complete as soon as the input device detects the input file.
- Trigger
- The input device determines that transmission is complete when it receives the trigger
file for the input file. The Trigger patterns property controls how the input device recognizes a trigger file. A trigger file
must have the same name as the input file, with a different extension.
If you select Trigger, the value of the Batching method property is not used.
- Database name
- SftpInput.FileCompletion
Usage note: An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the extension
of the trigger file as .*oth$
. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been
received and then as an overrides file to update property values.
1.662 SFTP RSA key entry
At a command prompt, run the following command to obtain the contents for this field:
ssh-keyscan -t rsa sftp_server_hostname
where sftp_server_hostname is the hostname of your SFTP server.
The output of this command is a comment followed by a line containing the hostname, encryption algorithm, and the key. For example:
# sftp_server_hostname SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.4
sftp_server_hostname ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDFWdSRwRx8k0kwC1+1QSNZFZoKLiH3/jGfifpWkPPlCB4g9bRo1UtVd20DPttOwl0Uqe5IYf1A1zUbWVOkUCC+CNvAyBCPdL1YYwclgtku0OwR6vKhCqPRgBjojOOOsR02t/CU5YXP1PaJaR+as0/5aajnw9sxf/ldx3KsSbcMhteh8fi9xZPHvyhnww4K600PdKPkToJdCH4BNdM++xq1pWNiVh9oDbytCwGyhL+TuP5u4cdP7VY9leS+pnYR7HzW4SzBpUC6fVbpiQh4OWklFmAKJrxTK9GZOOg8VrYjzSWcTEbyU1DURflxLxPbFPmaQh0BIdS6t0udbeHH6CEH
Copy the entire string starting with sftp_server_hostname and paste it into the SFTP RSA key entry field. Then replace sftp_server_hostname with the hostname of your SFTP server.
- Database name
- SftpInput.KnownHostsRsaKeyEntry
1.663 Color
Values:
- Red
- Orange
- Gray
- Blue
- Purple
- Not set (default)
- The color of the step chain matches the color of the phase it is in.
- Database name
- StepChain.Color
Usage note: You can change the Step color property of a step chain after it is added to a workflow.
1.664 Step chain description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- StepChain.Description
1.665 Step chain name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- StepChain.ID
1.666 Last modified
- Database name
- StepChain.LastModified
1.667 Modified by user
- Database name
- StepChain.ModifiedBy
1.668 Owner
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- StepChain.Owner
1.669 Step chain usage
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- StepChain.Usage
1.670 Step resource name
- Database name
- StepResource.Name
1.671 Description
- Database name
- StepResource.Description
1.672 File name
After a file is uploaded, click the link to open or download the file. A setting in the browser determines which action you see.
- Database name
- StepResource.File
1.673 Last modified
- Database name
- StepResource.Lastmodified
1.674 Black ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.Black
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Black ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative black ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.675 Cumulative black ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeBlack
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative black ink usage value is the sum of all the black ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
1.676 Cumulative cyan ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeCyan
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative cyan ink usage value is the sum of all the cyan ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
1.677 Cumulative highlight ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeHighlight
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the highlight ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more highlight ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative highlight ink usage value is the sum of all the highlight ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with highlight ink.
Some of the models that support printing with highlight ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative highlight ink usage property does not have a value.
1.678 Cumulative magenta ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeMagenta
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative magenta ink usage value is the sum of all the magenta ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
1.679 Cumulative MICR ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeMICR
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the MICR ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more MICR ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative MICR ink usage value is the sum of all the MICR ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with MICR ink.
Some of the models that support printing with MICR ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative MICR ink usage property does not have a value.
1.680 Cumulative protector coat usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeProtectorCoat
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more protector coat usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative protector coat usage value is the sum of all the protector coat usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers have a Protector Coat Unit.
Some of the models with a Protector Coat Unit can send protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative protector coat usage property does not have a value.
1.681 Cumulative yellow ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.CumulativeYellow
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative yellow ink usage value is the sum of all the yellow ink usage information for the job.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
1.682 Cyan ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.Cyan
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Cyan ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative cyan ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.683 Highlight ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.Highlight
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Highlight ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative highlight ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with highlight ink.
Some of the models that support printing with highlight ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the Highlight ink usage property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.684 Magenta ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.Magenta
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Magenta ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative magenta ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.685 MICR ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.MICR
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the MICR ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative MICR ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with MICR ink.
Some of the models that support printing with MICR ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the MICR ink usage property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.686 Protector coat usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.ProtectorCoat
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Protector coat usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new protector coat usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative protector coat usage property shows the amount of protector coat used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the protector coat usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers have a Protector Coat Unit.
Some of the models with a Protector Coat Unit can send protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.
When any other printer prints the job, the Protector coat usage property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.687 Yellow ink usage
- Database name
- Job.Ink.Yellow
- Usage notes:
-
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Yellow ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
The Cumulative yellow ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
- Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.
- The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.
1.688 File to check
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.Validate.FileTo
- Usage notes:
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, use this symbol to check the jobID.data.json file (where jobID is the job number) in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,json,read)}
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.689 File format
Values:
- Not set (default)
- JSON
- XML
- Database name
- Job.Validate.FileType
- Usage notes:
-
-
Make sure that you change the value of this property to JSON or XML. If you leave Not set as the value, all jobs go into the error state.
-
1.690 Wait for
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 second through 365 days
- Database name
- Job.Wait.Amount
Usage note: Wait for is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.691 Wait until
- Database name
- Job.Wait.TimeOfDay
Usage notes:
- If the value is later than the current time in the specified Time zone when the Wait step starts, the job stays in the Waiting state until the specified time on the next day.
- Wait until is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.692 Time zone
Values:
A list of global time zones.
- Default
- The time zone of the server RICOH ProcessDirector is installed on.
- Database name
- Job.Wait.TimeZone
Usage note: Time zone is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.693 Wait step ends
- Database name
- Job.Wait.WaitUntil
Usage notes:
- The value is displayed in the time zone of the computer your browser is running on.
- If the job is processed by more than one Wait step in its workflow, the value is cleared at the end of each Wait step.
- Wait step ends is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.694 Complete step after
The step calculates the interval that the job should wait using both the Wait for and Wait until values, then determines which interval completes first and which completes last.
Values:
- First occurs (default)
- The job moves to the next step when the first interval completes.
- Last occurs
- The job moves to the next step when the last interval completes.
- Database name
- Job.Wait.WhenToMove
Usage notes:
- If only one of the wait properties has a value specified, this property is ignored.
- Complete step after is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.695 Destination file type
Values:
A list of all the supported file types.
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.DestType
1.696 Destination file usage
Values:
A list of all the roles for a source file.
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.DestUsage
1.697 Child job name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.JobName
1.698 Child workflow
Values:
A list of all the available workflows in the system.
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.JobType
1.699 First source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source1
1.700 Second source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source2
1.701 Third source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source3
1.702 Fourth source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source4
1.703 Fifth source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source5
1.704 Sixth source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source6
1.705 Seventh source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source7
1.706 Eighth source file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source8
1.707 Failure message
1.708 Input file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.XSLT.InputFile
Usage notes:
-
The ApplyXSLTransform step can process input files in formats other than XML. For example, if your XSLT style sheet contains the
unparsed-text
function, you can use a text file as input. -
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, ${getCurrentFile(xml)} specifies an XML file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.709 Output file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.XSLT.OutputFile
- Usage notes:
-
-
The ApplyXSLTransform step can produce output files in another XML format or in a non-XML format such as text. For example, the step can convert input into an XML format for use with a JDF job ticket or the CreateJobsFromXML step. The step also can convert input into a text file containing RICOH ProcessDirector job or document properties.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the output file. For example, ${getFIleName(overrides,txt, write)} specifies the overrides file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.710 XSLT style sheet file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.XSLT.TransformFile
- Usage notes:
-
-
The ApplyXSLTransform step supports XSLT Version 1.1.
-
Use an XSLT editor to create the style sheet.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the XSLT file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.711 Cycle ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CycleID
1.712 Cycle Date
Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field.
- Database name
- Job.CycleDate
1.713 Issue Date
Select a date and time from the calendar or enter the date and time manually in the field.
- Database name
- Job.IssueDate
1.714 Client ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.ClientID
1.715 Application Type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.ApplicationType
1.716 Application Sub-type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.ApplicationSubType
1.717 Application ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.ApplicationID
1.718 Workflow Type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.WorkflowType
1.719 Document Type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocumentType
1.720 Document Sub-Type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocumentSubType
1.721 Fold Type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.FoldType
1.722 Delivery Method
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DeliveryMethod
1.723 Line of Business
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.LineOfBusiness
1.724 Company name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CompanyName
1.725 Company ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.CompanyID
1.726 Due date
Select a date and time from the calendar or enter the date and time manually in the field.
- Database name
- Job.DueDate
1.727 Client name
1.728 Platform
1.729 Portfolio
1.730 Printer command
lpr -P PASS -S printer_IP_address -C A
The file name is added to the end of the command, so the command must expect the file name to be at the end. For example, when you print a file called myfile.afp, the command in the example becomes:
lpr -P PASS -S printer_IP_address -C A myfile.afp
- Database name
- AFP2PCL.Command
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to PCLOut printers.
- Different printer commands use different options. For example, the printer flag of the Linux lpr command is upper case -Pwith an optional space between the flag and the print queue; while the printer flag of the lprafp command is lower case -pwithout a space between the flag and the print queue.
- PCLOut printers do not support RICOH ProcessDirector symbols such as ${Job.Name} in the PCLOut printer command.
1.731 Printer output data stream
- PCL4
- An early version of PCL, which supports bitmapped fonts and images.
- PCL5 (default)
- The most widely used version of PCL for the office environment
- PCL5C
- An enhancement of PCL5 that includes color support
- Database name
- AFP2PCL.OutputDataStream
Usage note: This property applies only to PCLOut printers.
1.732 Enable accounting exit
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector calls the accounting exit program specified in the Accounting exit program property.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an accounting exit program.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.AccountingExit
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the accounting exit.
1.733 Accounting exit program
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ainuxacc, which writes its output to a log file
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.AccountingExitName
Usage notes:
- To call the exit program that this property specifies, the Enable accounting exit property for the printer must be set to Yes.
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the accounting exit name.
1.734 Banner page type
Values:
- Narrow
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the
type.narrow.cfg
configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for narrow-format banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer . - Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the
type.cfg
configuration files to format banner pages. This is the default value. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for the default banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer . - Wide
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the
type.wide.cfg
configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for wide-format banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer . - Impact
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the
type.impact.cfg
configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for impact-printer banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer .
On Linux these configuration files are located in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
directory.
On Windows these configuration files are located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages
directory.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.BannerPageType
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the type of banner page.
1.735 Force new CSE sheet on jog
Values:
- Yes
- A blank sheet is inserted between copies or copy groups.
- No (default)
- A blank sheet is not inserted.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.CSESheetEject
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- To use this property, the printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- Setting the property to Yes can cause extra blank pages in the output.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.
1.736 Force new CSE sheet at end of job
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector ensures that each job starts on a new sheet of paper and the last sheet at the end of the job is printed without intervening blank pages.
- No (default)
- If one job ends in the middle of a sheet, the next job starts on the other half of the same sheet.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.CSESheetEjectEOJ
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- To use this property, the printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.
1.737 Duplex
Values:
- Not set
- No duplex mode is assigned. This is the default value.
- No
- Duplexed printing is not active. The job prints on a single side of the paper. This is also called simplexed printing.
- Yes
- Normal duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the long side of the paper as the bound edge. This is the orientation that most books use.
- Tumble
- Tumble-duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the short edge of the paper as the bound edge. The bottom of the front side of the sheet is the top of the back side of the sheet.
The value set in the Duplex printer property is used for a job only if both of these conditions are true:
- The job has a value of Not set for its Duplex job property.
- The form definition for the job does not set a duplex value.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.Duplex
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP and PCLOut printers.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the duplex value.
1.738 Font fidelity
Values:
- Continue printing (default)
- The printer tries to substitute a font for the missing font and to continue printing the job.
- Stop printing
- The printer stops printing the job when it encounters a missing font. RICOH ProcessDirector places the job in an error state.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.FontFidelity
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font fidelity.
- If IPDS resolution is set to Automatic at the printer console, set this property to Continue printing.
1.739 Font resolution
Values:
- 240 dots per inch
- The printer uses 240-pel, bitmapped fonts.
- 300 dots per inch
- The printer uses 300-pel, bitmapped fonts.
- Outline (default)
- The printer uses outline fonts.
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets of fonts in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory. Intelligent Printer Data Stream (IPDS) printers also include resident fonts.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.FontResolution
Usage notes:
- Some printers might not support the use of 240-pel fonts. Review the documentation for your printer to determine the fonts that it supports, and any printer configuration requirements.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font resolution.
1.740 Override MICR setting
Values:
- No (default)
- If the printer is not enabled for MICR printing, do not print MICR jobs on it.
- Yes
- If the printer is not enabled for MICR printing, print MICR jobs on it anyway. These jobs might be printed using regular toner.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.ForceMicrFontPrint
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the MICR setting.
1.741 Header page form definition
If no value for the form definition is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is F1AIWHDR. Authorized users can specify a different form definition.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.HeaderExitFormdef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- In Linux:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for header pages.
1.742 Header page exit program
In Linux this file is located in the /aiw/aiw1/exits directory.
In Windows this file is located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\exits directory.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.HeaderExitName
1.743 Interrupt message page form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- F1MG0110
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.IMPFormdef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/resources
or/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
- Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\resources
or the reslib directory in the PSF install path.The default install path on Windows is
C:\Program Files(x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- Linux:
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition.
1.744 Inactivity timer (seconds)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-9999. 9999 means that the printer driver never drops the connection.
- Default
- 300
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.InactivityTimer
Usage note: To share a printer between RICOH ProcessDirector and another printer driver such as InfoPrint Manager, you must set the inactivity timer on each program.
1.745 Enable input data exit
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector calls an input data exit program.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an input data exit program.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.IndataExit
Usage notes:
- The Input data exit program property specifies the exit program that RICOH ProcessDirector calls.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the input data exit.
1.746 Input data exit program
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ainuxind; used only if no value is specified. This exit returns without doing any action.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.IndataExitName
Usage notes:
- The source for the default input data exit program resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/exits directory. The executable resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. RICOH ProcessDirector automatically looks for the exit program in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. You do not need to include the path in the value if the exit program that you specify resides in this directory.
- The Enable input data exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
- For detailed information about how to develop customized exit programs, refer to the
Ricoh Production Print Information Center.
Publications such as InfoPrint Manager for AIX: Procedures describe how to develop and compile exit programs.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the input data exit program.
1.747 Interrupt message page
Values:
- Yes (default)
- An interrupt message page prints for an interrupted job.
- No
- No interrupt message page prints.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.InterruptMessagePage
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the interrupt message page.
1.748 Enable job completion exit
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector calls a job completion exit program.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not call a job completion exit program.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.JobCompletionExit
Usage notes:
- The Job completion exit program property specifies the exit program that RICOH ProcessDirector calls.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the job completion exit.
1.749 Job completion exit program
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ainuxjobcompletion; used only if no value for the job completion exit program is specified. This exit writes job statistics to a log file.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.JobCompletionExitName
Usage notes:
- The source for the default job completion exit program resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/exits directory. The executable resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. RICOH ProcessDirector automatically looks for the exit program in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. You do not need to include the path in the value if the exit program that you specify resides in this directory.
- The default job completion user exit writes job statistics to the /var/psf/jobcompletion.log file. In log entries RICOH ProcessDirector adds the system user ID ( aiw1 is the default) to the printer name as it appears in the RICOH ProcessDirector user interface.
- The Enable job completion exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
- For detailed information about how to develop customized exit programs, refer to the
Ricoh Production Print Information Center.
Publications such as InfoPrint Manager for AIX: Procedures describe how to develop and compile exit programs.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the job completion exit program.
1.750 Save messages in log
Values:
- Yes
- Messages are written to a file named
jobmessage.log
in /var/psf/printername on Linux, or in C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF\var\psf\printername on Windows, where printername is the name of the AFP printer. - No (default)
- Messages are printed with the job and are not saved in the log.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.JobMessageLog
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this property.
1.751 Maximum presentation objects
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-999
- Default
- 100; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MaxContainers
Usage notes:
- For detailed information about presentation objects, see the Data Stream & Object Architectures: MO:DCA Reference publication from the AFP Architecture library.
- For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more presentation objects than the default number of presentation objects that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same set of 300 presentation objects, and the Maximum presentation objects property is 100. In this case, the printer deletes 200 presentation objects after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted presentation objects when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
- The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more presentation objects as needed.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of presentation objects.
1.752 Maximum number of fonts
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-999
- Default
- 10; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MaxFonts
Usage notes:
- For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common fonts than the default number of fonts that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same set of 30 fonts, and the value of the Maximum number of fonts property is 10. In this case, the printer deletes 20 fonts after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted fonts when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
- The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more fonts as needed.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of fonts.
1.753 Maximum number of overlays
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-999
- Default
- 0; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MaxOverlays
Usage notes:
- For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common overlays than the default number of overlays that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same two overlays, and the Maximum number of overlays property is 0. In this case, the printer deletes the two overlays after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted overlays when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
- The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more overlays as needed.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of overlays.
1.754 Maximum number of page segments
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-999
- Default
- 0; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MaxSegments
Usage notes:
- For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common page segments than the default number of page segments that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same two page segments, and the Maximum number of page segments property is 0. In this case, the printer deletes the two page segments after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted page segments when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
- The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more page segments as needed.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of page segments.
1.755 Message page font type
Values:
- Condensed
- The printer uses a smaller, condensed font to print messages.
- Normal
- The printer uses a standard font to print the messages. This is the default value.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MessageFontType
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font for the message page.
1.756 Message page form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- F1MG0110; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component; it resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MessageFormdef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- In Linux:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for message pages.
1.757 IPDS printer connection timer (seconds)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-9999.
- Default
- 15
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MIDReleaseTimer
Usage note: This property must be less than the inactivity timer. If this value is greater, RICOH ProcessDirector drops the connection before it can share the printer.
1.758 Share printer connection
Values:
- Yes
- The physical printer can be shared.
- No (default)
- The physical printer cannot be shared.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MIDSupportEnabled
1.759 Enable output data exit
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector calls the program specified in the Output data exit program property.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an output data exit program.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.OutDataExit
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.
1.760 Output data exit program
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ainuxout
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.OutDataExitName
Usage notes:
- The Enable output data exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
- You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.
1.761 Default overlay
- Lines
- Shading
- Text
- Boxes
- Logos
The predefined data merges with the variable data on the printed page. Form definitions can also specify overlays. The overlay specified with this printer property is in addition to any overlays that the job specifies through its form definition and overlay properties.
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.Overlay
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
1.762 Presentation check errors
Values:
- None
- RICOH ProcessDirector ignores all types of presentation errors, and the printer does not stop. This is the default value.
- Barcode
- The printer stops when a presentation error for a barcode occurs.
- Image
- The printer stops when a presentation error for image or graphics data occurs.
- All
- The printer stops when any type of presentation error occurs.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PresentationCheck
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the setting for presentation check errors.
1.763 Custom trace group
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PSFTraceCustomizedTraceGroup
1.764 PSF trace group
- Default
- None
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PSFTraceGroup
1.765 Maximum PSF trace file size
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1024-1024000 KB
- Default
- 2400
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PSFTraceTraceFileSize
1.766 Wrap PSF trace file
Values:
- Yes
- The trace writes entries in the PSF trace file until it reaches the maximum PSF trace file size. Then, the trace returns to the top of the file and continues recording information, overwriting existing entries.
- No
- The trace writes entries in the PSF trace file until it reaches the maximum PSF trace file size. Tracing stops when the file reaches the maximum PSF trace file size.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PSFTraceWrapping
1.767 AFP resource path
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Separate multiple directory names with colons (:) on Linux or with semicolons (;) on Windows.
- On Windows, do not add a backslash (\) to the end of any directory names.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.ResourcePath
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources in this order:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
orC:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory - On Linux, in the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory - On Windows, in the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install pathThe default PSF install path is:
C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the resource path.
- The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and the RICOH ProcessDirector system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read permission for all directories in the resource path.
1.768 Separator page form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- F1AIWSEP; used only if no value is specified. This is the default valueset by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.SeparatorExitFormdef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- In Linux:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for separator pages.
1.769 Separator page exit program
In Linux the default exit program is /aiw/aiw1/exits/jobsheetexit.separator.
In Windows the default exit program is c:\aiw\aiw1\exits\jobsheetexit.separator.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.SeparatorExitName
1.770 Trailer page form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- F1AIWTRL; used only if no value is specified. This is the default valueset by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.TrailerExitFormdef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- In Linux:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for trailer pages.
1.771 Trailer page exit program
In Linux the default exit program is /aiw/aiw1/exits/jobsheetexit.trailer.
In Windows the default exit program is c:\aiw\aiw1\exits\jobsheetexit.trailer.
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.TrailerExitName
1.772 Job class
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Class
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not support the use of the Job.Class property in symbol formulas.
- RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Class: field of the header sheet for the job.
1.773 Color mode
Values:
- Color (default)
- Monochrome
- Database name
- Job.CMR.ColorMode
Usage note: Color mode is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.774 Ink type
Values:
- Pigment (default)
- Dye
- Database name
- Job.CMR.InkType
Usage note: Ink type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.775 Audit color CMR
The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/input
(on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\input
(on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.InputCMYKProf
Usage notes:
- This property is only available if the Processing mode property is set to Audit and the Color mode property is set to Color.
- The available values for this property change based on the value selected for the Printer type property.
- Audit color CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.776 Audit grayscale CMR
The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/input/gray
(on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\input\gray
(on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.InputGrayProf
Usage notes:
- This property is only available if the Processing mode property is set to Audit and the Color mode property is set to Monochrome.
- The available values for this property change based on the value selected for the Printer type property.
- Audit grayscale CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.777 Processing mode
Values:
- Audit (default)
- Audit CMRs convert color or grayscale objects to the device-independent color space. They are related to input ICC profiles.
- Instruction
- Instruction CMRs convert color or grayscale objects to the device-specific color space for an output device such as a printer. They are related to output ICC profiles.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.Mode
Usage notes:
- The step can only insert one CMR at a time. To insert both an audit CMR and an instruction CMR, add two steps to your workflow.
- Processing mode is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.778 Instruction color CMR
The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/output
(on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\output
(on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.OutputCMYKProf
Usage notes:
- This property is only available when the Processing mode property is set to Instruction and the Color mode property is set to Color.
- The available values for this property change when the value of the Printer type or Ink type property changes.
- Instruction color CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.779 Instruction grayscale CMR
The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/output/gray
(on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\output\gray
(on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.OutputGrayProf
Usage notes:
- This property is only available when the Processing mode property is set to Instruction and the Color mode property is set to Monochrome.
- The available values for this property change when the value of the Printer type or Ink type property changes.
- Instruction grayscale CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.780 Printer type
Values:
- InfoPrint 5000 - 32/64 m/min (default)
- InfoPrint 5000 - 128 m/min
- Database name
- Job.CMR.PrinterType
Usage notes:
- The Instruction color CMR, Instruction grayscale CMR, Audit color CMR, and Audit grayscale CMR properties use this value to find and display the CMRs that are available.
- Printer type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.781 Rendering intent
Values:
- Perceptual (default)
- The printer adjusts all the colors in the image so they are all in the color range of the printer and maintain their color relationships to each other.
- Media-Relative Colorimetric
- The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors; in-range colors are not adjusted.
- Saturation
- The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors and adjusts in-range colors to make them more vivid.
- ICC-Absolute Colorimetric
- The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors, then all colors are adjusted based on the white point of the media.
- Database name
- Job.CMR.RenderingIntent
Usage note: Rendering intent is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.782 Job destination
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
Job destination can be set in several ways. For example, Download for z/OS can transmit the DEST JCL parameter and value, it can be set by a workflow, or it can be set in the property notebook for the job.
- Database name
- Job.Destination
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Destination: field of the header sheet for the job.
1.783 Job form
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Form
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Form: field of the header sheet for the job.
1.784 Host device
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Host.Device
1.785 Host group name
- Database name
- Job.Host.GroupName
1.786 JES job ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Host.JesID
1.787 Host user ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Host.UserID
1.788 Host writer name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Host.Writer
1.789 Address line 1
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Address1
1.790 Address line 2
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Address2
1.791 Address line 3
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Address3
1.792 Address line 4
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Address4
1.793 Building information
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Building
1.794 Department information
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Department
1.795 Download file type
Values:
- User data (userdata)
- The file is a user print file.
- Message (message)
- The file contains messages.
- Job header file (jobhdr)
- The file is a job header file.
- Dataset header file (dshdr)
- The file is a data set header file.
- Job trailer file (jobtrl)
- The file is a job trailer file.
- Database name
- Job.Info.DownloadFileType
Usage note: If the value is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Header copies, Separator copies, and Trailer copies properties to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.
1.796 Node ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.NodeID
1.797 Programmer information
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Programmer
1.798 Received pages
- Database name
- Job.Info.RecdTotalPages
1.799 Received sheets
- Database name
- Job.Info.RecdTotalSheets
1.800 Room information
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Room
1.801 Title information
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Info.Title
1.802 Carriage controls present
- No
- The job does not contain carriage controls.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to the line2afp component.
- Yes
- The job contains carriage controls. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.CC
Usage note: For detailed information, see the CC parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.803 Carriage control type
Values:
- Z
- The job contains ANSI carriage controls that use ASCII encoding. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
- A
- The job contains ANSI carriage controls that use EBCDIC encoding.
- M
- The job contains machine carriage controls.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to the line2afp component.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.CC_TYPE
Usage notes:
- The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a carriage control type of A.
- For detailed information, see the CCTYPE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.804 CHARS
Format:
- Font names
- Up to four coded-font names. Use commas to separate multiple font names, and do not include the two-character prefix (X0 through XG) with the font name. For example, specify GT10,GT12.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.CHARS
Usage notes:
- Make sure that the fonts that this property specifies are accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.
- For detailed information, see the CHARS parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.805 Code page global identifier
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.CPGID
Usage notes:
- For code page numbers that are less than 100, add a leading zero to the value. For example, specify 037 instead of 37.
- The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a code page global identifier value of 500.
- For detailed information, see the CPGID parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.806 Extended options
Values:
- ALL
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses all of the extended options. If you specify ALL, do not specify any of the other options.
- BOX
- RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA box drawing orders.
- CELLED
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the GOCA Replicate and Trim function when it converts IM1 celled images. RICOH ProcessDirector only uses this value when the Image output format job property is IOCA.
- FRACLINE
- RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA fractional line width drawing orders.
- PASSOID
- RICOH ProcessDirector passes OID information from the Resource Access Table (RAT) to the Begin Resource (BRS or BR) structured field when it saves TrueType and OpenType fonts.
- PRCOLOR
- RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA process color drawing orders.
- RESORDER
- Specifies that inline resources do not need to appear in any particular order. They only need to appear before the Begin Document (BDT) structured field. If you do not specify this value, the inline resources must be in the order in which the job uses them or an error occurs. Note that specifying the RESORDER value can significantly affect performance.
- SPCMPRS
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the repeat string PTOCA order to remove trailing blanks from line data and to compress embedded blanks.
- PASSPF
- Specifies that the Begin Print File (BPF) and End Print File (EPF) structured fields contained in the AFP input file to define the boundaries of the print data should be preserved in the output file. If this value is not specified, the BPF/EPF pair is discarded. These structured fields are required in an IS/3 compliant AFP data stream.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.EXTENSIONS
Usage notes:
- If you do not specify a value for this property, the line2afp data-stream conversion program defaults to a value of NONE. It does not use any extended options.
- For detailed information, see the EXTENSIONS parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.807 Line data file format
Values:
- RECORD
- The job uses the z/OS record format, where the first two bytes of each line specify the length of the line.
- RECORD,n
- Each record in the job is a fixed length that is n bytes long.
- STREAM
- The job has no length information. It is a stream of data that is separated by a new-line
character. If the job data is in ASCII, the new-line character is
X'0A'
. If the job data is in EBCDIC, the new-line character isX'25'
. This is the default value for the file format. - STREAM,(NEWLINE=X'nnnn')
- The job is a stream of data that uses X'nnnn' as the new-line character.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.FILEFORMAT
Usage notes:
- The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a line data file format value of RECORD.
- The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides specifies a line data file format value of STREAM.
- For detailed information, see the FILEFORMAT parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.808 Form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- F1A10111
Supplied step templates:
- BuildAFPFromZip
- ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP
- CreatePageRanges
- CountPages
- PrintJobs
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.FORMDEF
Usage notes:
- If a value is specified for the Media, Duplex, or Output bin job property, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that value in the form definition. For example, if the form definition specifies tumble-duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the No value and prints the job on a single side of the paper (simplex).
- If the job does not contain an inline form definition, an authorized user should make sure that this property has a value. Workflows that include a step based on the UseInlineFormDefinition step template can detect an inline form definition and instruct RICOH ProcessDirector to use it.
- RICOH ProcessDirector supplies a step template named CountPages which is included as a step in all of the default workflows. This step computes which pages print on what sheets and therefore is affected by the setting for duplex mode in the form definition. If the Form definition property for the job is changed to specify a different value for duplexing after the CountPages step has run, the value of the Total sheets property that RICOH ProcessDirector calculates may not match the total number of job sheets that actually stack at the printer. The accuracy of the page information provided to the Print again and Jump to functions might also be affected. To synchronize the page and sheet count information with the new form definition, you can use the Process again action to rerun the CountPages step.
- Make sure that the form definition that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- RICOH ProcessDirector provides a wide variety of form definitions that you can use. For more information, see the information center.
- For detailed information, see the FORMDEF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
- When this property is associated with a job that is processed by the Advanced Transform Feature, it is only used when the transform input stream is AFP.
1.809 Image output format
Values:
- As is
- RICOH ProcessDirector produces image data in the same format as the input file specifies.
- IOCA
- RICOH ProcessDirector converts IM1 format images into the uncompressed IOCA format.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its line2afp component.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.IMAGEOUT
Usage notes:
- The CreatePageRanges and CountPages step templates that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the Image output format property to As is.
- The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the property to IOCA.
- For detailed information, see the IMAGEOUT parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.810 Map Coded Font Format 2 method
Values:
- CPCS
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the names of the code page and character set to build the MCF-2 structured field. Note that if the print file requests coded fonts and CPCS is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector searches for the coded font file to determine the names of the font character set and code page to insert in the MCF-2 structured field. If the coded font file is not found, the job is moved to an error state.
- CF
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the name of the coded font to build the MCF-2 structured field. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its line2afp component.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.MCF2REF
Usage note: For detailed information, see the MCF2REF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.811 Page definition
line2afp
data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into
the AFP format. The page definition property corresponds to the PAGEDEF JCL parameter
for input files that are sent by Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus. Authorized
users can specify this property.Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.PAGEDEF
Usage notes:
- Make sure that the page definition that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory
- In the
- In Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isC:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
- The LineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector
line2afp
data-stream conversion component and specifies a default page definition of P1A08682 . This page definition is for 8.5 inch by 11.0 inch paper, and specifies 86 print lines per page at 8.2 lines per inch. - For detailed information including a list of page definitions that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, see the PAGEDEF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide .
1.812 Processing mode
line2afp
data-stream conversion component must perform any optional processing of the data.Values:
- SOSI1
line2afp
converts each shift-out, shift-in code into a blank and a Set Coded Font Local text control.- SOSI2
line2afp
converts each shift-out, shift-in code into a Set Coded Font Local text control.- SOSI3
line2afp
converts each shift-out character into a Set Coded Font Local text control. It converts each shift-in character into a Set Coded Font Local text control and two blanks.- SOSI4
line2afp
skips each shift-out, shift-in code and does not count them when it calculates the offsets for the input file. Use this value for double-byte character set (DBCS) text when it is converted from ASCII to EBCDIC.- aaaaaaaa
- Any eight-byte, alphanumeric string. RICOH ProcessDirector can pass this value to certain user exit programs.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.PRMODE
Usage note: For detailed information, see the PRMODE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.813 Resource type
Values:
- All
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes all of the resources that are required to view or print the job in the resource file.
- All CMRs
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes all color management resources (CMRs) for the job in the resource file.
- Barcodes
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes barcode objects in the resource file.
- Fonts
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes fonts in the resource file.
- Form definition
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes the form definition for the job in the resource file.
- Generic CMRs
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes CMRs that are mapped in the datastream and CMRs that are not device-specific in the resource file.
- Graphics
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes graphics (GOCA) objects in the resource file.
- Images
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes images in the resource file.
- Inline
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes any inline resources in the resource file.
- Inline only
- RICOH ProcessDirector only includes inline resources that existed in the original input file, and that were actually used by the job, in the converted, AFP output. It does not generate a separate resource file.
- Object containers
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes object container files in the resource file.
- Overlays
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes overlays in the resource file.
- Page segments
- RICOH ProcessDirector includes page segments in the resource file.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.RESTYPE
Usage notes:
- To select more than one value for the property, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the additional values.
- To deselect a selected value, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the value.
- When no values are selected in the list, RICOH ProcessDirector does not build the resource file.
- The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the Resource type property to Inline, Form definition. When used in combination with the UseInlineFormDefinition step template, this value makes sure that an inline form definition is retained when the line2afp data-stream conversion component proceses the file.
- The CountPages and PrintPageRanges step templates set the Resource type property to Inline only.
- For detailed information, see the RESTYPE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.814 Table reference characters
Values:
- No
- The job does not contain table reference characters. This is the default that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its line2afp component.
- Yes
- The job contains table reference characters.
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.TRC
Usage note: For detailed information, see the TRC parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
1.815 Valid return codes
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Line2AFP.ValidRCs
Usage notes:
- If the line2afp program returns any value that this property does not specify, RICOH ProcessDirector issues an error message and moves the job to an error state.
- The CountPages and CreatePageRanges steps use this property to determine whether to stop or continue processing.
1.816 Color mapping table
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes).
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive.
- Default
- No default value. If no value is specified for this property, the CMT specified by the printer Color mapping table property is used.
- Database name
- Job.Print.CMT
Usage notes:
- CMTs are used only for jobs printed on AFP printers.
- Make sure that the CMT that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
1.817 Data check errors
Values:
- Block all errors
- The printer does not report character errors or print-positioning errors. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
- Block character errors
- The printer does not report character errors. A character error is an attempt to use a codepoint that is not assigned to a character. The printer does report print-positioning errors.
- Block positioning errors
- The printer does not report print-positioning errors. A print-positioning error is an attempt to print outside the valid printable area. The printer does report character errors.
- Block no errors
- The printer reports all character errors and print-positioning errors.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its printer driver component.
- Database name
- Job.Print.DataCheck
Usage note: Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus can transmit a value for this property from the DATACK JCL parameter for the job.
1.818 Font fidelity
Values:
- Continue printing
- The printer tries to substitute a font for the missing font and to continue printing the job. This is the default that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
- Not set
- The job does not specify a font-fidelity setting. The Font fidelity property of the printer to which RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the job controls what happens when a font cannot be found.
- Stop printing
- The printer stops printing the job when it encounters a missing font. RICOH ProcessDirector places the job in an error state.
- Database name
- Job.Print.FontFidelity
Usage note: If IPDS resolution is set to Automatic at the printer console, set this property to Not set.
1.819 Font substitution messages
Values:
- No
- The printer driver component does not issue messages when font substitutions occur. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its printer driver component.
- Yes
- The printer driver component issues font substitution messages.
- Database name
- Job.Print.FontMessages
1.820 Font resolution
Values:
- 240 dots per inch
- The printer uses 240-pel, bitmapped fonts.
- 300 dots per inch
- The printer uses 300-pel, bitmapped fonts.
- Not set
- The job does not specify a font resolution. The Font resolution property of the printer to which RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the job controls the font resolution. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses; RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its printer driver component.
- Outline
- The printer uses outline fonts.
RICOH ProcessDirector provides fonts in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
- Database name
- Job.Print.FontResolution
1.821 Jog output copies
Values:
- No
- The printer does not jog output copies. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
- Not set
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its printer driver component.
- Yes
- The printer jogs the output copies.
- Database name
- Job.Print.JogCopies
1.822 Number of messages to print
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that the printer does not print any messages for the job. If the property has no value or if the value is 9999, the printer prints all messages for the job.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Print.MessageCount
1.823 Overlay
- Lines
- Shading
- Text
- Boxes
- Logos
The predefined data in the overlay merges with the variable data from the print job on the printed page. Form definitions can also specify overlays. The overlay specified with this job property is in addition to any overlays that the form definition specifies. Authorized users can specify this property.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Print.Overlay
Usage notes:
- Overlays are not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
- Make sure that the overlay that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
1.824 AFP segment size (kilobytes)
- Maximum value
- 102400
- Default
- 5000
- Database name
- Job.Print.PSFINSegmentSize
Usage notes:
- When choosing a segment size, keep in mind that a larger size increases the time required to process the first segment and send it to the printer. Small segments can degrade performance.
- AFP jobs are segmented only for printing. They are not segmented for other processing in the workflow.
- RICOH ProcessDirector can send jobs to a data transform program for conversion. Transforms support PostScript and PDF jobs that are larger than 2GB.
- The PDF segment size property is specified on the General tab in the printer properties notebook.
1.825 AFP resource path
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Separate multiple directory names with colons (:) on Linux or with semicolons (;) on Windows.
- On Windows, do not add a backslash (\) to the end of any directory names.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Print.ResourcePath
Usage notes:
- If the AFP resource path job property contains a value, and the assigned printer for the job also specifies resource paths through its AFP resource path printer property, RICOH ProcessDirector first searches for resources in the paths that are specified on the job property and then searches in the paths specified by the printer property.
- All RICOH ProcessDirector components, such as the line2afp data-conversion component, the printer driver component, and the viewer, search for
resources in this order:
- Inline in the data stream
- In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
- If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
orC:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory - On Linux, in the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory - On Windows, in the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install pathThe default PSF install path is:
C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and the RICOH ProcessDirector system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read permission for all directories in the resource path.
- When this property is associated with a job that is processed by the Advanced Transform Feature, it is only used when the transform input stream is AFP.
1.826 Separator page configuration file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
In Linux, RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
directory.
In Windows, RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages
directory.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use backslashes (\\)
- Database name
- Job.Print.SeparatorConfig
Usage notes:
- This property is not supported for PDF banner pages.
- If the Enable separator pages property for the job has a value of Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Separator page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
- If the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration
file and it is different than the configuration file that the job specifies, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Separator page configuration file job property has a value of
separator.cfg
, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name ofseparator.narrow.cfg
. If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of theseparator.cfg
file.
1.827 Separator copies
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no separator page prints for the job.
- Default
- 1
- Database name
- Job.Print.SeparatorCopies
Usage notes:
- This property is not supported for PDF banner pages.
- If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Separator copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.
1.828 Number of messages to stop job
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999; if the property has no value or if the value is 0 or 9999, there is no limit to the number of error messages.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Print.TerminateMessageCount
1.829 X offset
Value:
- Not set (Default)
- The unit of measure for the value can be either inches or millimeters. In the Workflow page, inches are used.
- Database name
- Job.Print.Xoffset
Usage notes:
- This property is not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
- Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.
1.830 Y offset
Value:
- Not set (Default)
- The unit of measure for the value can be either inches or millimeters. In the Workflow page, inches are used.
- Database name
- Job.Print.Yoffset
Usage notes:
- This property is not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
- Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.
1.831 Transform output data stream
Values:
- AFP
- The workflow includes a step based on the TransformJobIntoAFP step template, so the job is returned in Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
- The workflow includes a step based on the TransformJobIntoPDF step template, so the job is returned in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
- Unknown
- The job does not include a step based on either of the TransformJobIntoXXX step templates, so it is not transformed.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.Datastream
1.832 Create IS/3 compliant AFP
Values:
- Not set (default)
- No value is set.
- Yes
- Files are transformed into AFP files that are IS/3 compliant.
- No
- Files are transformed into AFP but the AFP does not contain all of the required content defined in the IS/3 interchange set.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.GenerateIS3
1.833 Transform halftone
Values include:
- Not set
- Apply the default halftone for the printer model that the job is transformed for. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.Halftone
Usage notes:
- Although you can select any available halftone, you should select a halftone that the printer model specified in the Transform RIP for printer property supports. Unsupported halftones cause errors in transform processing.
- Any halftone that you select is ignored if the input data stream is PCL.
1.834 Transform image output format
Values:
- Not set
- The type of image that the transform generates varies, as determined by the type of the input image. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
- IO1_G4
- The transform generates a compressed Image Object Content Architecture (IOCA) image in the Modified TSS (formerly CCITT) T.6 G4 Facsimile Coding Scheme (G4 MMR) format.
- IM1
- The transform generates an uncompressed image in the IM1 format.
- IO1
- The transform generates an uncompressed image in the IOCA format.
- IO1_MMR
- The transform generates a compressed IOCA image in the Modified Modified Read (MMR) format.
- FS45
- The transform generates an image in the FS45 format. This format is a superset of the IOCA FS42 format. It also contains 32-bit banded CMYK images that are compressed with either the JPEG or LZW compression algorithms.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.ImageOut
Usage note: See the Transform feature or InfoPrint Transform Manager documentation for detailed information about how these programs process images.
1.835 Transform RIP for printer
Values:
- Not set
- Transform the job for the default printer. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
- Same as requested printer
- Transform the job for the printer model of the printer specified by the Requested printer property.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.RipFor
Usage note: Although you can select any available printer model that supports halftones, you should select a printer model that supports the halftone specified in the Transform halftone property. Unsupported halftones cause errors in transform processing.
1.836 Printer class
Format:
- Length
- Up to 16 classes, using A-Z, 0-9, and *. An asterisk means that the printer accepts any class.
- Restrictions
- Separate the class values with commas or spaces. RICOH ProcessDirector converts any space to a comma.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.Class
Usage notes:
- If the class property for the printer has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any class.
- To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the class property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.
1.837 Printer destination
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.Destination
Usage notes:
- If the printer destination has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any destination.
- To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the job destination property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.
1.838 Printer form
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Printer.Form
Usage notes:
- If the printer form property has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any form.
- To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the form property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.
1.839 Enable separator pages
Values:
- Yes
- Separator pages print.
- No (default)
- No separator pages print for multi-copy jobs that are sent to this printer.
- Database name
- Printer.SeparatorExit
Usage notes:
- The file that the Separator page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the separator page.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable separator pages.
1.840 Accounting page edge marks
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.AccountingMark
Usage note: The actual printer hardware must support edge marks, and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
1.841 Acknowledgement interval (pages)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-9999. If no value is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is 100.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.AckInterval
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- Changing the value of this property can affect performance. Decreasing the value increases the number of requests, which can affect printer throughput. Increasing the value reduces the number of requests, which can affect the accuracy of printer exception conditions.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the acknowledgement interval.
1.842 Audit page edge marks
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.AuditMark
Usage note: The actual printer hardware must support edge marks, and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
1.843 Color mapping table
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.CMT
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The CMT must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In Linux:
- In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
- In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
- In Windows:
- In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
- In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
- In Linux:
1.844 Connection timer (seconds)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999. 0 prevents a timeout from occurring. If no value for the connection timer period is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is 30.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.ConnectionTimeout
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the connection timer.
1.845 Cut sheet emulation
Use this property to specify if cut sheet emulation is enabled on the printer. Setting the printer property in RICOH ProcessDirector to match the setting on the printer ensures that multiple-up pages are formatted correctly when sent to the printer.
Values:
- Not set (default)
- Cut sheet emulation is not turned on.
- Yes
- Cut sheet emulation is turned on.
- No
- Cut sheet emulation is not turned on.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.CSE
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable cut sheet emulation.
1.846 Job edge marks
Values:
- No (default)
- No edge marks print.
- Yes
- The printer prints edge marks.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.EdgeMarks
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable edge marks.
1.847 Header page edge marks
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Requests that edge marks print.
- No
- No edge marks print.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.HeaderMark
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable header-page edge marks.
1.848 Interrupt message page edge marks
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Requests that edge marks print.
- No
- No edge marks print.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.IMPMark
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The Interrupt message page property controls whether an interrupt message page prints if the printer receives an interrupt request.
- The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable edge marks for the interrupt message page.
1.849 NPRO timer (seconds)
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-9999. 0 means that an NPRO never occurs automatically for the printer. The operator must perform an NPRO at the printer.
- Default
- 60; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.NPROTimer
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the NPRO timer.
1.850 Separator page edge marks
Values:
- Yes
- Edge marks print.
- No (default)
- No edge marks print.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.SeparatorMark
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable separator-page edge marks.
1.851 Printer TCP/IP port number
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.TCPIP.Port
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- To avoid conflicts with other products, review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command or review the /etc/services file to determine what other ports are in use. See your operating system documentation for more information.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the port number.
1.852 Trailer page edge marks
Values:
- Yes
- Edge marks print.
- No (default)
- No edge marks print.
- Database name
- PSFPrinter.TrailerMark
Usage notes:
- This property applies only to AFP printers.
- The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable trailer-page edge marks.
1.853 Redirect to secure URL
Values:
- No
- Yes (default)
- You are redirected automatically to the web address specified in the Secure URL property.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.AddRedirect
1.854 Enable HTTPS
Values:
- No (default)
- All information sent to and from RICOH ProcessDirector is transmitted through an open connection.
- Yes
- All information sent to and from RICOH ProcessDirector is transmitted through a secure connection.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.EnableHttps
- For a secure connection RICOH ProcessDirector will use TLSv1.2 protocol to communicate over the network.
1.855 Host name
Values:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- localhost
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.Hostname
Usage note:
- If the certificate in the key store does not allow localhost then you have to provide the host name of the server. This is required for applications such as Feature Manager to communicate to the primary computer.
1.856 Capture transform data
Values:
- Yes
- Information about the RICOH Transform features is included in the file.
- No (default)
- Information about the RICOH Transform features is not included in the file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ITMCapture
1.857 Keystore file
Values:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.Keystore
1.858 Keystore password
Values:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.KeystorePassword
1.859 PSFAPI trace
Values:
- On
- PSFAPI tracing is enabled.
- Off (default)
- PSFAPI tracing is disabled.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI
1.860 PSFAPI trace wrap
Values:
- Off (default)
- Wrapping is disabled. The trace file continues to grow, regardless of its size.
- On
- Wrapping is enabled. The trace file is written until it reaches the value of the PSFAPI trace wrap size property. At that time, a backup version of the trace file is saved and tracing continues in a new trace file.
- Database name:
- WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI.Wrap
Usage note: Only one backup trace file is saved.
1.861 PSFAPI trace wrap size
Format:
- Data type
- Integer
- Default
- 8
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI.Wrap.Size
1.862 Capture PSF data
Values:
- Yes
- Information about the printer driver is included in the file.
- No (default)
- Information about the print driver is not included in the file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PSFCapture
1.863 PSFIN trace
Values
- On
- PSF internal tracing is enabled.
- Off
- PSF internal tracing is disabled.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.PSFIN
1.864 Save segment files
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Segment files are included.
- No
- Segment files are not included.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SaveSegmentFiles
1.865 Secure URL
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.SSL.SecureUrl
1.866 Transform server IP address or host name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The TCP/IP address can contain numbers and periods, up to 15 characters (bytes) in length, and in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. No value in any of the four positions can be greater than 255. You can specify the fully qualified host name of the server instead of the IP address. For example, transform.ricoh.com.
- Default
- The host name or IP address of the primary computer.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Transform.ServerAddress
Usage notes:
- If the computer has more than one network card, it has more than one IP address. Make sure that this value is the IP address that RICOH ProcessDirector uses.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for Transform servers.
1.867 Transform server port number
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-65535
- Default
- 6986
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Transform.ServerPort
Usage notes:
- Any network firewalls for the installation must allow access for the data transform ports, which, by default, are 6984 and 6986.
- To avoid conflicts with other products, do not use these port numbers: 5001, 6874 through 6889, 8251, and 8253. You might want to review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command, or review the /etc/services file. See your operating system documentation for more information.
1.868 Report errors
Values:
- Yes
- The input device reports internal errors associated with a job to the host system that submitted the job.
- No (default)
- The input device does not report internal errors to the host system.
- Database name
- zOSDownload.EParm
Usage note: The host system must be configured to accept this data from RICOH ProcessDirector. See the AFP Download Plus documentation for configuration information.
1.869 Host code page
Values:
- ibm-500 (default)
- EBCDIC
- ibm-290
- EBCDIC Japanese.
- Database name
- zOSDownload.HostCodePage
1.870 Device language
Values:
- Not set
- The command uses English (en_US) as the default language.
- English (en_US)
- English (en_GB)
- French (fr_FR)
- German (de_DE)
- Italian (it_IT)
- Japanese (ja_JP)
- Portuguese (pt_BR)
- Spanish (es_ES)
- Database name
- zOSDownload.Language
- If you change this value, the change does not take effect until you disconnect the input device and then connect it again.
- This property does not present any functional differences between en_US and en_GB.
1.871 Destination control file
Format:
- Default
- None
- Database name
- zOSDownload.MDFile
Usage notes:
- The MVS Download Destination Control File (DCF) is a flat text file that consists of Control Statements, blank lines, and comments. Each line has a maximum length of 1023 bytes. Tabs are treated as blank spaces.
- This property is only used when the Merge dataset property is set to Yes and an input device connected to Download for z/OS receives multiple line data or mixed-mode jobs.
- This property is only used by RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
- By default, a sample file is stored in
C:\Program Files\Ricoh\ProcessDirector\PSF\bin\mvsdmap_rpd.txt
. Look for the GLOBAL entries and add any directories you want searched for AFP resources. For example:GLOBAL :: resource-context=c:\res_temp_prod;c:\res_temp_dev
- Before you make any other changes to this file, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.872 Merge dataset
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector merges a multi-dataset job into a single job.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not merge a multi-dataset job into a single job. RICOH ProcessDirector processes the multi-dataset job as a parent job with a set of child jobs.
- Database name
- zOSDownload.MergeDataset
Usage note: If you are using Download for z/OS, this property applies to AFP, mixed mode, and line data jobs. If you submit a multi-dataset line data or mixed mode job with the Merge dataset property set to Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector first converts each dataset to AFP and then combines the individual datasets into a single AFP job. Resources needed for the line data conversion must be in the default AFP resources directory and also in the directory specified in the Destination control file property. Resources for the mixed-mode conversion must be either inline in the dataset or located in the default AFP resources directory and in the Destination control file property.
1.873 Port number
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 5002-65535
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- zOSDownload.PortNumber
Usage notes:
- To avoid conflicts with other products, review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command or review the /etc/services file to determine what other ports are in use. See your operating system documentation for more information.
- Download for z/OS does not support ports 8251, 8253, or 64001-65535. These ports can receive data from AFP Download Plus.
1.874 Send return code to host
Values:
- Yes
- The input device does not complete the transmission with the host system until after it checks the return code that the exit program or script reports. If the return code is zero, the input device reports success to the host system and ends the transmission. If the return code is any other value, the input device reports failure to the host system and ends the transmission.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector ends the transmission with the host system without checking or reporting the return code.
- Database name
- zOSDownload.WParm
1.875 Edit first
Values:
- Yes (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector edits a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not edit a job.
- Database name
- Job.EditFirst
Usage notes:
- This property applies only if the AFP Editor feature is installed. If you select Yes and the AFP Editor is not installed, RICOH ProcessDirector does not edit the job.
- For better performance, select Yes to edit jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the EditAFP step template in this workflow.
1.876 Index first
Values:
- Yes (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not index a job.
- Database name
- Job.IndexerFirst
Usage note: For better performance, select Yes to index jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the IndexAFP step template in this workflow.
1.877 Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Format:
- Length
- 1 - 255 characters
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.IndexerControlFile
Usage note: If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbolic notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
1.878 Index first
Values:
- Yes (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not index a job.
- Database name
- Job.IndexerFirstWSM
Usage note: For better performance, select Yes to index jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the IndexAFP step template in this workflow.
1.879 New job type
- Database name
- Job.Conditions.ChangeJobType
1.880 Document property template
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.DocumentPropertyTemplate
1.881 Group first
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document properties file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (for example, Second group when First group was already specified) does not generate any additional groups. This could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupFirst
Usage note: Group first is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.882 Group second
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document properties file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupSecond
Usage note: Group second is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.883 Group third
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupThird
Usage note: Group third is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.884 Group fourth
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupFourth
Usage note: Group fourth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.885 Group fifth
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupFifth
Usage note: Group fifth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.886 Group sixth
Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.
The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.
The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.
A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.GroupSixth
Usage note: Group sixth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.887 Sort first
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by a step based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Document ID
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortFirst
Usage note: Sort first is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.888 Sort second
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortSecond
Usage note: Sort second is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.889 Sort third
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortThird
Usage note: Sort third is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.890 Sort fourth
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortFourth
Usage note: Sort fourth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.891 Sort fifth
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortFifth
Usage note: Sort fifth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.892 Sort sixth
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.
Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.
If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortSixth
Usage note: Sort sixth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.893 First sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionFirst
Usage note: First sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.894 Second sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionSecond
Usage note: Second sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.895 Third sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionThird
Usage note: Third sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.896 Fourth sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionFourth
Usage note: Fourth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.897 Fifth sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionFifth
Usage note: Fifth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.898 Sixth sort direction
Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.
Values:
- Ascending
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Descending
- Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
- Not set
- Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SortDirectionSixth
Usage note: Sixth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.899 Maximum sheets per child job
Steps based on the SplitDocuments step template use this property.
If the number of sheets in a child job exceeds this number, additional child jobs are created so that the number of sheets in each child job does not exceed this number. You might want to specify a value that matches the capacity of your printer's input (roll size) or output (stacker) equipment.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.MaxSheetsPerChildJob
1.900 Maximum documents per child job
Steps based on the SplitDocuments step template use this property.
If the number of documents in a child job exceeds this number, additional child jobs are created so that the number of documents in each child job does not exceed this number.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.MaxDocsPerChildJob
1.901 Child job type
Alternatively, you can specify the child job type in the document properties file.
If a value exists in the document properties file, it takes priority. If neither the document properties file nor this child job type property specifies a value, an error occurs. If documents in the same child job have different job type values, an error occurs.
To specify a different workflow for each child job that the step creates, leave this property blank and instead set the child job type in the SetDocPropsFromConditions step using a property conditions file. In the property conditions file, set the Job.Doc.ChildJobType property to the same value for all documents in the child job.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.ChildJobType
Usage notes:
- In some cases, a particular workflow in the job type list is not a valid selection. For example, the ErrorMessage, DownloadLineData, LineData, and LineDataWithOverrides workflows are all used for processing line data; line data is not supported as a type of print file. (If you want to process line data, you must first convert it to AFP.)
- In addition to the workflows listed above, you can select a workflow that you have created as a child job type.
1.902 Document count
The property value displays only after a step based on the WriteDocumentsToDatabase or UpdateDocumentsInDatabase step template runs. To do a task that depends on this property, such as printing a document report using Reports, make sure that a step based on one of those step templates occurs in the workflow first.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.DocumentCount
1.903 Created Document Count
- Database name
- Job.Doc.CreatedDocumentCount
1.904 Original document count
- Database name
- Job.Doc.OriginalDocumentCount
1.905 Property conditions file
If you have the Control File Editor extension, an icon displays above the data entry field; to edit the conditions file using an editor, click the icon.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.PropertyCSV
1.906 Split boundary
The sequence of documents in the source job may only be split when the value of this property changes between documents. The values shown in the drop-down list vary depending on the features you have installed.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SplitBoundaryProperty
Usage note: Split boundary is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.907 Exceed maximum split to reach boundary
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Allows a job to contain more documents or sheets than the maximum value, to reach the boundary that you specified using the Split boundary property.
- No
- The job always splits based on the maximum document or sheet value.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SplitBoundaryExceedMax
Usage note: Exceed maximum split to reach boundary is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.908 Honor groups on sort
- Database name
- Job.Doc.HonorGroups
Usage note: Honor groups on sort is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.909 Associate documents with children
- Database name
- Job.Doc.AssociateDocsToChildren
1.910 Assemble phase
- Database name
- JobType.PhaseUsage.Assemble
1.911 Document number
- Database name
- Doc.ID
1.912 Data offset
- Database Name
- Doc.DataOffset
1.913 Data length
- Database Name
- Doc.DataLen
1.914 Child job ID
- Database Name
- Doc.ChildJobID
1.915 Sequence in child job
- Database Name
- Doc.SequenceInChild
1.916 Original job number
- Database name
- Doc.OriginalJobID
1.917 Sequence in original job
- Database name
- Doc.OriginalSequence
1.918 Sheets
- Database name
- Doc.OriginalSheets
Usage notes:
- For PDF jobs, this property is only set if the workflow includes a step based on the CountPages step template before a step based on the IdentifyPDFDocuments step template. The CountPages step computes this value.
- For indexed AFP jobs, this property is only set if the workflow includes a step based on the EnableRepositioning step template before a step based on the IdentifyDocuments step template. The EnableRepositioning step computes this value. This information only applies to Ricoh ProcessDirector.
1.919 Original pages
- Database name
- Doc.OriginalPages
Usage note: Where applicable, this property represents the number of pages for the document in the original job.
1.920 Associated job number
- Database name
- Doc.CurrentJobID
Usage note: If all jobs associated with the document are in the Complete phase, the Current Job number is the job with a step in the latest phase before Complete. For example, two jobs might be associated with a document. The original job has steps in the Prepare phase and in the Complete phase; another job has steps in the Print phase and in the Complete phase. If both jobs are in the Complete phase, the current job number represents the job that completed the Print phase, because the Print phase occurs after the Prepare phase.
1.921 Sequence in job
- Database name
- Doc.CurrentSequence
1.922 Current Sheets
- Database name
- Doc.CurrentSheets
1.923 State
Values:
- Active
- The document is being processed by one or more jobs.
- Available
- The document is available for selection.
- Complete
- The document completed processing.
- Pulled
- The document was pulled out of the workflow. To reactivate the document, use the Make Available action.
- Database name
- Doc.State
Usage note:The Available state and the Make Available action apply only if the Advanced Document Pool extended feature is installed.
1.924 Document count
- Database name
- Doc.Count
1.925 Original first page
- Database name
- Doc.OriginalFirstPage
1.926 Combined document
- Database name
- Doc.CombinedDocument
1.927 Next document ID
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Doc.NextDocID
1.928 Search
When you load a saved search, its search criteria are shown. To start the search, click OK.
Values:
- The list of searches you have saved.
- New search (Default)
- Lets you create a new list of search criteria instead of choosing from the list of saved searches.
Usage notes:
- If you retrieve a saved search, then make changes and save the search, a second search with the same name is saved.
- To save a new search, select New search, set the search criteria, and click Save Search. Enter a name for the search and press Enter.
- Searches are saved separately for each user.
- To delete a saved search, open the Search list and hover over the name of the search. Click the X that appears to the right of the search name. The X turns red. To delete the search, click the red X.
1.929 Create as child jobs
Values:
- Yes (Default)
- Child jobs are created.
- No
- New jobs are created.
- Database Name
- Job.Doc.CreateChildJobs
1.930 Parent Job ID
- Database Name
- Job.Doc.ParentJobID
1.931 Split balance
Values:
- None (default)
- No balancing is performed.
- Document count (default)
- Balance with the objective of dividing documents equally among child jobs.
- Sheet count
- Balances with the objecting of dividing sheets equally among child jobs.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.SplitBalance
Usage note: Split balance is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.932 Enhance AFP control file
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Doc.EnhanceAFPControlFile
1.933 Stop when no documents are found
Values:
- Not set
- If no documents are found, the step goes into an error state.
- No
- The job continues processing, even if no documents were found.
- Yes (Default)
- If no documents are found, the step goes into an error state.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.FailWhenNoDocsFound
1.934 Original form definition
- Database name
- Job.Doc.OriginalFormdef
1.935 External command
Format:
- Length
- 1-3072 characters (bytes); special characters are permitted
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.AfpZip.ExternalCommand
Usage notes:
- The program you provide must always expect the AFP file as the last argument. For
example, to pass the job number to the program named myscript , enter
/aiw/aiw1/bin/myscript ${Job.ID}
for the External command property. When the step executes for job 10000045, the command is resolved to/aiw/aiw1/bin/myscript 10000045/aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000045/eachAFPfileinthezip.afp
- External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.936 Banner page form definition
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Database name
- Job.BannerFormDef
Usage notes:
- The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory
- In the
- Banner pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
1.937 Include header pages
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Header pages are included.
- No
- No header pages are included for jobs that are processed by this step.
- Database name
- Job.EnableHeader
Usage notes:
- The file that the Header page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that is included on the header page.
- Header pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
1.938 Include trailer pages
Values:
- Yes
- Trailer pages are included.
- No (default)
- No trailer pages are included for jobs that are processed by this step.
- Database name
- Job.EnableTrailer
Usage notes:
- The file that the Trailer page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that is included on the trailer page.
- Trailer pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
1.939 Header page configuration file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of
providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific
file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
directory.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use backslashes (\)
- Database name
- Job.HeaderConfig
Usage note: Header pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
1.940 Trailer page configuration file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of
providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific
file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
directory.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Do not use backslashes (\)
- Database name
- Job.TrailerConfig
Usage note: Trailer pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
1.941 File body
If you include references to job properties, the values for those job properties in the output file are the same in each document.
The document properties file in the spool directory for the job provides input to the BuildFileFromProperties step. In the output file, the value of this property is repeated for each document in the document properties file.
The step writes the value of this property to the output file only when both these conditions apply:
- The File body property specifies a value, typically referencing one or more valid document properties.
- The spool directory for the job contains a document properties file.
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.FileBody
- Usage notes:
-
- The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
-
To include document and job values in the output, specify document and job properties in the file body using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the document and job properties.
This example for creating XML output uses four symbols to specify the Document number (database name Doc.ID), Current pages ( Doc.CurrentPages), Customer name ( Doc.Custom.CustomerName), and Customer account number ( Doc.Custom.AccountNumber) document properties in the file body:
<Document> <DocNumber>${Doc.ID}</DocNumber> <PageCount>${Doc.CurrentPages}</PageCount> <Customer Custname="${Doc.Custom.CustomerName}" CustAccount="${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber}" /></Document>
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File header, and File footer, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.
1.942 File footer
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.FileFooter
- Usage notes:
-
- The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
- To include job values in the output, specify job properties in the file footer using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the job properties. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File header, and File body, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.
1.943 File header
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.FileHeader
- Usage notes:
-
- The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
-
To include job values in the output, specify job properties in the file header using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the job properties.
This example for creating XML output uses two symbols to specify the Job name (database name Job.Name) and Total pages ( Job.TotalPages) job properties in the file header:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><InputFile> <PDF>${Job.Name}</PDF> <TotalPages>${Job.TotalPages}</TotalPages>
The example includes a start-tag, <InputFile>. The end-tag, </InputFile>, is in the File footer property.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File body, and File footer, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.
1.944 Output file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.OutputFile
- Usage notes:
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
To make sure that other steps in the workflow can process the output file, save it in the spool directory for the job. For example, use this symbol to write the output to an XML data file stored in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,xml,write)}
The step names the file jobID.data.xml where jobID is the job number.
-
If you specify a directory other than the spool directory, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to that directory.
- You can save the properties for the BuildFileFromProperties step without setting a value for this property, but an output file is required when the step processes jobs. To set the Output file property from within the workflow, use a step (such as SetJobPropsFromTextFile or AssignJobValues) that sets job properties.
-
1.945 Destination directory on secondary server
Format:
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Printer.CTS.DownloadDirectory
Usage notes:
- This property only applies to AFP printers.
- Only one directory can be listed.
- The full path to the directory must be used; you cannot use a relative path.
- To maximize performance, the directory should be on the secondary server itself, not mounted or shared across a network.
- The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read/write permission for the directory.
- The server listed in the Printer server property must be able access this directory.
- The directory must be large enough to hold the print files that are copied to it. If you plan to copy multiple files to the server, make sure that the directory has enough space for the maximum number of files that you can copy to the directory.
1.946 Copy file to secondary server
For example, you might copy a print file from the spool directory on a primary server to a directory on a secondary server. When the print file is on the secondary server, the printer driver can process the file and send it to the printer more efficiently, especially on slower or less reliable networks.
Values:
- Yes
- All jobs sent to this printer are copied to the Destination directory on secondary server on the Printer server for this printer.
- No
- All jobs sent to this printer are printed from the spool directory as usual.
- Not set (default)
- All jobs sent to this printer are printed from the spool directory as usual.
- Database name
- Printer.CTS.DownloadFile
Usage notes:
- This property only applies to AFP printers.
- If the Destination directory on secondary server property is not set, this property is ignored, and the file is not copied to the secondary server.
- When RICOH ProcessDirector starts to copy the print file, the Job status changes to Assigned. If the printer is shut down before the job prints, the print file is deleted from the server and the job status changes back to Unassigned. If the printer is stopped before the job prints, the print file is not deleted and the Job status remains as Assigned.
- Multiple print files can be copied to the secondary server. The Maximum concurrent jobs property controls how many print files can be printing or waiting to print on the secondary server. When the maximum is reached, one job must finish printing before another job can be copied to the server.
- Jobs are printed in the order that they are received.
1.947 Attach document
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The email sent by this step includes an attachment of a document extracted from the specified file.
- No
- The email sent by this step does not have a document attached.
- Database name
- Job.Document.AttachDocToEmail
Usage note: Attach document is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.948 Name of attachment
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${Job.Name}
- Database name
- Job.Document.AttachmentName
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties to specify the attachment name. For example, use ${Job.Name} in this value to use the name of the job as the attachment name or a combination of text and a custom document property such as Statement for ${Doc.Custom.PolicyOwner}.pdf to use the policy owner’s name as part of the attachment name.
- You must have a value in this field if the Attach Document property is set to Yes.
- Name of attachment is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.949 Source file for attachment
To attach a document from the current PDF file in the job's spool directory, specify: ${getFileName(print,pdf,read)}.
To attach a document from a different version of the PDF file in the job's spool directory, with the name jobID.original.pdf for example, specify: ${getFileName(original,pdf,read)}
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,read)}
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailAttachment
Usage notes:
- To attach a file to the email, you must set the Attach document property to Yes.
- You can only attach PDF files to emails.
- Source file for attachment is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.950 Blind copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailBCC
Usage note:
- To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the blind copy email address line.
- Blind copy address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.951 Copy address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailCC
Usage notes:
- To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the copy to email address line.
- Copy address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.952 Message
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailMessage
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in the email message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name and a custom document property such as ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber} to include an account number.
- The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
- You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
- You can mix plain text and HTML.
- Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.
- Message is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.953 Subject line
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailSubject
Usage notes:
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name and a custom document property such as ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber} to include an account number.
- Subject line is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.954 Recipient address
To specify a different email address for each document, use a custom document property you created such as ${Doc.Custom.EmailAddress}.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.
- Database name
- Job.Document.EmailTo
Usage notes:
- To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
- You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the email address line.
- Recipient address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.955 Scanned barcodes
Click inside this field before scanning the barcode on the first document you want to find.
If your barcode scanner is configured to send a New Line signal after each scan, the cursor moves to the next line in the Scanned barcodes field. As each barcode is scanned, it appears as a new line in this field.
1.956 Values list
Each property value must be on a separate line with no extra blanks at the end of the line.
- Database name
- Job.StyleFilter
1.957 Document property
- Database name
- Job.StyleFormat
1.958 Barcode format name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
- Database name
- BarcodeFormat.ID
Usage note: To find a document in the system, an operator can select the barcode format name and then scan the barcode that is printed on the document.
1.959 Barcode format description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- BarcodeFormat.Description
1.960 Property
- Default
- None
- Database name
- BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Name
1.961 Property length
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 2147483647
- Default
- None
- Database name
- BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Length
1.962 Property start
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 2147483647
- Default
- None
- Database name
- BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Start
Usage note: If the barcode scanner is configured to read only this property value in the barcode, specify position 1.
1.963 Comparison Type
Values:
- Contains
- A barcode format value meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- For example, if decoding the barcode results in Bills and the field is Job Name, the search looks for jobs where the job name contains the string Bills.
- Equals (default)
- A barcode format value meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- For example, if decoding the barcode results in 05 and the field is Insert status code, the search looks for documents where the insert status code is equal to the value 05.
- Prefix
- A barcode format value meets the condition if the initial character or characters of the selected property match the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- For example, if decoding the barcode results in 1 and the field is Insert status code, the search looks for documents where the insert status code starts with the character 1.
- Database name
- BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.ComparisonType
1.964 Max documents to display
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0 to 2147483647
- Default
- All documents that match the search criteria.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Docsearch.MaxDocuments
1.965 Preprinted form overlay on back
Values:
- Not set
- No value is set. Other job or printer level duplex properties control how the preprinted forms overlays are printed.
- No (default)
- If the job specifies simplex or is forced to simplex by a printer that does not support duplexing, ignore any preprinted forms overlays specified for the back sides of the sheets.
- Yes
- If the job specifies simplex or is forced to simplex by a printer that does not support duplexing, print any preprinted forms overlays specified for the back sides of the sheets on the front sides.
- Database name
- Job.PFO.Duplex
Usage notes:
- This property is ignored if no Medium preprinted overlay for back or Partition preprinted overlay for back is defined for either the job or AFP printer.
1.966 Medium preprinted overlay for front
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.MPFOFRONT
Usage notes:
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job, an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for front for the job, or any preprinted form overlays for the front named on the AFP printer.
1.967 Medium preprinted overlay for back
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.MPFOBACK
Usage notes:
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job, an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back for the job, or any preprinted form overlays for the back side named on the AFP printer.
1.968 Partition preprinted overlay for front
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.PPFOFRONT
Usage notes:
- The overlay named in this property is used if no other overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the job.
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job or any preprinted form overlays for the front side named in the AFP printer.
1.969 Partition preprinted overlay for back
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.PPFOBACK
Usage notes:
- The overlay named in this property is used if no other overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the job.
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job or any preprinted forms overlays for the back side named on the AFP printer.
1.970 Medium preprinted overlay for front
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MPFOFRONT
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
- The overlay named in this property is only used if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property and no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job.
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for front property for the printer.
1.971 Medium preprinted overlay for back
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.MPFOBACK
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
- The overlay named in this property is only used if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back for the job, and no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job.
- The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back property for the printer.
1.972 Partition preprinted overlay for front
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PPFOFRONT
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
- The overlay named in this property is used only if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job, no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the job, and no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the printer.
1.973 Partition preprinted overlay for back
The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
- On Linux:
- In the
/aiw/aiw1/resources
directory. - In the
/usr/lpp/psf/reslib
directory.
- In the
- On Windows:
- In the
c:\aiw\aiw1\resources
directory. - In the
\reslib
directory in the PSF install path. The default install path isc:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
.
- In the
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- AFPPrinter.PPFOBACK
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
- The overlay named in this property is used only if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job, no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the job, and no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the printer.
1.974 Page exceptions file
- Default
- ${getFileName(pletotab,del,read)}
- Database name
- Job.PleIntoAFP.Filename
Usage note: Page exceptions file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.975 Delimiter
Values:
- Tab
- Values in the list file are separated by a tab.
- Semicolon
- Values in the list file are separated by a semicolon.
- Comma
- Values in the list file are separated by a comma.
- Space
- Values in the list file are separated by a space.
- New Line (default)
- Each value in the list file is on a separate line.
- Tilde
- Values in the list file are separated by a tilde.
- Database name
- Job.DocDelimiter
Usage notes:
- If the list file only contains values for a single property, set the value to New Line.
- If the list file contains values for more than one property, choose the delimiter that is used to separate values within one line.
- If you select New Line, the list file can only contain values for a single property. If you specify more than one property in the Columns in list file property and the file only contains values for a single property, the step moves the job to an error state when it runs.
- Delimiter is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.976 List file directory
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocPathToPullList
Usage notes:
- If any of the files in the specified directory cannot be read because of file permissions, an error is generated. Any other problems with the files that prevent processing are ignored and the job continues to the next step.
- If no files are found in the directory when the step runs, the job continues to the next step.
- List file directory is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.977 Document property to set
Values:
The list of all document properties in the system.
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSet
Usage notes:
- For documents in the document properties file that match the Columns in list file property properties in the list file and contain the specified document property when the step runs, the values are changed to match the value of the Value for matching documents property.
- For documents in the document properties file that match theColumns in list file property properties in the list file and do not contain the specified document property when the step runs, the property is added and the value is set to match the value of the Value for matching documents property.
- If the documents in the document properties file do not match the Columns in list file properties in the list file, the value is set to the value specified in the Value for other documents property.
- Document property to set is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.978 Value for other documents
Format:
- Data type
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSetDefValue
Usage notes:
- If this field is blank, the Document property is not changed. To enter a blank value for the Document property to set property, type this text (case-sensitive) in the field: ##NULL##
- Value for other documents is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.979 Value for matching documents
Format:
- Data type
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSetValue
Usage notes:
- This field must contain a value; you cannot leave it blank. To enter a blank value in the document properties file for the Document property to set property, type this text (case-sensitive) in the field: ##NULL##
- Value for matching documents is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.980 Matching documents found
Values:
- Yes
- At least one document in the job matched an entry in one of the list files processed by any of the steps based on the SetDocPropsFromList step template in the workflow.
- No
- None of the documents in the job match any entries in any of the list files processed in the workflow.
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSet.DocMatch
Usage note: If you have more than one step based on the SetDocPropsFromList step template in the workflow, this value is set by each step, overwriting any previous value.
1.981 List files processed
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSet.FilesRead
Usage note: List files processed is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.982 Stop for excess columns
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The step places the job in Error state if the number of columns in the list file is greater than the number of properties selected in the Columns in list file property.
- No
- The step continues processing the list file even if the number of columns in the list file is greater than the number of properties selected in the Columns in list file property.
- Database name
- Job.DocPropToSet.OptFail
Usage notes:
- The step assumes that the properties listed in the Columns in list file property and the columns in the list file are in the same order. For example, the property at the top of the Selected list corresponds to the first column of the list file; the second property in the Selected list corresponds to the second column in the list file.
- If you set this value to No, the step ignores any columns that are not mapped to items in the Selected list. For example, if the list file contains 25 columns and the Selected list contains five properties, the step reads the information in the first five columns and ignores the other 20 columns.
- Stop for excess columns is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.983 Columns in list file
The SetDocPropsFromList step compares the values of the document properties for each document in the document properties file to the values in the list file. If the values of the document properties match values in the list file, the SetDocPropsFromList step updates the document property specified as the Document property to set property with the value specified by the Value for matching documents property.
If one or more values of the document properties do not match values in the list file, the step updates the document property specified as the Document property to set property with the value specified by the Value for other documents property.
- Database name
- Job.DocPullIdentifier
Usage notes:
- You must select at least one document property.
- You must specify the document properties (top to bottom) in the order that they appear in the list file (left to right).
- Use the minimum number of document properties needed to match columns in the list file.
- Example:
- The list file contains two columns. The first column has values for account type,
and the second column has values for postal code:
Individual,80301Individual,80302Corporate,80301
- The values of the Columns in list file property are Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode.
- A document matches if the values of its Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode document properties are Individual and 80301, Individual and 80302, or Corporate and 80301.
- A document does not match if the values of its Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode document properties are Corporate and 80302, any other account type (such as Partnership), or any other postal code (such as 80303).
- The list file contains two columns. The first column has values for account type,
and the second column has values for postal code:
- Columns in list file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.984 Merge PDFs directly from ZIP file
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The individual PDFs in the ZIP file are only stored in system memory during the merge process.
- No
- The individual PDFs in the ZIP file are written out of the job’s spool directory and processed from there during the merge process.
- Database name
- Job.Merge.From.ZipStream
Usage Note
-
Keeping the PDFs in memory during the merge process might use more memory than writing PDFs to the job’s spool directory.
1.985 Build PDF control file 1
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.BuildPDFControlFile1
- If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 1 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
- You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.
1.986 Build PDF control file 2
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.BuildPDFControlFile2
- If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 2 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
- You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.
1.987 Build PDF control file 3
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.BuildPDFControlFile3
- If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 3 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
- You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.
1.988 Build PDF control file 4
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.BuildPDFControlFile4
- If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 4 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
- You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.
1.989 Build PDF control file 5
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.BuildPDFControlFile5
- If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 5 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
- You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.
1.990 Auxiliary input file extension
Values:
The file extension of the Auxiliary input file.
- Default
- Not set
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Doc.AdditionalFileExt
Usage note:
-
The Auxiliary input file must contain a header row and a row for each document in its associated PDF file.
1.991 Headers file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
- Default
- Not set
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Doc.AdditionalPropertiesFile
Usage notes:
- The headers must be properties defined to RICOH ProcessDirector as document properties.
- Each row of the Headers file must be written on a separate line.
For example, if the Auxiliary input file has the headers: Document.Name, Document.Account, Document.Level, Document.Region, Document.Zip, Document.AgentThree of the headers and their values are required to process the job. The Header file contains:
Document.LevelDocument.RegionDocument.Agent
These headers are copied into the DPF for the job at the end of the header row.
- If an entry in the Headers file is not found in the Auxiliary input file when the IdentifyPDFDocuments step runs, the job is placed in error state.
1.992 Identify PDF control file
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.IdentifyPDFControlFile
Usage note: If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Identify PDF control file to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
1.993 Build library
Values:
- Apache PDFBox
- PDF Java Toolkit
- Use default or control file (default)
- Database name
- Job.PDF.BuildLibrary
Usage note:
- Do not change this value unless a Ricoh Support representative instructs you to.
1.994 Maximum documents in memory
For example, the IdentifyPDFDocuments step has identified 500 documents, and this property is set to 200. The BuildPDFFromDocuments step puts the first 200 documents in memory and adds them to the PDF file. The step then puts the next 200 documents in memory and adds them. Finally, the step puts the last 100 documents in memory and adds them.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1 to 9999
- Default
- 200
- Database name
- Job.PDF.BuildPDFMergeDocValue
Usage notes:
- If you encounter a memory error when multiple IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps run concurrently, we recommend that you tune those steps so that fewer of them
run concurrently.
If you have memory issues when a BuildPDFFromDocuments step is processing jobs even though other IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps are not running, lower the value of this property.
- This property affects processing only when the control file for the BuildPDFFromDocuments step uses the improved PDF processing library. For more information about the improved PDF processing library, see the topic about working with control files in the help system.
1.995 Page exceptions for sides
Values:
- Replace with job value (default)
- All Sides are processed using the Duplex job property, depending on the document boundaries. All existing Sides page exceptions in the JDF are removed. If a simplex page is included in a duplex job, a blank PDF page is inserted in the output PDF.
- Keep values from JDF
- All the Sides page exceptions in the JDF are included in the JDF produced by the step. The job-level Sides value in the JDF is also used.
- Not set
- Performs the same processing as the Replace with job value setting.
- Database name
- Job.PDFW.PickPlex
Usage notes:
- If you select Keep values from JDF but the JDF file does not specify any job or page exceptions for sides, the Duplex job property value is used.
- If you migrate from an older version of RICOH ProcessDirector, the default value is Not set.
1.996 Encoding
Values:
- ASCII
- The fields in each record use the ASCII character encoding. This value could result in missing bytes when there are multi-byte characters in one or more fields in a Fixed-length record format.
- UTF-8 (default)
- The fields in each record use the UTF-8 character encoding, which is the same encoding as the values in the document properties file. For files with the fixed-length record format, this encoding supports multi-byte characters because it uses character length instead of byte length when computing the fixed length of each field.
- Not set
- Defaults to ASCII.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.Encoding
1.997 Format
Values:
- Comma delimited file (DEL)
- The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
- Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
- The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field. Use the Encoding property to specify if the length limits should be based on character length (UTF-8) or byte length (ASCII).
- Extensible Markup Language (XML)
- The file is in XML format.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.Format
1.998 Header
Values:
- Yes
- The inserter control file contains a header record.
- No (default)
- The inserter control file does not contain a header record.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.Header.Indicator
Usage note: If this property is Yes, the Header rules file property must contain a value.
1.999 Header rules file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.Header.Rules
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample header rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf.xxx.header.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- Make sure this property contains a value if the value of the Header property is Yes.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1000 Rules file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.Rules
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf.xxx.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- To send the inserter control file to the inserter controller, include steps based on the WriteInserterControlFile and SendInserterControlFile step templates in the workflow.
- Make sure this property contains a value if you specify the Send command property or if a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1001 Send command
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- copy_file.sh -p 644 -d /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/inserter_in/${Job.Inserter.JobID}.icf
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control.TransferCommand
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to send the inserter control file for the job to a directory that the inserter controller can access:
-
On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, move_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.
-
On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.
-
- The -d option is required. It specifies the destination directory and file name of the inserter control file.
- The -p option is optional. It specifies the permissions to assign to the inserter control file in the destination directory.
- If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
- For information about symbols and scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1002 Format (2)
Values:
- Comma delimited file (DEL)
- The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
- Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
- The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field. Use the Encoding property to specify if the length limits should be based on character length (UTF-8) or byte length (ASCII).
- Extensible Markup Language (XML)
- The file is in XML format.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control2.Format
1.1003 Header (2)
Values:
- Yes
- The second inserter control file contains a header record.
- No (default)
- The second inserter control file does not contain a header record.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control2.Header.Indicator
Usage note: Make sure the Header rules file (2) property contains a value if you set this property to Yes.
1.1004 Header rules file (2)
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control2.Header.Rules
Usage notes:
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample header rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf.xxx.header.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
- Make sure this property contains a value if the value of the Header (2) property is Yes.
1.1005 Rules file (2)
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control2.Rules
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf.xxx.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- To send the second inserter control file to the inserter controller, include steps based on the WriteInserterControlFile and SendInserterControlFile step templates in the workflow.
- If your inserter controller only uses one control file for each job, do not specify this property.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1006 Send command (2)
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Control2.TransferCommand
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to send the inserter control file for the job to a directory that the inserter controller can access:
-
On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, move_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.
-
On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.
-
- The -d option is required. It specifies the destination directory and file name of the inserter control file.
- The -p option is optional. It specifies the permissions to assign to the inserter control file in the destination directory.
- If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name or the command or script.
- If your inserter controller only uses one control file for each job, do not specify this property.
- For information about symbols and scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1007 Insert Bin triggers
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.BinTriggers
Usage notes:
-
For AFP jobs, you use Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the documents. The value of the property is the same as the indexed data. Otherwise, the value is blank.
-
For PDF jobs, you use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map data in the documents to this property. Otherwise, the value is blank.
- If a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector can use the value in this property to tell the inserter which bins contain inserts.
- The rules file for the inserter control file tells RICOH ProcessDirector how to interpret the value in this property.
1.1008 Inserter controller name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
- Database name
- InserterSystem.ID
1.1009 Enabled status
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector can communicate with this inserter controller.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector cannot communicate with this inserter controller. It does not send inserter control files to this inserter controller, and it does not receive results files from this inserter controller. A job that uses this inserter controller goes into an error state or waits in a step based on the InsertJobs step template until an authorized user enables the inserter controller.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Enabled
1.1010 Inserter controller description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Description
1.1011 Completion method
Values:
- Auto (default)
- When RICOH ProcessDirector receives a results file from the inserter controller that indicates the job has been inserted, it automatically moves the job to the next step, usually a step based on the Reconcile step template. Use this method if the inserter controller creates a separate results file for each job after the job has finished insertion. The Receive command property must contain a script or command that RICOH ProcessDirector can use to receive the results file.
- Manual
- RICOH ProcessDirector waits until an authorized user selects the Complete Insertion action for the job. Then it moves the job to the next step, usually a step based on the Reconcile step template. Use this method if the inserter controller does not create a separate results file for each job, or creates a results file for each job before the job has finished insertion.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.InsertCompletionMethod
1.1012 Reprint method
Values:
- Closed loop
- RICOH ProcessDirector reprints the documents without change. The job moves to the Print phase.
- Open loop (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector processes the documents again and then reprints them in a child job. The child job has the same job number as the original job with a numeric suffix (for example, 10000023.1). The original job can move to the Complete phase, while the child job moves to the first step in the current workflow. (The current workflow contains a step based on the CreateInserterReprints step template.)
- Database name
- InserterSystem.ReprintMethod
1.1013 Default insert status
Values:
- Attention
- The document requires operator attention. If Reprint Attention documents is Yes, the document is reprinted during automatic reconciliation. If Reprint Attention documents is No, the operator must select an action for the document during manual reconciliation.
- Damaged
- The document was damaged during insertion. The document is reprinted during automatic reconciliation. Action is set to Reprint during manual reconciliation.
- OK
- The document was inserted successfully. The document is not reprinted during automatic reconciliation. Action is set to OK during manual reconciliation.
- Not set (default)
- No status is set. The operator must manually reconcile the job to select an action for the document.
- Pulled
- The inserter operator pulled the document. The document is not reprinted during automatic reconciliation and is marked Pulled. Action is set to Pull during manual reconciliation.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Default.Status
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not report a status in the results file for documents that were successfully inserted, set this property to OK.
- If the inserter controller does not return results files to RICOH ProcessDirector, select OK to make manual reconciliation easier for the operator. During manual reconciliation, the operator must select an action only for the documents that were damaged during insertion.
1.1014 Location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Location
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the inserter controllers with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each inserter controller.
1.1015 Parsing rules file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Completion.Rules
Usage notes:
- This property is required.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf_results.xxx.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- If you specify the Send command or Polling command property, this property must contain a value.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1016 Receive command
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- copy_file.sh -s /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/inserter_out/${Job.Inserter.JobID}.icf
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Completion.TransferCommand
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not return results files, do not specify this property.
- If you specify the Receive command property, do not specify the Polling command property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts that you can use to receive the inserter results file:
-
On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.
-
On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.
-
- The -s option is required. It specifies the source directory and file name of the inserter results file for each job.
- If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
- For information about scripts and symbols, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1017 Format
Values:
- Comma delimited file (DEL)
- The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
- Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
- The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field.
- Extensible Markup Language (XML)
- The file is in XML format.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Completion.Format
1.1018 Document-properties rules file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Completion.ProcessDocRules
Usage notes:
- This property is required.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf_results.xxx.process.doc.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- If you specify the Send command or Polling command property, this property must contain a value.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1019 Job-properties rules file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Completion.ProcessJobRules
Usage notes:
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the
inserter
directory:-
/aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter
on Windows
File names are in this format:
inserter.icf_results.xxx.process.job.dsc
inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.
-
- If you specify the Polling command property, do not specify this property. However, if you specify the Send command property, this property must contain a value.
- If you do not need to set any job property values, you can specify an empty file.
- For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1020 Polling interval
- Default
- 30 seconds
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Polling.Interval
Usage notes:
- If Completion method is Manual, RICOH ProcessDirector does not poll and ignores this property.
- Specify 0 only if Completion method is Manual.
1.1021 Polling command
For example, this command copies all files in the /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/Gun_out
directory (Linux) or the C:\aiw\aiw1\System\icf\Gun_out
directory (Windows) to a RICOH ProcessDirector staging directory:
-
On Linux:
copy_file.sh -s "/aiw/aiw1/System/icf/Gun_out/*"
-
On Windows:
copy_file.pl -s "C:\aiw\aiw1\System\icf\Gun_out\*"
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Polling.TransferCommand
Usage notes:
- If the inserter controller does not return results files, do not specify this property.
- If you specify the Polling command property, do not specify the Receive command property.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to transfer the inserter results files from an inserter controller directory to an internal RICOH ProcessDirector directory:
-
On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.
-
On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.
-
- The -s option is required. It specifies the source directory and file name of the inserter results files. Use an * to indicate all files in the source directory.
- If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
- For information about scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1022 Delete interval (days)
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Delete.Interval
Usage notes:
- You must specify a value for the Polling command property for results files and log files to be deleted.
- If the files in the source directory specified by the -s flag in the polling command are not deleted before the successfully processed files are deleted, the completed files are processed again.
1.1023 Active jobs
- Database name
- InserterSystem.ActiveJobCount
1.1024 Inserter controller state
Values:
- OK (default)
- There are no communication problems between RICOH ProcessDirector and the inserter controller.
- Needs attention
- Communication between RICOH ProcessDirector and the inserter controller cannot be established.
- Database name
- InserterSystem.State
1.1025 Results handler command
RICOH ProcessDirector provides an example command:
-
/aiw/aiw1/bin/getInsertJobId
on Linux -
C:\aiw\aiw1\bin\getInsertJobId
on Windows
The command should examine the results file provided and output the Inserter job name value (Job.Inserter.JobID) to stdout. In most cases, this value is the RICOH ProcessDirector job number for the job that is waiting on the inserter results. The command should not write any other output.
If the command outputs an Inserter job name value, RICOH ProcessDirector finds the corresponding waiting RICOH ProcessDirector job and then copies the inserter control file to that job's spool directory.
If the command does not output an Inserter job name value, the Inserter Controller object issues an error message because the results file cannot be associated with a job. RICOH ProcessDirector takes messages that the command writes to stderr and logs them in the Inserter Controller object's message log.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Results.HandlerCommand
1.1026 Results directories
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Separate multiple directory names with colons (:)
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Results.Directories
1.1027 Results file pattern
Format:
- Length
- Up to 100 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Database name
- InserterSystem.Results.FilePattern
1.1028 Last modified
- Database name
- InserterSystem.LastModified
1.1029 Inserter controller
Values:
A list of all the inserter controller objects in the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.InserterSystem.ID
Usage note: If you change the inserter controller assigned to a job in the system, use the Process Again action to rerun the step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template (if it is in the workflow) or a step based on the InsertJobs step template.
1.1030 Inserter name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Inserter.ID
Usage note: The job-properties rules file for the inserter controller can set this property from information in the inserter results file for the job.
1.1031 Inserter job name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- ${Job.ID}
- Database name
- Job.Inserter.JobID
Usage notes:
- The inserter job name must be unique in all active jobs in the system.
- You can use the value of this property in the name of the inserter control file that RICOH ProcessDirector sends to the inserter controller.
- For information about symbols and formulas, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
1.1032 Automatic reconciliation
If you do not have the Inserter or Automated Verification feature, set this property to No.
Values:
- No (default)
- The system does not reconcile the job automatically. To reconcile the job and select which documents to reprint, select the Reconcile action for the job.
- Yes
- The system reconciles the job automatically and reprints documents. If the percentage of documents to be reprinted exceeds value of the Maximum documents to reprint property, the system places the job in an error state. For inserters, if any documents require attention, the system places the job in an error state.
- Database name
- Job.Insert.AutomaticReconcile
Usage note:
- For inserters, you can set the Automatic reconciliation property to Yes if you use the interface on the inserter to reconcile jobs. To use the Reconcile Job page of the RICOH ProcessDirector user interface to reconcile jobs, set the Automatic reconciliation property to No.
1.1033 Reprint Attention documents
Values:
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not reprint documents with an insert status of Attention. Instead, it places the job in an error state.
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically reprints any documents with an insert status of Attention.
- Database name
- Job.Insert.ReconcileAttentionAsDamaged
Usage note: If Automatic reconciliation is No, this property is ignored.
1.1034 Maximum documents to reprint (%)
For example, you specify 25. The system places the job in the Waiting to reconcile state when the barcode reader or inserter controller reports that more than 25 percent of the documents should be reprinted.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0 to 100
If the value is 0, the job moves to the Waiting to reconcile state if any documents should be reprinted. If the value is 100, or if the field is left blank, the system does not place the job in the Waiting to reconcile state even if all documents must be reprinted. Instead, the system reprints the whole job.
- Database name
- Job.Insert.AutoReconcileThreshhold
Usage notes:
- For inserters, if Reprint Attention documents is Yes, documents with a status of Attention are included when calculating the percentage of documents that must be reprinted.
- If Automatic reconciliation is No, this property is ignored.
1.1035 Load plan
- Database name
- Job.Insert.LoadPlan.ID
1.1036 Load plan comment
- Database name
- Job.LoadPlan.Comment
Usage note: If you change the load plan for a job in the system, and the rules file for the inserter control file uses information in the load plan, use the Process Again action to rerun the step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template.
1.1037 Reconciliation user
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Insert.ReconcileUser.ID
1.1038 Reprint job ID
- Database name
- Job.Insert.ReprintJobID
1.1039 Requested reprint printer
Values:
A list of all the printers in the system. The list also includes these values:
- Any printer
- The system uses the first available printer with matching values for its scheduling properties.
- Not set
- The system cannot reprint any documents until you set the property to another value.
- Same as requested printer
- The system uses the value specified in the Requested printer property for the job.
- Database name
- Job.Insert.ReprintPrinter
Usage notes:
- The printer must accept the same data format as the printer that prints the original job. The documents cannot be transformed into a different data format before they are reprinted.
- The printer in this property might not be the printer that reprints the documents.
Examples:
- An operator requests a different printer after reconciling the job manually.
- An operator moves the job to a different printer because of a problem with the requested printer.
The Assigned printer property identifies the printer that prints the job.
- If you select Same as requested printer and the original job requests Any printer, the job with documents to reprint could print on a different printer because the job size is different. For example, the original job prints on a printer that is configured to print large jobs. The job with documents to reprint prints on a printer that is configured to print small jobs.
1.1040 Reprint workflow
- Database name
- Job.Insert.ReprintJobType
1.1041 Insert iteration
If you have the Inserter feature and are using closed-loop processing, Insert iteration is the number of times that the InsertJobs step has run the job.
If you have the Inserter feature and are using open-loop processing, Insert iteration is the largest Insert count of any document in the job. The Insert count is the number of times that the system has processed the document. For example, a job contains 100 documents. After the documents are printed, they are inserted into envelopes. During the insertion process, 10 of the documents are damaged. Those 10 documents are reprinted and reinserted into envelopes. One of the 10 documents is damaged during the insertion process. That document is reprinted a second time and successfully inserted into an envelope. Because that document was processed three times, its Insert count is 3, and the Insert iteration for the job is 3.
If you do not have the Inserter feature, Insert iteration is the largest Insert count of any document in the job. The Insert count is the number of times that the system has processed the document. For example, a job contains 50 documents. One of the documents is reprinted. Because that document was printed twice, its Insert count is 2, and the Insert iteration for the job is 2.
- Database name
- Job.Insert.Iteration
- Usage notes:
-
- If you have the Inserter feature, the SetInsertProperties step sets the Insert iteration to 1 if it is not already set.
- If you do not have the Inserter feature, the SetPropertiesForReconcile step sets the Insert iteration to 1 if it is not already set.
1.1042 Reconcile update property 1
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp1
1.1043 Reconcile update property 2
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp2
1.1044 Reconcile update property 3
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp3
1.1045 Reconcile update property 4
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp4
1.1046 Reconcile update property 5
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp5
1.1047 Reconcile update property 6
If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.
For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.
- Database name
- Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp6
1.1048 Scheduled by
- Database name
- Job.ScheduleUserId
1.1049 Insert Status
Values:
- Attention
- The document requires operator attention.
- Damaged (for inserters only)
- The document was damaged during insertion.
- Not set (default)
- The barcode reader or inserter controller did not provide a results file for the job, or it did not provide a status for the document, or the system could not interpret the status code from the barcode reader or inserter controller.
- OK
- The document's barcode was read or the document was inserted successfully.
- Pulled
- The document was pulled during the Reconcile action or during inserter processing.
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.Status
Usage note: The document-properties rules file for the results file tells the system how to interpret the status code from the inserter controller. Status code contains the status code from the inserter controller.
1.1050 Action
Values:
- Not set (or blank)
- No action is set. For inserters, either a results file was not returned, or the system could not interpret the status code for the document. For Automated Verification, a blank value means that the barcode on a document has not been read yet. If you do not have the Inserter or Automated Verification feature, the action for all documents is a blank value.
- OK
- Do not reprint the document.
- Pull
- Do not reprint the document, and mark it pulled (removed from the job). Pull is the default action when the document status is Pulled.
- Reprint
- Reprint the document. For inserters, use the Reprint method for the inserter controller. Reprint is the default action when the document status is Damaged or Attention.
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.Disposition
1.1051 Insert Status code
- Database name
- Doc.Inserter.StatusCode
1.1052 Insert Extended status code
- Database name
- Doc.Inserter.StatusCodeExtended
1.1053 Insert Operator name
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.OperatorID
1.1054 Insert date and time
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.TimeStamp
1.1055 Inserter name
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.InserterID
1.1056 Insert Bin results
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.BinResults
1.1057 Requested action
Values:
- Not set (default)
- No action was requested.
- OK
- Do not reprint the document.
- Pull
- Do not reprint the document, and mark it pulled (removed from the job).
- Reprint
- Reprint the document. For inserters, use the Reprint method for the inserter controller.
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.PendingDisposition
1.1058 Insert Mail recipient
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.RecipientName
Usage notes:
-
If this property does not have a value for documents in an AFP file, the property has not been linked to an index tag in each document. Use Document Property Designer to link the property to an index tag.
-
If this property does not have a value for documents in a PDF file, data in the documents has not been mapped to the property. Use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map the data.
1.1059 Insert Divert indicator
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.DivertBin
Usage notes:
- You can use this property in the rules file for the inserter control file to control whether a document is diverted.
- If you used Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the document, the value of this property can be the same as the indexed data.
- If a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow, the rules file for the inserter control file can use this property to tell the inserter to divert this document after insertion.
1.1060 Insert sequence
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.Sequence
Usage note:
- This property contains a value if a step based on the SetInsertProperties or SetPropertiesForReconcile step template is in the workflow.
1.1061 Insert Original barcode data
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.OriginalBarCode
Usage notes:
-
For AFP jobs, you use Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the documents. The value of the property is the same as the indexed data. Otherwise, the value is blank.
-
For PDF jobs, you use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map data in the documents to this property. Otherwise, the value is blank.
1.1062 Insert count
- Database name
- Doc.Insert.Iteration
Usage note: If you use the Print Again or Process Again action to reprint the job that contains this document, this count is not incremented.
1.1063 Combined AFP file
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,afp,write)}
- Database name
- Job.AFPPreForm.OutputAFP
- Usage notes:
-
-
To create the file, the step combines the electronic forms specified for RICOH ProcessDirector media names with the data in the AFP file for the job.
The RICOH ProcessDirector media names are defined in the AFP medium map. If the medium map specifies tray numbers, the step uses the file set in the Tray mapping file property to replace tray numbers with media names.
The step ignores any values set for the Media and PLE Media job properties.
- Matching on media names is case-sensitive. If the medium map specifies a media name in all uppercase letters (such as LETTER BLUE), RICOH ProcessDirector must have media named LETTER BLUE. Letter Blue does not match.
-
Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this AFP file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the AFP file with the job.
-
If you change the default value, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the directory that you specify.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the AFP print file stored in the spool directory for the job:
jobID.print.afp
where jobID is the job number.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- The step can process AFP jobs that use an inline form definition or an external form definition. The step creates a combined AFP file that uses an inline form definition. If the AFP job uses an external form definition, the step embeds the changed form definition with new medium maps inline in the combined AFP file.
-
1.1064 Tray mapping file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.AFPPreForm.TrayToMedia
- Usage notes
-
-
To create the file:
- Map each tray to a RICOH ProcessDirector media name on a separate line.
- Start each line with traytomedia, a space, the tray number, and a colon (:).
- After the colon, put the RICOH ProcessDirector media name enclosed in quotation marks.
White space on either side of the colon is optional.
Save the mapping as a text file.
This example maps two trays to RICOH ProcessDirector media names:
- traytomedia 1 : "Letter Preprinted"
- traytomedia 2 : "A3"
- If RICOH ProcessDirector media names include Unicode characters, edit the tray mapping file with an editor that saves text in UTF-8 format.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, you have a different tray mapping file for each printer that can be requested for jobs. The name of each file is the name of the printer. Use this symbol: ${Job.RequestedPrinter}
If each file has a CFG extension, and you store them in the
tray_mapping
subdirectory of thecontrol_files
directory, set this value for the Tray mapping file property:/aiw/aiw1/control_files/tray_mapping/${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg
on Linux.C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\tray_mapping\${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg
on Windows.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If you specify a media name that is not a RICOH ProcessDirector media object, the step ignores the media name. The tray number remains in the medium map.
-
1.1065 Media name for printing
Values:
- Current name (Default)
-
When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it does not change occurrences of this media name for the entire job or for any page exceptions.
The step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on media with this name that is loaded on the printer.
- None
-
When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it removes all occurrences of this media name from the entire job and from any page exceptions. This value does not affect any occurrences of other media names.
Before removing this media name, the step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on the media that is specified as the default on the printer.
- Selected
-
When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it replaces all occurrences of this media name for the entire job and for any page exceptions. The replacement is the media name selected from the list of names for all media objects. This value does not affect any occurrences of other media names.
Before replacing this media name, the step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on media with the selected name that is loaded on the printer.
- Database name
- Media.ElectronicFormMedia
Usage note:
- In AFP jobs, the media name is changed in the form definition. The Job media property is not updated.
- For an example of how these values affect the media used to print jobs, see the usage scenario for Preprinted Forms Replacement in the Information Center. The topics that describe running the sample workflows that use electronic forms also show how the Media name for printing values affect the media used to print jobs.
1.1066 Back of form
To select the file containing the electronic form, click the Folder button, go to a PDF file on your computer, and click Open. Specify a page in the file by typing its number in the Use page field. Then click Create form.
After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the form, you can view it. Click name of the form in the field next to the Folder button.
- Database name
- Media.TemplateBack
Usage notes:
-
Steps based on the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step template use this value to create the back side of an electronic form.
-
The data files for the jobs processed by the CombinePDFWithForm step must be PDF files.
-
The data files for the jobs processed by the CombineAFPWithForm step must be AFP files.
-
We recommend that you specify a PDF page that has the same page size as the dimensions of the media.
-
When a media object includes a form for the back of the media, the CombinePDFWithForm step changes simplex jobs that require the media to duplex when the Simplex sheet processing property is set to Insert blank back pages.
1.1067 Front of form
To select the file containing the electronic form, click the Folder button, go to a PDF file on your computer, and click Open. Specify a page in the file by typing its number in the Use page field. Then click Create form.
After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the form, you can view it. Click name of the form in the field next to the Folder button.
- Database name
- Media.TemplateFront
Usage notes:
-
Steps based on the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step template use this value to create the front side of an electronic form.
-
The data files for the jobs processed by the CombinePDFWithForm step must be PDF files.
-
The data files for the jobs processed by the CombineAFPWithForm step must be AFP files.
-
We recommend that you specify a PDF page that has the same page size as the dimensions of the media.
1.1068 Simplex sheet processing
Values:
- Insert blank back pages (default)
- The step changes the Job duplex property to Duplex and adds a blank page after each front side that does not have an electronic form on its back side. Use this value if the printer does not support Sides page exceptions in JDF job tickets.
- Add Sides page exceptions to JDF
- The step adds Sides page exceptions to the JDF job ticket so that the back sides are skipped for the sheets that do not have an electronic form. Some printers cannot process this type of job ticket. The Job duplex property might not be changed.
- Database name
- Job.PDFLayer.MixPlex
Usage note: If you select Insert blank back pages, the job is simplex, and no blank or electronic form pages are added, the Job duplex property does not change to Duplex.
1.1069 JDF output file
- Default
- ${getFileName(overrides,jdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PDFLayer.OutputJDFFile
Usage notes:
- To create the file, the step removes or changes the names of job and page-exception
media for the job. Changes are based on the setting of the Media name for printing property for each media name specified in the job.
If the job input to the step includes a JDF file, the step also removes or changes the names of media in the JDF file.
- To create the file, the step adds Sides page exceptions to the JDF job ticket based on the setting of the Simplex sheet processing property.
- Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the JDF file.
- Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this JDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the JDF file with the job.
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name
of the job ticket stored in the spool directory for the job:
jobID.overrides.jdf
where jobID is the job number.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1070 Combined PDF file
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PDFLayer.OutputPDFFile
- Usage notes:
-
-
To create the file, the step combines the electronic forms specified for job and page-exception media with the data in the PDF file for the job.
-
Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the PDF file.
-
Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this PDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the PDF file with the job.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the PDF print file stored in the spool directory for the job:
jobID.print.pdf
where jobID is the job number.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1071 File type
Values:
- CSV (default)
- The preferences file is a Comma Separated Values (CSV) file.
- Tab
- The preferences files is a tab-delimited file.
- Database name
- PropertyMapping.FileType
1.1072 Property mapping
- Heading
- Specifies the headings in the preferences file that you want to use.
- Document property
- Specifies the document properties that correspond with the headings in the preferences file.
- Database name
- CsvTabMapping.HeadingMap
Usage notes:
- This property is only available in the legacy user interface.
- You must map at least two headings to document properties, one for a Document identifier and one for a Document property to set.
- To add more mappings, click + to the right of any mapping. To delete a mapping, click – to the right of the mapping you want to delete.
- The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
- The order of the mappings does not have to match the order of the headings in the preferences file.
- You do not have to map all of the headings to document properties.
- If you delete a mapping, the document property is removed from the Document identifier or Document property to set list on the Usage tab.
1.1073 Document Property Mapping
- Heading
- Specifies the headings in the preferences file that you want to map to document properties.
- Document property
- Specifies the document properties that correspond with the headings in the preferences file.
- Usage
-
- Identify document
- Specifies one or more heading and document property pairs that are used together to find each document in the DPF, so that its values can be updated. Ideally, set this value for at least one pair that has a unique value for each document in the job, such as a customer ID or order number. RICOH ProcessDirector compares the values under these headings in the preferences file to the document property values in the DPF to find a row that matches all of the values.
- Update property
- Specifies which heading and document property pairs are used in updating the values in the document properties file. After RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match for the Identify document pairs, values under this heading in the preferences file are used to update the corresponding document property values in the DPF.
- Database name
- DocumentMapping.DocumentPropertyMapping
Usage notes:
- You must map at least two headings to document properties, one for each Usage type - Identify document and Update property.
- To add more mappings, click + to the right of any mapping. To delete a mapping, click - to the right of the mapping you want to delete.
- The order of the mappings does not have to match the order of the headings in the preferences file.
- You do not have to map all of the headings to document properties.
- If a row in the preferences file does not match any document in the database, the row is ignored.
- If a row in the DPF file does not include the property that a value in the preferences file is mapped to, that property and value are added to the end of every row.
1.1074 Property usage
- Document identifier
- The properties that the ApplyPreferences step uses to determine which documents in a job should have their values updated. The step compares the values of the document identifier properties in the document properties file (DPF) with the values of the corresponding headings in each row of a preferences file to find documents and rows that match.
- Document properties to set
- The document properties that the ApplyPreferences step updates in the DPF with values from a preferences file. When the step finds a document in the DPF and row in the preferences file whose document identifier values match, the step updates these properties in the DPF with values from the preferences file.
- Initially, this list contains all of the document properties mapped in the Property mapping property. You must move at least one property to the Document identifier list.
- Database name
- CsvTabMapping.UniqueIdentifier
Usage notes:
- If you delete a mapping in the Property mapping property, the corresponding document property is removed from the Usage tab lists as well.
- If a row in the preferences file does not match any document in the database, the row is ignored.
- This property is only available in the legacy user interface.
1.1075 Preferences file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Pref.ExternalFile
Usage notes:
-
If you submit the preferences file with the job using the List batching method, the UsageKeyword and DatatypeKeyword in the symbolic name must match the name and extension of the preferences file. For example, the preferences file is
pref.csv
, and you use thegetFileName
method. The symbolic name of the preferences file must be ${getFileName(pref,csv,read)}. -
If you submit the preferences file with the job using the Pattern batching method, the UsageKeyword and DatatypeKeyword in the symbolic name must match the values of the Spool file usage and Spool file type properties for the preferences file on the Batching tab. For example, the value of the Spool file usage property is pref, the value of the Spool file type property is csv, and you use the
getFileName
method. The symbolic name of the preferences file must be ${getFileName(pref,csv,read)}.
1.1076 Property mapping
Values:
A list of all the property mapping objects in the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Pref.PropMapping
1.1077 Property mapping description
- Database name
- PropertyMapping.Description
1.1078 Property mapping name
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- PropertyMapping.ID
Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the property mapping object, you cannot change the name. To rename the property mapping object, create a copy and specify the new name. Then delete the original property mapping object.
1.1079 Last modified
- Database name
- PropertyMapping.LastModified
1.1080 Authentication response attribute
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WebService.AuthResponseAttribute
- Usage Notes:
-
- Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.
-
You can use the WebService.Credential property as a symbol in other web service requests, but it is not displayed in the property notebook.
1.1081 Authentication response content type
Values:
- JSON (default)
- The application sends its response to the authentication request as a JSON string.
- XML
- The application sends its response to the authentication request as an XML string.
- Database name
- RESTWebService.AuthResponseContentType
Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct authentication type.
1.1082 Authentication request header
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RESTWebService.AuthRequestHeader
- Usage Notes:
-
-
Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the header that the application requires.
-
Authentication request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request header property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1083 Authentication request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RESTWebService.AuthRequestParams
- Usage Notes:
-
-
Authentication request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request parameters property.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1084 Authentication request password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WebService.AuthRequestPwd
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The input device uses the token provided by the web service once and the token cannot be used again. Every time the input device runs, it authenticates and receives a new token.
-
When you open a property notebook, the value of Authentication request password is not displayed. It is used in authentication properties such as Authentication request header, Authentication request parameters, and Authentication request payload using symbol notation. If it is not used by one of these properties, it is not sent to the application.
-
This password is encrypted when it is stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.
-
1.1085 Authentication request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- WebService.AuthRequestPayload
- Usage Notes:
-
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request payload. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1086 Authentication request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- WebService.AuthRequestMethod
Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1087 Authentication request URL
Format:
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- WebService.AuthRequestURL
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
-
You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1088 Authentication SOAP request
Values:
A list of SOAP request objects.
- Database name
- WebService.AuthSOAPRequest
Usage notes:
-
To authenticate with a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.
-
To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.
For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations:
authenticateByPassword
andauthenticateByCredential
. You type Authentication for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: Authentication-authenticateByPassword and Authentication-authenticateByCredential.For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
-
You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.
1.1089 Create child jobs
Values:
- No (default)
- When RICOH ProcessDirector finds two or more matching XML elements or JSON objects, it creates independent jobs.
- Yes
- When RICOH ProcessDirector finds two or more matching XML elements or JSON objects, it creates child jobs. It also creates a parent job that does not contain any data.
- Database name
- WebService.CreateChildJobs
Usage notes:
-
The Response pattern to match property contains the expression that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to check for matching elements or objects.
-
SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.
-
The Create child jobs property is not used when the Create job from response property is set to Always.
1.1090 Create job from response
Values:
- Always (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job from every response. Each job contains the entire response. If the Response pattern to match property has an expression, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores it.
- Only when response pattern matches
- RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job each time that it finds an XML element or JSON object that matches the expression in the Response pattern to match property. For example, if RICOH ProcessDirector finds 3 matching elements, it creates 3 jobs. Each job contains the matching element or object and all the elements or objects nested within it. If the response contains no matching element or object, RICOH ProcessDirector does not create a job.
- Database name
- WebService.CreateJobFromResponse
Usage note: SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.
1.1091 Request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- WebService.RequestMethod
Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1092 Request URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- WebService.RequestURL
- Usage Notes:
-
- The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1093 Response pattern to match
Examples:
-
The XPath expression is /customer/order/item. RICOH ProcessDirector parses the response for an item element that is a child of order, which is a child of customer:
<customer name="John Smith"> <order ordernumber=12345> <item description="brochure" file="brochure.pdf"/> <item description="calendar" file="calendar.pdf"/> </order> </customer>
-
The JSONPath expression is $.customer.order[*].item. RICOH ProcessDirector parses the response for an item object that is a child of order, which is a child of customer:
{ "customer": { "order": [ { "item": "Book" }, { "item": "Mug" } ] } }
These examples find two matches for the pattern and, as a result, create two jobs.
- Database name
- WebService.ResponsePatternToMatch
Usage notes:
-
You can use any valid XPath or JSONPath expression.
-
When the Create job from response property is set to Only when response pattern matches, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the expression to parse the response returned by the web service. RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job each time that it finds a matching element or object. For example, if RICOH ProcessDirector finds 3 matching elements, it creates 3 jobs. Each job contains the matching element or object and all the elements or objects nested within it.
When the Create job from response property is set to Always, RICOH ProcessDirector does not parse the response. Instead, it creates an independent job from every response.
-
SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.
1.1094 Static credential
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WebService.StaticCredential
Usage notes:
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.
-
This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.
1.1095 Request header
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RESTWebService.RequestHeader
- Usage Notes:
-
-
Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1096 Request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- WebService.RequestPayload
- Usage Notes:
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the payload property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1097 Request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RESTWebService.RequestParams
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1098 Response content type
Values:
- JSON (default)
- The application sends its response to the request as a JSON string.
- XML
- The application sends its response to the request as an XML string.
- Database name
- RESTWebService.ResponseContentType
Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct response format.
1.1099 SOAP request
Values:
A list of SOAP request objects.
- Database name
- WebService.SOAPRequest
Usage notes:
-
To use a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.
-
To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation.
For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations:
getOrdersByDate1
andgetOrdersByDate2
. You type WebOrders for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebOrders-getOrdersByDate1 and WebOrders-getOrdersByDate2.For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
-
You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.
1.1100 Time of last successful request
- Database name
- WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime
- Usage Notes:
-
-
When the web service input device successfully requests a response, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property to match the value of the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property.
RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property, which does not appear in the user interface, at the start of the interval specified by the Polling interval property.
- A successful request is one that results in a response code 200 from the application.
-
To specify a time range in the Request payload property that matches the polling interval, use symbols for this property and the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property. This example requests a time period from the application for the last successful request. If there are failures when calling the application, jobs are not missed from the previous polling loop. This example uses XML:
<TimeRange> <Start>${WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime}</Start> <End>${WebService.CurrentRequestTime}</End></TimeRange>
-
1.1101 Time zone offset
If the web service computes the current time and date in Coordinated Universal Time, do not enter a value.
If the web service uses another time zone, enter a value between -12 and 14.
For example, the web service computes the current time and date in this time zone:
-
Mountain Standard Time (MST). Enter: -7
-
Central European Time (CET). Enter: 1
-
Australian Central Standard Time (ACST). Enter: 9.5
- Database name
- WebService.HourOffset
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector applies the Time zone offset value to the values of the WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime and WebService.CurrentRequestTime properties when it calls a web service.
1.1102 Use proxy
Values:
- Not set (default)
-
The input device does not communicate through a proxy server.
- Proxy server 1
-
The input device communicates through Proxy server 1.
- Proxy server 2
- The input device communicates through Proxy server 2.
- Database name
- WebService.UseProxy
- Usage Notes:
-
-
To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.
-
When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the input device cannot send the request. The input device writes an error message in its log.
-
1.1103 Authentication request header
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestHeader
- Usage Notes:
-
-
Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the header that the application requires.
- Authentication request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request header property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1104 Authentication request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestMethod
Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1105 Authentication request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestParams
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The Authentication request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request parameters property.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1106 Authentication request password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestPwd
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The notification object uses the token provided by the web service once and the token cannot be used again. Every time the notification object runs, it authenticates and receives a new token.
-
When you open a property notebook, the value of Authentication request password is not displayed. It is used in authentication properties such as Authentication request header, Authentication request parameters, and Authentication request payload using symbol notation. If it is not used by one of these properties, it is not sent to the application.
-
This password is encrypted when it is stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.
-
1.1107 Authentication request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestPayload
- Usage Notes:
-
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request payload. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1108 Authentication request URL
Format:
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestURL
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1109 Authentication response attribute
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthResponseAttribute
- Usage Notes:
-
- Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.
-
The WSNotification.WebService.Credential property is available for use with symbol notation but is not available in the property notebook.
1.1110 Authentication response content type
Values:
- JSON (default)
- The application sends its response to the authentication request as a JSON string.
- XML
- The application sends its response to the authentication request as an XML string.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthContentType
Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct authentication type.
1.1111 Authentication SOAP request
Values:
A list of SOAP request objects.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.AuthSOAPRequest
Usage notes:
-
To authenticate with a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.
-
To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.
For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations:
authenticateByPassword
andauthenticateByCredential
. You type Authentication for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: Authentication-authenticateByPassword and Authentication-authenticateByCredential.For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
-
You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.
1.1112 Static credential
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.StaticCredential
- Usage Notes:
-
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
-
Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.
-
This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.
1.1113 Request header
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.RequestHeader
- Usage Notes:
-
-
Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1114 Request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.RequestMethod
Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1115 Request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.RequestParams
- Usage Notes:
-
-
The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1116 Request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.RequestPayload
- Usage Notes:
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the payload property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1117 Request URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.RequestURL
- Usage Notes:
-
- The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1118 SOAP request
Values:
A list of SOAP request objects.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.SOAPRequest
Usage notes:
-
To send information to a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.
-
To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.
For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations:
closeOrder
andsendStatus
. You type WebStatus for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebStatus-closeOrder and WebStatus-sendStatus.For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
-
You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.
1.1119 Use proxy
Values:
- Not set (default)
-
The notification does not communicate through a proxy server.
- Proxy server 1
-
The notification communicates through Proxy server 1.
- Proxy server 2
- The notification communicates through Proxy server 2.
- Database name
- WSNotification.WebService.Proxy
- Usage Notes:
-
-
To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.
-
When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the notification cannot send the request. The notification writes an error message in its log.
-
1.1120 Request header
Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.WebService.Header
Usage notes:
- Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
- Request header is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1121 Request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.WebService.Parameter
Usage notes:
- The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
- Request parameters is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1122 Request payload
You can enter the payload directly in this field or you can store it in a text file that is accessible to this step during job processing.
- If you enter the text in this field, change the value of the Request payload type property to Text.
- If you store the payload in a file, type the full path and file name to that file here, then change the value of the Request payload type property to File.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.WebService.Payload
Usage notes:
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
- If you use a payload file, the file must have a file extension and the file path must include the payload file’s extension.
- Request payload is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1123 Request payload type
Values:
- Text (default)
- The Request payload property contains the body of the web service request.
- File
- The Request payload property contains a full file path to a file that contains the body of the web service request. The payload file must have a file extension and the file path must include the payload file’s extension.
- Database name
- Job.WebService.PayloadType
Usage note: Request payload type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1124 Password
Format:
- Length
- Specified by the web service
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.WebService.PosPassword
- Usage Notes:
- 000
-
-
This property is a positional property that you can use to specify different passwords for different steps based on the CallRESTService and CallSOAPService step templates.
-
For a CallRESTService step, you can specify the ${Job.WebService.Password} symbol as part of the value for the Request headers or Request parameters property.
-
When you need to include this property in a request header or a request payload, do not use the symbol for this property directly. Instead, use this symbol: ${Job.WebService.Password}
When you open a property notebook, the value of this field appears as [Job.WebService.Password]. The actual password value is not displayed.
-
1.1125 Use proxy
Values:
- Not set (default)
-
The step does not communicate through a proxy server.
- Proxy server 1
-
The step communicates through Proxy server 1.
- Proxy server 2
- The step communicates through Proxy server 2.
- Database name
- Job.WebService.Proxy
Usage notes:
- To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the appropriate Proxy server section of the System Settings page.
- When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the step cannot send the request. The step writes an error message in the job log.
- Use proxy is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1126 Request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- Job.WebService.RequestMethod
Usage notes:
- If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
- Request method is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1127 Request URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- Job.WebService.RequestURL
Usage notes:
- The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
- Request URL is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1128 Response file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.WebService.ResponseFile
Usage notes:
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Response file. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- Response file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1129 SOAP request
Values
A list of SOAP request objects.
- Database name
- Job.WebService.SOAPRequest
Usage notes:
-
To use a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.
-
To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation.
For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations:
getOrdersByDate1
andgetOrdersByDate2
. You type WebOrders for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebOrders-getOrdersByDate1 and WebOrders-getOrdersByDate2.For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
-
You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.
1.1130 WSDL file
- Database name
- SoapRequest.WSDLfile
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector places the WSDL file in the /aiw/aiw1/wsdl directory (Linux) or the C:\aiw\aiw1\wsdl directory (Windows).
- The SOAP request objects that you import become selections for the SOAP request property. You set a value for that property when you define a SOAP web service input device, a SOAP web service notification, or a CallSOAPService step.
1.1131 WSDL prefix
- Database name
- SoapRequest.WSDLPrefix
The SOAP request objects that you import become selections for the SOAP request property. You set a value for that property when you define a SOAP web service input device, a SOAP web service notification, or a CallSOAPService step.
1.1132 Address block line 1
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Address.1
Usage notes:
- Use the tools provided with RICOH ProcessDirector to identify the text in the document that you want to use for the value of this document property.
- For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.1.
- For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Address block line 1.
- In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the zip code information sent to the postal software.
1.1133 Postal code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Address.Postalcode
Usage notes:
- In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to receive the zip code information returned from the postal software. You can use the property that way or you could choose to use this property to store the postal code identified in the document data that is sent to the postal software.
- For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.Postalcode.
- For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Postal Code.
1.1134 Processing category
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.Category
1.1135 Postal company name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Address.Company
Usage notes:
- Some postal processing software uses a property with Firm or Company in its label to contain the first line of the address information it returns.
- In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the name information sent to the postal software.
1.1136 Zip code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Address.ZipCode
Usage notes:
- Use the tools provided with RICOH ProcessDirector to identify the text in the document that you want to use for the value of this document property.
- For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.ZipCode.
- For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Zip Code.
- In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the zip code information sent to the postal software.
1.1137 Address processing return code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.AddressProcessingRC
1.1138 Change of address return code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.ChangeAddressRC
1.1139 Pallet break mark
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.ContainerBreakMark
1.1140 Pallet number
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.ContainerNumber
1.1141 Container break mark
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.HandlingUnitBreakMark
1.1142 Container number
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.HandlingUnitNumber
1.1143 Package break mark
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.PackageBreakMark
1.1144 Package number
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.PackageNumber
1.1145 Postage rate
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.PostageRate
1.1146 Postage rate code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.PostageRateCode
1.1147 Presort sequence number
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.SequenceNumber
1.1148 Presort processing return code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Postal.SequencingProcessingRC
1.1149 Variable mail piece thickness
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.DocSize.PieceThickness
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece is 0.15 inch thick, the correct input might be 0.15, 15, or .15i. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
- To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to Yes.
1.1150 Variable mail piece weight
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.DocSize.PieceWeight
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece weighs 0.8 ounce, the correct input for one software program might be 0.8, 8, or 8oz. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
- To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to Yes.
1.1151 Mail piece height
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceHeight
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece has a height of five inches the correct input for one software program might be 5. For another program, it might be 5.0.
- The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
1.1152 Mail piece length
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceLength
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece has a length of nine inches. The correct input for one software program might be 9. For another program, it might be 9.0.
- The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
1.1153 Identical mail piece thickness
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceThickness
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece weighs is 0.15 inch thick. The correct input for one software program might be 0.15. For another program, it might be 15 or .15i.
- The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
- To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to No.
- If your postal software does not accept variable thicknesses, you can measure a representative sample. For example, you measure 30 mail pieces. Their total thickness is three inches. Divide the total thickness by the number of mail pieces, and enter that value for this property.
1.1154 Identical mail piece weight
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceWeight
Usage notes:
- Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece weighs 0.8 ounce. The correct input for one software program might be 0.8. For another program, it might be 80.
- The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
- To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to No.
- If your postal software does not accept variable weights, you can weigh a representative sample. For example, you weigh 30 mail pieces. Their total weight is 60 ounces. Divide the total weight by the number of mail pieces, and enter that value for this property.
1.1155 Use variable measurements
Values:
- Yes
- The mail pieces have the same weight and thickness.
- No
- The mail pieces have different weights and thicknesses.
- Database name
- Job.DocSize.VaryingWeightAndThickness
Usage note: If the value is No, specify values for the Identical mail piece weight and Identical mail piece thickness properties. If the value is Yes, specify values for the Variable mail piece weight and Variable mail piece thickness properties.
1.1156 Processing category
Enter a value that your company wants to use to separate mail pieces into different workflows. International mail, for example, might not be eligible for additional processing such as sortation and automated postage calculation, whereas Qualified mail is.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.Category
Usage notes:
- You can define values for processing category used by your postal service.
- In the sample workflow, documents with different values for the corresponding document property are grouped into child jobs. Based on the child job properties, different workflow procedures are used.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1157 Mail class
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.Class
Usage notes:
- You can define values for the class of mail used by your postal service.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1158 Maximum weight of pallet
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.ContainerMaxWeight
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1159 Minimum weight of pallet
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.ContainerMinWeight
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1160 Pallet size
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.ContainerSize
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1161 Container size
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.HandlingUnit
Usage notes:
- You can define values for the container size used by your postal software.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1162 Minimum weight of container
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.HandlingUnitMinWeight
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1163 Maximum weight of container
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.HandlingUnitMaxWeight
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1164 Mailer ID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.MailerID
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1165 Presort process
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.MailStream
Usage notes:
- You can define values for the presort processes used by your postal service.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value
1.1166 Mail type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes).
- Database name
- Job.Postal.PieceType
Usage notes:
- You can define values for the types of mail used by your postal service.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1167 Postage statement date
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Postal.PostageStatementDate
Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1168 Mail rate type
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes).
- Database name
- Job.Postal.Type
Usage notes:
- You can define values for the mail rate types used by your postal service.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value
1.1169 Columns to keep
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1028 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Doc.ColumnsToKeep
Usage notes:
- If the external results file contains column headings, you can specify which columns to keep. Set the value of the External results contain column headings property to Yes.
- If the external results file contains column headings, you do not have to enter the values in the Columns to keep property in the same order as the properties occur in the external results file returned by the postal software.
- If any column heading that you specify does not exist in the external results file, the step goes into error.
- The order of the column headings in the Columns to keep property must match the order of the document properties in the Selected document properties list, and the number of document properties in each list must match. If the order of the document properties do not match, you get unexpected results during job processing. If the number of the document properties do not match, the job goes into error state.
1.1170 External results contain column headings
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The external results file contains column headings.
- No
- The external results file does not contain column headings.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.ContainsHeader
Usage notes:
- If the value of this property is No, you cannot use the Columns to keep property to specify the headings of columns in the external results file that you want to keep. You must manually delete the columns that you do not want to keep before you run the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step.
- External results contain column headings is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1171 Document properties selected
Values:
The Available list shows the names of all document properties in the system. The Selected list shows the names of document properties that you have selected as column headings. The document property at the top of the list is the first column heading, the document property second from the top is the second column heading, and so on.
- Database name
- Job.Doc.DocPropForHeading
1.1172 Selected document properties
The Available list shows the names of all document properties in the system. The Selected list shows the names of document properties that you have selected as column headings. The document property at the top of the list is the first column heading, the document property second from the top is the second column heading, and so on.
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.Doc.DocPropToOutput
1.1173 Column headings
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.Doc.ExternalHeadings
Usage notes:
- The column headings order must match the order of the Selected document properties list.
- You must have a property corresponding to either the Document number or Sequence in child job property within this list.
1.1174 External results file
Format:
- Default
- ${getFileName(data,csv,read)}
- Database name
- Job.Doc.InputFileName
Usage notes:
- A column in the external results file must contain a property that can be mapped to the Document number or Sequence in child job document property.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
- The default value specifies a file with a .csv extension in the jobs’s spool directory
(for example,
/aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000012/10000012.data.csv
on a UNIX-based operating system orC:\aiw\aiw1\spool\default\10000012\10000012.data.csv
on Windows). - External results file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1175 File type
Values:
- CSV (default)
- Comma-separated value (CSV) file
- Tab-delimited
- Tab-delimited text file
- Database name
- Job.Doc.InputFileType
Usage note: File type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1176 Modified results file
Format:
- Default
- ${getFileName(data,opf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.Doc.OutputFileDPFName
Usage notes:
- The modified results file must contain the Document number or Sequence in child job document property as one of its columns.
- A step based on the UpdateDocPropsFromExtResultsFile step template receives the modified results file as input.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
- Modified results file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1177 External document properties file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(data, csv,write)} (for example a file named Job.ID .data.csv will be written to the job's spool directory (/aiw/aiw1/spool/default/JobID). For job 10000000, it would be /aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000000/10000000.data.csv)
- Database name
- Job.Doc.OutputFileName
Usage notes:
- The directory where the external document properties file is written must exist before the step runs.
- You can use symbolic formulas in this field.
1.1178 File type
The File type property determines if the file is tab-delimited or Comma-separated (CSV).
- Default
- CSV
- Database name
- Job.Doc.OutputFileType
Usage note: If the file type is CSV, property values that contain the comma character must be surrounded with quotes.
1.1179 Modified Results File
Format:
- Default
- ${getFileName(read, opf)}
- Database name
- Job.DPF.MergeFile
Usage notes:
- The modified results file must contain the Document ID property as one of its columns.
- You can use symbol formulas in this value.
1.1180 Banner page input tray
Values:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- KodakPDFPrinter.BannerPage.Tray
Usage notes
- This property applies only to Kodak PDF printers.
- If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer uses paper from the default tray for banner pages.
- RICOH ProcessDirector displays a general list of trays when you add a printer. To display the list of specific trays that a printer supports, you must finish adding the printer. Then, open the properties notebook for the printer again and select the correct tray.
1.1181 Merge banner pages into PDF print file
Values:
- Yes
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
- No
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
- Default
- Yes
- Database name
- KodakPDFPrinter.MergeBanner
Usage notes:
- In some cases, banner files should not be merged. For example, if you are printing multiple copies of each job, you might not want banner pages to print between copies.
- Set this property to No if you are sending Postscript files to the printer.
1.1182 Kodak printer queue
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- KodakPDFPrinter.PrinterQueue
Usage note:
- When a Kodak PDF printer is added, the LPR print queue on the server is not created automatically. The system administrator must use the operating system’s procedures to create the LPR print queue. The value you enter in this field must match the name of the LPR print queue defined to the system.
1.1183 PitStop action list or PDF profile
PitStop uses this file to do actions on a print job, such as:
- Adding text or objects
- Checking and changing properties, colors, and fonts
- Changing fonts and colors
- Setting a different ICC profiles
- Gathering information about the contents of a job
Refer to the PitStop documentation for information about creating these files.
- Database name
- Job.Pitstop.ActionListOrProfile
Usage notes:
- You must use PitStop to create this file before you try to process a job through this step.
- PitStop action list or PDF profile is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1184 Document properties to store
- Database name
- Job.Repository.DocPropToArchive
Usage notes:
- Use the minimum number of document properties to narrow the results when a user searches for this document.
- Choose properties carefully. After a document is stored in the repository, you cannot change its properties. You can use a step based on the RemoveDataFromRepository step template to remove the document or the job containing the document from the repository.
- These document properties are stored automatically:
- Current first page (Doc.CurrentFirstPage).
- Current pages (Doc.CurrentPages).
- Current Sheets (Doc.CurrentSheets).
- Original first page (Doc.OriginalFirstPage).
- Original pages (Doc.OriginalPages).
- Sequence in child job (Doc.SequenceInChild).
- Sequence in original job (Doc.OriginalSequence).
- Document properties to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1185 Archive entry type
You can use this property to search for the job, document, or history information you want to retrieve.
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Repository.EntryType
Usage note:
- If you include the StoreInRepository step multiple times in the same workflow, you can specify an Archive entry type value each time to retrieve specific data points during the history of the job and
its documents in the system.
For example, use an Archive entry type of Print for the StoreInRepository step immediately after the print step and another Archive entry type of Insert after the insert step.
If a job is reprinted and is processed by the StoreInRepository step after printing again, a second entry is added to the repository. When you search the repository for that job, you see two Print entries, each with different timestamps.
1.1186 File to store
- Default
- ${getCurrentFile(${Job.InputDatastream})}
- Database name
- Job.Repository.FileToArchive
Usage notes:
- The default value returns the name of the current file in the data stream format that is set in the Input data stream property.
- Any type of file can be selected, but only AFP and PDF files can be viewed when they are retrieved from the repository.
- Use a formula to identify a file in the job's spool directory that you want to store in the repository. For example, you receive an AFP file and transform it into a PDF file, to print. To store the AFP file in the repository, specify ${getCurrentFile(afp)}.
- You can clear this value if you want to store only properties or history information.
- File to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1187 Job properties to store
- Database name
- Job.Repository.JobPropToArchive
Usage notes:
- Use the minimum number of job properties to narrow the results when a user searches for this job, the documents in this job, or the history information for the job.
- Choose properties carefully. After a job or its history information are stored in the repository, you cannot change its properties or remove the job or its history information from the repository.
- You cannot select a positional job property as a value of the Job properties to store property. To store a positional job property, create an associated properties file. The values of positional job properties can be different for different steps in a workflow.
- These job properties are stored automatically:
- AFP resource path (Job.Print.ResourcePath), if AFP Support is installed.
- Data type (Job.Repository.DataType).
- Form definition (Job.Line2AFP.FORMDEF), if AFP Support is installed.
- Repository identifier (Job.Repository.Identifier).
- Total pages (Job.TotalPages).
- Job properties to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1188 Document properties file
The StoreInRepository step uses this file to store document-level properties in the Archive. If all of the properties in the file are defined as document properties, you can select them in the Document properties to store property.
If this property is blank, the default document properties file is used to determine which property values to store.
Format:
- Default
- ${getFileName(document,dpf,read)}
- Database name
- Job.Repository.DocFileToArchive
Usage notes:
- The file specified must be tab-delimited. This function does not work with comma-separated values.
- You can use symbol formulas to specify a file.
- The list of properties shown in the Document properties to store property does not change based on the file you specify.
- Document properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1189 Path to override properties file
If you specify an override properties file, the system creates an arch.overrides.txt
file for each job saved in the repository. The arch.overrides.txt
file contains values for each job property in the override properties file. If you
resubmit the job or its documents, the arch.overrides.txt
file is resubmitted with them.
Format:
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.Repository.Overrides
Usage notes:
- To define the contents of the text file, place the database name of each job property
on a separate line. For example, this file specifies three job properties (Customer name, Media required, and Duplex):
Job.CustomerNameJob.MediaRequiredJob.Duplex
- You can add comments to the file. Place each comment on a separate line that starts
with a pound sign (#). For example:
Job.CustomerName# This is a comment.
- Properties specified in the override properties file and properties set as values of the Job properties to store property perform different functions. To use the value of a property to retrieve a job from the repository or to display the value of that property when you click Show Details on the Results table, set that property as a value of the Job properties to store property. To submit the value of a property when you resubmit a job or its documents to a workflow, specify that property in an override properties file. To use a property for all of those functions, specify the property in both places.
- You can use symbol formulas to specify a path and file name. For example, you want
to use the same overrides for all jobs run through one workflow. To give the override
properties file the same name as the workflow, specify this value:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/${Job.JobType}.txt
(Linux)C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\${Job.JobType}.txt
(Windows)
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If you want to store the values of the same job properties with jobs stored in different repositories, you can specify the same override properties file for multiple StoreInRepository steps. If you want to store the values of different job properties with jobs stored in different repositories, specify different names for the override properties files.
- The first step in the workflow that the job or document is resubmitted to must be SetJobPropsFromTextFile. If another step is first, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set the properties captured in the override properties file.
- Path to override properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1190 Associated properties file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Repository.RefAttributes
Usage notes:
- You can also use an associated properties file to store job properties that are positional.
- Associated properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1191 Repository
The repository specified in this step is the repository later used to retrieve the job data or document.
Values:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Repository.Repository
Usage notes:
- If you specify a value for the Repository location property for your repository, make sure you select a repository with a Repository location value that the users who need to retrieve the files are allowed to access.
- If you change this value for a job after the StoreInRepository step runs, the archived data is not automatically moved to the new repository.
- Repository is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1192 Filename of the new job
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Repository.ResubmitFileName
1.1193 Store history records
Values:
- Yes
- The history records are stored in the repository.
- No
- The history records are not stored.
- Database name
- Job.Repository.StoreHistory
Usage notes:
- If you store the history for a job multiple times, new history records are appended to the history list. However, if you access the history that was saved by the first StoreInRepository step, you only see history records for the first part of the workflow.
- Store history records is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1194 Description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Repository.Description
1.1195 Disk space used (GB)
- Database name
- Repository.DiskSpace
1.1196 Folder location
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
-
-
Linux:
/aiw/aiw1/archive
-
Windows:
C:\aiw\aiw1\archive
-
- Database name
- Repository.FileLocation
Usage notes:
- You set an original value for the Folder location when you add the repository. To change the value, use the Change folder location action on the Repositories page.
- If you change the Folder location of a repository after data is stored, the files are not automatically moved to the new location. You must manually move the files to the new location.
- If the directory specified for the Folder location does not exist already, RICOH ProcessDirector creates it when StoreInRepository step writes a file there.
- Each repository must have a unique directory.
- If you do not specify a full path, the directory is created in the
/var/aiw
directory for Linux, and in the drive:\Program Files\Ricoh\ProcessDirector
path for Windows, where drive is the drive where RICOH ProcessDirector is installed.
1.1197 Files stored
- Database name
- Repository.FilesStored
1.1198 Name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Repository.ID
1.1199 Last modified
- Database name
- Repository.LastModified
1.1200 Repository location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Repository.Location
Usage notes:
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the repositories with location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for each repository.
- When a user searches for a job or document in a repository, only the repositories with a Repository location value that matches a Location value for the user are available to be searched.
- If a job is stored in a repository, the job property notebook shows the name of the repository where it is stored unless the user viewing it does not have access to the Repository location of the repository. In that case, Not set is shown for the Repository property.
1.1201 Next deletion of expired files
- Database name
- Repository.NextDelete
Usage notes:
- The value is displayed based on the time zone of the computer that you use to open the user interface.
- Expired files are deleted every 14 days, with the timer reset each time RICOH ProcessDirector is restarted. When RICOH ProcessDirector is restarted, the first check for expired files occurs 24 hours after the restart.
1.1202 Select workflow for the new job
Values:
The list of enabled workflows in the system that have Location values that the user has access to.
- Database name
- Repository.ResubmitFile
Usage note: You might want to select a different workflow than the one used to store the file in the repository. For example, the workflow used to reprint a document might not be the same as the workflow used to print the document the first time.
1.1203 Retention period
Format:
- Content
- Values from 1 day through 100 years. Use the drop-down list to the right of the property to select the unit of time for the value.
- Default
- 3 months
- Database name
- Repository.RetainDuration
Usage notes:
-
You set an original value for the Retention period when you add the repository. To change the value, use the Change retention period action on the Repositories page.
-
If you shorten the retention period, archive entries are deleted at the next scheduled deletion time.
1.1204 Number of results
RICOH ProcessDirector stops searching in the selected repositories when the number of results reaches the specified value.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1–999
- Default
- 10
- Database name
- Repository.ReturnResults
1.1205 Search
When you load the saved search, all of the defined Search options, how they are combined, and the repository to search are shown in the Search summary.
Values:
- The list of searches you have saved.
- New search (Default)
- Lets you specify a search to use now.
- Database name
- Repository.SavedSearches
Usage notes:
- After you retrieve a saved search, you can make changes and save it with a new name.
- To save a new search, select New search and click the Save search button to enter a name for the search.
- Searches are saved separately for each user.
- To delete a saved search, hover over the search in the Saved searches list. Click the X that appears to the right of the search name to make it red. Click the red X to delete the search.
1.1206 Search criteria
Values:
- All (default)
- All of the search options must match the properties of the job or document. The search options have an AND relationship.
- Any
- Any one of the search options must match the properties of the job or document. The search options have an OR relationship.
- Custom
- You must specify what combinations of search options must match the properties of the job or document. You can use both AND and OR to combine search options.
- Database name
- Repository.SearchAnyAll
Usage notes:
- If you select Custom, use the text field to the right to define your custom combination.
1.1207 Search options
The rules for combining search options are determined by the Search criteria property.
- Property
- Specifies which property you want to use for the search. The list includes all job and document properties in the system that can be saved by a StoreInRepository step.
- Comparison
- Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to find the job or document you want to retrieve. Select one of these:
-
- = (equal to) (default)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- != (not equal to)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property has a value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- > (greater than)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
- < (less than)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- >= (greater than or equal to)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
- <= (less than or equal to)
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
- like
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value matches the value in the Value field when wildcard characters contained in the Value field are taken into account. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the search option when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- unlike
- Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value does not match the value in the Value field when wildcard characters contained in the Value field are taken into account. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the search option when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
- Value
- Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to search for the job or document you want to retrieve. Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value. If a property takes a unit, you cannot select the units. You must specify measurement values in inches. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.
- Database name
- Repository.SearchConditions
Usage notes:
- When you use the is like or is not like comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs or documents in which that property value is set are returned in the search results, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
- When you use the is, is not, is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you cannot use the apostrophe character ( ' ) in the Value field.
- You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give the workflow for a customer’s job the same name as the Customer name property. You can define a search option with a symbol formula to find jobs or documents where the workflow name matches the customer name: Workflow = ${Job.CustomerName}.
- To define an additional search option, click + to the right of any search option. To delete a search option, click - to the right of the search option you want to delete.
- If the Value is a date or timestamp, make sure that the Comparison is less than (<), greater than (>).
1.1208 Repository to search
- Database name
- Repository.SearchRepository
Usage note: If you select All, RICOH ProcessDirector searches all of the repositories that you have access to.
1.1209 Search criteria
If the Criteria type is File, enter the full path of a file with the search arguments in it. If the Criteria type is Text, enter a string. The format of the string or the contents of the file is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab. If you use File, you can include multiple search queries. Each query must be on a separate line.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Exportrep.ExportInput
Usage note: To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
1.1210 Criteria type
Values:
- Text
- A text string containing the search criteria.
- File
- Full path to a file containing the search criteria.
- Database name
- Job.Exportrep.ExportInputType
Usage note: To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file for the Search criteria property, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
1.1211 Export results file
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Exportrep.ExportOutputFile
Usage Note: The export results file only contains properties and does not contain history records. To export both, use the Export action on the Results portlet of the Archive tab.
1.1212 Results file descriptor
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Exportrep.HeaderFile
Usage notes:
- If you do not set the Results file descriptor, all property values for each of the repository entries matching the Search criteria are returned.
- Each row of the Results file descriptor file must be written on a separate line.
For example, if the repository entry has the properties:
Document.Name, Document.Account, Document.Level, Document.Region, Document.Zip, Document.Agent
You want to include three of the properties and their values in the export results file. The Results file descriptor file contains:Document.LevelDocument.RegionDocument.Agent
1.1213 Repository
Values:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.Exportrep.Repository
1.1214 Last number of records exported
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1–9999
- Database name
- Job.Repository.LastNumOfRecordsExported
1.1215 Input ZIP file
Format:
- Database name
- Job.RepResult.ZipFileToUse
Usage notes:
- The ZIP file must be created by a step based on the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step template.
1.1216 Create as child job
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The jobs are child jobs. The job processed by the step becomes the parent of the new child jobs.
- No
- The jobs are independent jobs. The job processed by the step is not the parent of the new jobs.
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.CreateAsChild
Usage notes:
- When you create child jobs:
- If you add a WaitForRelatedJobs step to the workflow for the parent job, the parent job stays in the system until all the child jobs complete.
- You can assign a rule to a connector that sends the child jobs through a different branch of the workflow that processed the parent job.
- Create as child job is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1217 Path to override properties file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Format:
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.PathToOverrides
Usage notes:
- To define the contents of the text file, place the database name of each job property
on a separate line. For example, this file specifies three job properties (Customer name, Media required, and Duplex):
- Job.CustomerName
- Job.MediaRequired
- Job.Duplex
- You can add comments to the file. Place each comment on a separate line that starts
with a pound sign (#). For example:
- Job.CustomerName
- # This is a comment.
- Property values, such as Media and Job copies requested, are not passed from the job in the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step to the jobs created by the step unless you create an override properties file. When you specify the database names of job properties in an override properties file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates an overrides file with the values of the properties. This overrides file is passed to every job created by the step. For information about overrides files, refer to the Information Center.
- You can use symbol formulas to specify a path and file name. For example, you want
to use the same overrides for all new jobs submitted to a specified workflow. To give
the override properties file the same name as the workflow, specify this value:
/aiw/aiw1/control_files/${Job.JobType}.txt
(Linux)C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\${Job.JobType}.txt
(Windows)
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If you want to use the values of the same job properties with new jobs submitted to different workflows, you can specify the same override properties file for multiple CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch steps. If you want to use the values of different job properties with new jobs submitted to different workflows, specify different names for the override properties files.
- Path to override properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1218 Repository
Format:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.RepToSearch
1.1219 Search criteria
If the search criteria is located in a file, enter the full file path. If the search criteria is text, enter the text directly in the field. The format of the text or the contents of the file is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.SearchCriteria
Usage notes:
- To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
- Search criteria can contain entries for multiple archive searches. Make sure that each set of entries is on a separate line separated by a carriage return.
- You can use symbol notation for job properties in the Search criteria field. If you put the search criteria in a file, you can use symbol notation for both job and document properties. For example: ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber}=20035564. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1220 Stop when no results are found
Values:
- Yes (default)
- If no results are found, the job goes into an error state.
- No
- If no results are found, the job continues processing.
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.Require
1.1221 Workflow for new jobs
- Database name
- Job.RepSearch.WorkflowResult
Usage notes:
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the workflow. For example, BusinessCards${Job.JobType} sets the name of the new workflow to the name of the current workflow with the prefix BusinessCards. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- If the specified workflow is not enabled or does not exist when the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step runs, the job is placed in Error state.
1.1222 Repository
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- Job.RepToTrash.RepToSearch
1.1223 Search criteria
You can enter the search criteria directly in the field or store it in a file. If the search criteria is stored in a file, enter the full file path here. The format of the search criteria is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.RepToTrash.SearchCriteria
Usage notes:
- To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
- The value of this property can contain entries for multiple archive searches. Make sure that each set of entries is on a separate line separated by a carriage return.
1.1224 Number of results removed
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0 through 64000.
- Database name
- Job.RepToTrash.TotalResultsDeleted
Usage notes:
- Every time a step based on the RemoveDataFromRepository step template runs on a job, the value for Number of results removed is overwritten with the new value. To see the number of items removed each time the step is run, check the job log. The job log contains a list of how many items were removed from each repository every time the step is run.
1.1225 Current deadline step
- Values
- A list of all the steps in the workflow. The steps are grouped by phase.
- Database name
- Job.DT.CurrentDeadlineStep
Usage notes:
- The deadline step is set for a job when a SetDeadline step runs or you do the Change Deadline action. More than one deadline step can be defined in the workflow for a job, but only one deadline step is active at a time. As a job moves through the workflow, you can see this value change each time a different deadline step becomes active.
- You cannot change the value of this property on a job’s properties notebook.
1.1226 Day of month
This field is only available if you choose Day of month for the Deadline date property.
- Database name
- Job.DT.DayOfMonth
1.1227 Day of week
This field is only available if you choose Day of week for the Deadline date property.
- Database name
- Job.DT.DayOfWeek
1.1228 Deadline step
Values:
A list of all the steps in the workflow. The steps are grouped by phase.
- Database name
- Job.DT.DeadlineStep
Usage notes:
- You cannot select a Deadline step for the SetDeadline step template. The list of steps is only available after the step template is added to a workflow.
- More than one Deadline step can be defined in the workflow for a job, but only one deadline step is active at a time. For example, different branches in a conditional workflow might set different deadline steps. Because the job can only take one branch through the workflow, the deadline step in that branch determines the Deadline outcome. As a job moves through the workflow, you can see the values related to deadlines change.
- If a job passes through multiple SetDeadline steps, the value of the Override existing deadline property determines if this property should be changed when the step runs.
- If you select a step in the workflow that runs before the SetDeadline step as the Deadline step, specify the Plus or minus value carefully to make sure that the SetDeadline step does not always change the Deadline outcome to Missed.
- Deadline step is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1229 Deadline
If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:
-
The workflow does not have a SetDeadline step.
-
The job has not reached the SetDeadline step.
-
No one has used the Change Deadline action to assign a deadline to the job.
- Database name
- Job.DT.DeadlineTime
Usage notes:
- The time is displayed in the time zone of the browser that you are using.
- The deadline is set for a job when a SetDeadline step runs or you do the Change Deadline action.
- Use the Change Deadline action on the Jobs table to change the value of this property.
1.1230 Inherit deadline from parent job
Values:
- No (default)
- The child job does not inherit a deadline from its parent job, but calculates a deadline from the properties set on this SetDeadline step.
- Yes
- The child job inherits the deadline from its parent job if the parent job has already set a deadline and the current Deadline step is valid. If the child job type does not contain the same Deadline step that the parent job contained, the deadline cannot be inherited.
- Database name
- Job.DT.InheritDeadline
Usage notes:
- If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is Yes, and the parent job has a deadline, the job inherits the deadline from the parent job.
- If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is No, and the parent job has a deadline, the deadline is not inherited from the parent job.
- Inherit deadline from parent job is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1231 Property
This field is only available if you choose Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.
- Database name
- Job.DT.JobTimestampAttr
1.1232 Deadline outcome
Values:
- Met
- The deadline step completed before the deadline.
- Missed
- The deadline step did not complete before the deadline.
- Cannot determine
- The deadline has not been reached, and the deadline step has not completed.
If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:
-
The workflow does not have a SetDeadline step.
-
The job has not reached the SetDeadline step.
-
No one has used the Change Deadline action to assign a deadline to the job.
- Database name
- Job.DT.OutcomeStatus
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property.
- When each step after the SetDeadline step completes, RICOH ProcessDirector evaluates the deadline outcome.
- When the deadline outcome for a job is Missed, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a red dot the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area. If you do an action that changes the deadline time or step, the Deadline outcome can change from Missed to Met.
1.1233 Override existing deadline
If jobs are processed by more than one SetDeadline step, select No to make sure that this step does not change the deadline that is already set. Select Yes if this step should always set a deadline.
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The deadline set by this step overrides an existing deadline in the current job.
- No
- The deadline set by this step does not override the deadline in the current job.
- Database name
- Job.DT.OverrideDeadline
Usage notes:
- If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is No, and the parent job has a deadline, the deadline is not inherited from the parent job.
- Override existing deadline is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1234 Percent complete
RICOH ProcessDirector calculates this percentage by dividing the sum of the estimated durations of the processed steps in the current workflow by the sum of the estimated durations specified for all the steps in the predicted path of the job.
You can see this value by hovering over the blue bar on the bottom of the View job in workflow window.
- Database name
- Job.DT.PercentComplete
Usage notes:
- If a job has the Included in estimated duration value set to No, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that step when calculating the Percent complete property.
- If the estimated duration of any of the steps in the predicted path change, the Percent complete property uses the new values.
- If the job is processed again, goes back to a previous step in its workflow, or changes workflows, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the Percent complete again.
- If the workflow is edited while the job is being processed, the Percent complete property is reset to 0%. You must process the job again if you want to track the Percent complete of the job.
- If a completed step is run again, its estimated duration is not counted again.
1.1235 Deadline date
Values:
- Today (default)
- Tomorrow
- Day of week
- Select the day of the week for a Deadline date.
- Day of month
- Select first or last day of the month and then use the Plus or minus field to set a value such as the 10th of the month.
- Relative to property value
- Select this value to be able to set the Deadline date relative to any property that has a timestamp for a value. Then use the Plus or minus field to specify the offset from the timestamp to set the deadline time. For example, select Submitted time as the property and +12 hours to set the Deadline time to be 12 hours after the job arrived in the system.
- Database name
- Job.DT.Period
Usage note: Deadline date is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1236 Plus or minus
For example, if the Deadline date value is First day of the month and the Plus or minus value is +5 days, the deadline is the first day of the month plus five days, which is the 6th day of the month.
Alternately, if the Deadline date value is Last day of the month and the Plus or minus value is –2 days, the deadline is the last day of the month minus two days. In January, the deadline is the 29th.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from -365 to +365
- Default
- 0 days
- Database name
- Job.DT.PlusMinus
Usage notes:
- If the value for Deadline date is Relative to property value the deadline is determined by adding this value to the time set for the selected property.
- Plus or minus is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1237 Predicted completion time
This value is calculated by adding up the estimated duration specified for each step in the predicted path of the job.
- Database name
- Job.DT.PredictedCompletion
Usage notes:
- If RICOH ProcessDirector cannot determine the estimated duration for one or more steps, the Predicted completion time is blank.
- If a step has the Included in estimated duration value set to No, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that step when calculating the Predicted completion time.
- If the estimated duration of any of the steps that are in the predicted path change, the Predicted completion time uses the new values.
- If the job is processed again, goes back to a previous step in its workflow, or changes workflows, the Predicted completion time is adjusted to include the estimated durations of the steps remaining to be processed in the workflow.
1.1238 Predicted outcome
RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the Predicted outcome for a job by using the estimated durations specified for each step in the workflow, the current date and time, and the deadline for the job.
Values:
- May miss
- The estimated durations of the steps remaining, including the Deadline step, add up to a length of time that is greater than the time remaining before the deadline time for the job. The job might not finish processing before the deadline.
- Cannot determine
- Information needed to choose a predicted path through a conditional workflow or estimate the duration for one or more steps is missing. For example, if the duration is estimated based on the number of pages in the job, but the page count for the job is not available yet. When the missing information is available, the Predicted outcome is updated.
- OK
- The current job is predicted to complete the Deadline step before the deadline time.
- Database name
- Job.DT.PredictedOutcome
Usage notes:
- A Predicted outcome is only set if the job has a Deadline step defined.
- When the Predicted outcome for a job is May miss, RICOH ProcessDirector adds an orange dot in the Deadlines portlet and in the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
- A yellow dot in the Jobs table can indicate that a job is late for a Service Level Agreement (SLA) checkpoint even when the Predicted outcome is OK. In this situation, the workflow has both an SLA checkpoint and a deadline step defined.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not calculate the Predicted outcome if the Deadline outcome is set to Met or Missed.
1.1239 Tracking status
Values:
- On schedule
- The total time that the job has been processing is less than the estimated duration of the current step and all steps run up to this point.
- Behind schedule
- The total time that the job has been processing is greater than the estimated duration of the current step and all steps run up to this point.
- Database name
- Job.DT.PredictedStatus
Usage notes:
- You cannot change the value of this property.
- To include a step in the estimate used for tracking status, select Yes for the Include in estimated duration property of the step and specify a value for the Estimated duration property.
- You can track the status of a job without a deadline step or deadline time. RICOH ProcessDirector does not use them to determine the tracking status.
- When the tracking status for a job is Behind schedule, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a colored dot to the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table:
- When the deadline outcome for the job is Cannot determine or Met, the dot is yellow.
- When the deadline outcome for the job is Missed, the dot is red.
The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
- A yellow dot in the Jobs table can indicate that a job is late for a Service Level Agreement (SLA) checkpoint even when the Tracking status is On schedule. In this situation, the workflow has both an SLA checkpoint and a deadline step defined.
- Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.
- Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated.
1.1240 Deadline time
Values:
- Hours
- 0 - 23
- Hours, AM or PM
- 1 - 12
- Minutes
- 00 - 59
- Default
- 12:00 AM
- Database name
- Job.DT.Time
Usage notes:
- The Deadline time values depend on the Time format specified by the user in the Preferences tab.
- If you select the Relative to property value for the Deadline date, you cannot select a value for time because the time will be set relative to the time specified in the property you select.
- Deadline time is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1241 Time zone
Values:
- Default
- The time zone of the server that RICOH ProcessDirector is running on.
- Database name
- Job.DT.TimeZone
Usage notes:
- This property is not displayed in the SetDeadline step or step template properties if you select Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.
- The Deadline for the job is displayed in the time zone of the browser you are using.
1.1242 Time zone
Values:
- Default
- The time zone of the server that RICOH ProcessDirector is running on.
- Database name
- Job.DT.TimeZoneStep
Usage notes:
- This property is not displayed in the SetDeadline step or step template properties if you select Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.
- The Deadline for the job is displayed in the time zone of the browser you are using.
1.1243 Include in estimated duration
Values:
- Yes
- The Estimated duration of the step is used to calculate the estimated processing time for a job and the actual time a job spends in the step is used to calculate the elapsed time for a job. If the actual time of the steps processed is more than the total of the estimated durations of those steps, the Tracking status is set to Behind schedule.
- No (default)
- The Estimated duration and the actual processing time of the step are not used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.
- Database name
- Step.DT.IncludeStepTime
- Usage notes
-
-
If this property is set to No and you change it to Yes, make sure the Estimated duration for the step is correct. The default duration for all step templates is one minute for every job. If the step takes longer than one minute, the Tracking status of a job changes to Behind schedule when the step is processed.
-
Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.
-
Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated
-
1.1244 Estimated duration
This value is made up of a volume of work and a length of time.
For example, you might set one of these values as the Estimated duration:
- 1 Job for every 40 Minutes
- 50,000 Pages for every 2 Hours
- 1000 Pages for every 1 Minute
- Default
- 1 Job for every 1 Minute
- Database name
- Step.DT.Weight
Usage notes:
- This value is only used in the calculation for the Tracking status for a job if the Include in estimated duration property is set to Yes.
- If you choose Pages as the unit of volume for a step, be sure to run a step based on the CountPages step template before that step.
- If you want to set the Estimated duration on multiple steps in the workflow at the same time, open the workflow, right-click in the workflow editor, and select the Estimated durations.
1.1245 Include in estimated duration
Values:
- Yes
- The Estimated duration of the step is used to calculate the estimated processing time for a job and the actual time a job spends in the step is used to calculate the elapsed time for a job. If the actual time of the steps processed is more than the total of the estimated durations of those steps, the Tracking status is set to Behind schedule.
- No (default)
- The Estimated duration and the actual processing time of the step are not used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.DT.IncludeStepTime
- Usage notes
-
-
If this property is set to No and you change it to Yes, make sure the Estimated duration for the step is correct. The default duration for all step templates is one minute for every job. If the step takes longer than one minute, the Tracking status of a job changes to Behind schedule when the step is processed.
-
Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.
-
Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated
-
1.1246 Estimated duration
This value is made up of a volume of work and a length of time.
For example, you might set one of these values as the Estimated duration:
- 1 Job for every 40 Minutes
- 50,000 Pages for every 2 Hours
- 1000 Pages for every 1 Minute
- Default
- 1 Job for every 1 Minute
- Database name
- StepTemplate.DT.Weight
Usage notes:
- This value is only used in the calculation for the Tracking status for a job if the Include in estimated duration property is set to Yes.
- If you choose Pages as the unit of volume for a step, be sure to run a step based on the CountPages step template before that step.
- If you want to set the Estimated duration on multiple steps in the workflow at the same time, open the workflow, right-click in the workflow editor, and select the Estimated durations.
1.1247 Expected work name
Format:
- Length
- 1-32 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.ID
1.1248 Created By
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.CreatedBy
1.1249 Description
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.Description
1.1250 Enabled Status
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The expected work object is enabled. Input devices associated wtih this expected work object use it to monitor for the arrival of expected jobs and report status.
- No
- The expected work object is disabled. Input devices associated wtih this expected work object do not monitor for expected jobs to arrive or report status.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.Enabled
Usage note: You can modify an expected work object if it is disables, even if it is associated with one or more input devices.
1.1251 File patterns
The value uses regular expression syntax:
- Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number)
- Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length
- Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally
- Dollar sign ($) means that a match signifies the END of the expression
Characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PDF$ represents a pattern that is different from .*pdf$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.FilePaterns
Usage note: When you submit jobs using the lprafp or lpr commands, the command renames the job files to an unrecognizable format. As a result, the file name is not likely to match any patterns that you create. If you submit jobs using the lprafp or lpr commands, we recommend leaving this property blank.
1.1252 Expected work interval
Values:
- Hour
- Day
- Week
- Month
- Year
- Calendar Date
Lets you set a specific date as the end of the time period that is monitored.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.Frequency.Description
Usage note: Use this property with the appropriate Frequency property to determine how often status of expected work is reported.
1.1253 Last modified
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.LastModified
1.1254 Modified by user
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ModifiedBy
1.1255 Number of jobs expected
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.NumberOfJobsExpected.
1.1256 End date
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleCalendarData
1.1257 Frequency (days)
Values:
- First day of every month
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive on the first day of the month.
- Last day of every month
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive on the last day of the month.
- Every day
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every day.
- Every x days
- Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleDaily
1.1258 Frequency (hours)
Values:
- Every hour
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every hour.
- Every x hours
- Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleHourly
1.1259 Frequency (months)
Values:
- Every month
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every month.
- Every x months
- Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleMonthly
1.1260 Frequency (weeks)
Values:
- Every week
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every week.
- Every x weeks
- Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleWeekly
1.1261 Frequency (years)
Values:
- Every year
- Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every year.
- Every x years
- Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleYearly
1.1262 Expected work start date
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.StartDate
1.1263 Expected work start time
You can specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a drop-down list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.
Values:
- Hours
- 0- 23
- Hours, AM or PM
- 1- 12
- Minutes
- 00- 59
There is no default.
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.StartTime
1.1264 Start date and time
- Database name
- ExpectedWork.SLA.StartDateAndTime
- Usage notes:
-
- You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from
the list.
If you enter a time, use the format set on the Preferences dialog.
- The Time format property on the Preferences dialog controls whether time values are displayed in 12-hour (01:00-12:59 AM/PM) or 24-hour (00:00-23:59) format.
- You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from
the list.
1.1265 Associated expected work
- Database name
- InputDevice.SLA.ExpectedWork
1.1266 Expected work status
Values:
- OK
- The input device received all of its expected work.
- Late
- The input device did not receive all of its expected work.
- Database name
- InputDevice.SLA.LateWork
Usage Notes:
- If the value is Late, a red alert icon appears to the right of the input device.
- Use the Resolve action to reset the status to OK and clear the alert.
1.1267 SLA target step time
- Database name
- Job.SLA.ActualOutcome
Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this step.
1.1268 Actual
- Database name
- Job.SLA.ActualTime
Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this phase.
1.1269 Checkpoint start time
The checkpoint start time is the Adjusted arrival time (rounded down to the nearest minute) unless the service policy for the job requests that RICOH ProcessDirector:
- Use a fixed checkpoint start time that the service policy specifies (Adjustment method is Start or Cutoff).
- Adjust the checkpoint start time for no-service periods (Adjust for no-service periods is Yes).
- Database name
- Job.SLA.AnchorStartTime
1.1270 SLA outcome
Values:
- Met
- The job completed the SLA target step before the SLA deadline.
- Missed
- The job did not complete the SLA target step before the SLA deadline.
If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:
- No service policy is associated with the job.
- No Deadline calculation method was set in the service policy.
- No SLA target step was selected for the workflow.
- The job has not reached the SLA target step.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.Outcome
- Usage notes:
-
- When the SLA outcome for a job is Missed, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a black dot to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
1.1271 Planned Completion
- Database name
- Job.SLA.PlannedCompletionTime
1.1272 SLA deadline
- Database name
- Job.SLA.PlannedOutcome
Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this phase.
1.1273 Planned
If this property is blank, either no service policy is associated with the job, or the service policy does not define a checkpoint for this phase.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.PlannedTime
1.1274 Service policy
Values include:
- 24 hour
- Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed 24 hours after they arrive. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
- 3-day cutoff
- Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed in 3 days if they arrive by 09:00. Otherwise, they must be printed in 4 days. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
- Not set
- No service policy is associated with the job.
In addition to the values listed above, you can select service policies that you have created. The default is the service policy associated with the workflow.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.Policy
Usage note: If you select a different service policy, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoints for the job.
1.1275 Estimated print duration
This value is calculated based on the number of pages in the job and the value of the Pages per minute property for the printer.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.PrintDuration
Usage notes:
- If the Requested printer property is set to Not set or Any printer, this property cannot be calculated.
- If you change the requested printer, this property is recalculated.
- If the total number of pages in a job cannot be determined or if the Pages per minute property for the printer is blank, this property cannot be calculated.
- If you add the Estimated print time property to the jobs table on the Main page, the time is always displayed in seconds.
1.1276 Reset on reprocess
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for all phases that the job completes again.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not record new actual checkpoint times for any phases that the job has already completed.
- Not set
- Same as No.
The default is the value that is selected in the service policy associated with the job. If no service policy is associated with the job, the default is Not set.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.ResetOnReprocess
Usage note: This property does not affect the planned checkpoint times. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoint times only when you use the Process Again action to process the job again from the first step.
1.1277 Adjusted arrival time
- Database name
- Job.SLA.StartTime
1.1278 Checkpoint status
Values:
- Late
- The job has missed its next checkpoint, or the job missed its last checkpoint.
- OK
- The job is on schedule to meet its next checkpoint. However, it could have missed a previous checkpoint.
If this property is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector did not determine the checkpoint status because no service policy is associated with the job.
- Database name
- Job.SLA.Status
Usage notes:
- If the status is Late, you can use the Promote action to make the job progress faster through the remaining phases. Or, you can use the Schedule action to move the job to another printer that is not busy.
- If you used the Print Again or Process Again action, the status could be Late because the planned checkpoints of the job do not change unless you process the job again from the first step.
- When the Checkpoint status for a job is Late, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a yellow dot to the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
- When a deadline step and estimated durations are set for the steps in a workflow,
service policies for jobs do not control the dot color. The Tracking status, Predicted outcome, and Deadline outcome properties control the dot color.
- If the Tracking status is Behind schedule, the dot is yellow.
- If the Predicted outcome is May miss, the dot is orange.
- If the Deadline outcome is Missed, the dot is red.
1.1279 Service policy
Values include:
- 24 hour
- Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed 24 hours after they arrive. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
- 3-day cutoff
- Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed in 3 days if they arrive by 09:00. Otherwise, they must be printed in 4 days. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
- Not set (default)
- No service policy is associated with the workflow.
In addition to the values listed above, you can select service policies that you have created.
- Database name
- JobType.SLA.Policy
Usage notes:
- You must disable the workflow before you can select a service policy. After you select the service policy, enable the workflow.
- If you select a different service policy, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoints for all jobs in the system that use the workflow.
1.1280 SLA target step
- Database name
- JobType.SLA.Measurement.Step
Usage notes:
- You must disable the workflow before you can select an SLA target step. After you select the SLA target step, enable the workflow.
- The list of steps only includes steps that have been added to the workflow.
1.1281 No-service period name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ & ( ) * + , / : ?
- Database name
- NonProduction.ID
1.1282 No-service period description
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.Description
1.1283 End time (HH:MM)
Specify the time in the format hours:minutes according to your Time format preference setting.
Values:
- Time format = 24 hours
- 0- 23
- Time format = 12 hours
- 1- 12
- Minutes
- 00- 59
AM | PM if present.
If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.EndTime
Usage notes:
- The no-service period includes the end time. For example, if a no-service period starts at 09:00 and is one hour long, specify a start time of 09:00 and an end time of 09:59.
- Specify the time in the local time where jobs are printed. The Time zone property in the service policy specifies the time zone.
- If Day is All, you must specify an end time.
- If the Start time and End time are both blank, the no-service period is the entire day.
- If you specify a start time without an end time, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the end time to the end of the day.
- If you change the end time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1284 Last modified
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.LastModified
1.1285 Day
Values:
- 1- 31
- The first through the thirty-first day of the month.
- All
- All days of the month.
- Sunday- Saturday
- The specified day of the week.
- Default
- 1
The Day and Month properties work together in this way:
- If you select Saturday and the month of January, the no-service period is during every Saturday in January.
- If you select Sunday and no month, the no-service period is during every Sunday in every month.
- If you select 31 but no month, the no-service period is during the 31st of every month that has 31 days.
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.SlaDay
Usage notes:
- If you select All, you must specify the Start time and End time properties.
- If you change the day, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1286 Month
Values:
- January- December
- The no-service period is during the specified month.
- Not set (default)
- The no-service period is during all months.
The Day and Month properties work together in this way:
- If you select Saturday and the month of January, the no-service period is during every Saturday in January.
- If you select Sunday and no month, the no-service period is during every Sunday in every month.
- If you select 31 but no month, the no-service period is during the 31st of every month that has 31 days.
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.SlaMonth
Usage note: If you change the month, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1287 Year
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.SlaYear
Usage note: If you change the year, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1288 Start time (HH:MM)
Specify the time in the format hours:minutes according to your Time format preference setting.
Values:
- Time format = 24 hours
- 0- 23
- Time format = 12 hours
- 1- 12
- Minutes
- 00- 59
AM | PM if present.
If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.
- Database name
- NonProduction.SLA.StartTime
Usage notes:
- Specify the time in the local time where jobs are printed. The Time zone property in the service policy specifies the time zone.
- If Day is All, you must specify a start time.
- If the Start time and End time are both blank, the no-service period is the entire day.
- If you specify an end time without a start time, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the start time to the beginning of the day.
- If you change the start time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1289 Service policy name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
- Database name
- Policy.ID
1.1290 Adjustment method
Values:
- Cutoff
- The checkpoint start time is the start time specified in the service policy. However,
if a job arrives in the system:
- Before the start time, the checkpoint start time is the start time on the day the job arrived.
- After the start time, the checkpoint start time is the start time on the day after the job arrived.
- None (default)
- The checkpoint start time is the adjusted time that the last file for a job arrives in the system.
- Start
- The checkpoint start time is the start time specified in the service policy on the day a job arrives in the system.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.AdjMethod
Usage notes:
- If you select Cutoff or Start, specify the start time in the Start time property.
- If you select None, do not specify a start time. If you do, it is ignored.
- If you change the adjustment method, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1291 Adjust for no-service periods
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time and planned checkpoint times. It also adjusts the planned outcomefor the Elapsed Time measurement method.
- No
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not adjust the checkpoint start time, planned checkpoint times and planned outcome. This is the default.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.AdjNonProd
Usage notes:
- If you select Yes, define the no-service periods using the Administration tab.
- No-service periods are the times when you do not provide printing services (for example, holidays and weekends).
- If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1292 Interval
The checkpoint start time is the same for each phase. The default checkpoint start time is the time a job arrives in the system. However, RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time for a job if the Adjustment method property is Cutoff or Start or the Adjust for no-service periods property is Yes.
The interval for a phase should include the time it takes to complete all previous phases as well as this phase. For example, if the Prepare interval is 4 hours, the Print interval should be 4 hours plus the time you expect it to take to complete the Print phase.
If jobs must finish printing 8 hours after the checkpoint start time, you might specify these intervals:
- Receive: 1 hour
- Prepare: 4 hours
- Print: 8 hours
To calculate the planned checkpoint times, RICOH ProcessDirector adds the interval for each phase to the checkpoint start time. For example, if the checkpoint start time is 09:00, the planned checkpoint times for the intervals listed above would be:
- Receive: 10:00
- Prepare: 13:00
- Print: 17:00
The time unit can be days, hours, or minutes. Use the control next to the property name to select the time unit for the value.
Values:
- Days
- 1- 100
- Hours
- 1- 2400
- Minutes
- 1- 144000
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.Checkpoints
Usage notes:
- If you change the time unit, the value does not change.
- If you do not specify an interval for a phase, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a planned checkpoint for that phase.
- If you change the interval, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1293 Service policy description
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.Description
1.1294 Interval
The checkpoint start time is the same for each phase. The default checkpoint start time is the time a job arrives in the system. However, RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time for a job if the Adjustment method property is Cutoff or Start or the Adjust for no-service periods property is Yes.
The interval for a phase should include the time it takes to complete all previous phases as well as this phase. For example, if the Prepare interval is 4 hours, the Print interval should be 4 hours plus the time you expect it to take to complete the Print phase.
If jobs must finish printing 8 hours after the checkpoint start time, you might specify these intervals:
- Receive: 1 hour
- Prepare: 4 hours
- Print: 8 hours
To calculate the planned checkpoint times, RICOH ProcessDirector adds the interval for each phase to the checkpoint start time. For example, if the checkpoint start time is 09:00, the planned checkpoint times for the intervals listed above would be:
- Receive: 10:00
- Prepare: 13:00
- Print: 17:00
The time unit can be days, hours, or minutes. Use the control next to the property name to select the time unit for the value.
Values:
- Days
- 1- 100
- Hours
- 1- 2400
- Minutes
- 1- 144000
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.Interval
Usage notes:
- If you change the time unit, the value does not change.
- If you do not specify an interval for a phase, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a planned checkpoint for that phase.
- If you change the interval, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1295 Last modified
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.LastModified
1.1296 SLA duration
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.Measurement
Usage notes:
- If the deadline calculation method is set to Elapsed Time and you do not specify a duration, the SLA deadline cannot be checked, even if an SLA target step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
- If you change the duration, the change does not affect the SLA deadline of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1297 Number of days
- Values:
- Integer from 0-999
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.MeasurementDays
Usage notes:
- If the deadline calculation method is set to Specific time and you do not specify a number of days, the SLA deadline cannot be calculated, even if an SLA target step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
- If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned outcome of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1298 Deadline calculation method
Values:
- Elapsed time
- Calculates the deadline by adding the value of the SLA duration property to the adjusted arrival time. We recommend using Elapsed time when the adjustment method is None.
- Specific time
- Calculates the deadline using the Number of days and SLA target time properties. We recommend using Specifc time when the adjustment method is Start or Cutoff.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.MeasurementMethod
1.1299 SLA target time
You specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.
Values:
- Time format = 24 hours
- 0- 23
- Time format = 12 hours
- 1- 12
- Minutes
- 00- 59
AM | PM if present.
If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.MeasurementTime
Usage notes:
- If the deadline calculation method is set to Specific time and you do not specify a time, the SLA deadline cannot be calculated, event if an SLA target Step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
- If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned outcome of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1300 Reset on reprocess
Values:
- Yes
- RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for all phases that the job completes again.
- No (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not record new actual checkpoint times for phases that the job has already completed.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.ResetOnReprocess
Usage notes:
- You can change this property on the Checkpoints tab of the properties notebook for a job.
- This property does not affect the planned checkpoint times for a job. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoint times for a job only when you use the Process Again action to process a job again from the first step.
- If you change the value, the change does not affect existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1301 Start time (HH:MM)
You can specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.
Values:
- Time format = 24 hours
- 0- 23
- Time format = 12 hours
- 1- 12
- Minutes
- 00- 59
AM | PM if present.
If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.
Specify the start time in the local time where jobs are printed. Specify the time zone of the printing location in the Time zone property.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.StartTime
Usage notes:
- If Adjustment method is Cutoff or Start, you must specify a start time.
- If Adjustment method is None, do not specify a start time. Any start time is ignored.
- If you change the start time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1302 Time zone
Authorized users can select any of the time zones in the list. The default time zone is the time zone for RICOH ProcessDirector primary server.
- Database name
- Policy.SLA.TimeZone
Usage notes:
- If jobs are printed in different time zones, create a separate service policy for each time zone. For example, create one service policy for the US/Eastern time zone and another for the US/Mountain time zone.
- RICOH ProcessDirector automatically adjusts checkpoint times for Daylight Savings Time in the time zones where it applies.
- If you change the time zone, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.
1.1303 Pages per minute
RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to calculate the Estimated print duration property for print jobs. If this property is blank, the estimated print duration is not calculated. The Total pages value is combined with this value to estimate how long the job takes to print after it is assigned to the printer. Factors such as duplex and page size are not considered in this estimate.
- Database name
- Printer.SLA.PPM
Usage notes:
- This value does not set the print speed on the printer.
- If you change the pages per minute value, the estimated print duration changes for all current jobs that have this printer set for their Requested printer property.
1.1304 Barcode format
Each barcode reader must have at least one barcode format. The bar code format must match the configuration of the camera or barcode scanner, to report the data it reads. You can select all the barcode formats that are included in the documents that this barcode reader is likely to scan.
For example, one set of jobs has a Datamatrix barcode with the first eight characters containing the job number. Another set of jobs has a PDF417 barcode with the first eight characters containing the job number. Two barcode format objects are required to define those differences. If the same camera or barcode scanner reads both types of barcodes, both barcode formats must be specified for the same barcode reader.
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.BarcodeFormat
Usage Notes:
-
Document sequence number and Job number are required to be in the barcode format.
-
If more than one barcode format is selected, the Job number and Sequence in child job properties must be in the same character positions in the barcode format.
1.1305 Description
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.Description
1.1306 Name
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 character (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.ID
1.1307 IP address
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- The TCP/IP address can contain numbers and periods, up to 15 characters (bytes), and in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. No value in any of the four positions can be greater than 255. You can specify the fully qualified host name of the server instead of the IP address.
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.IpAddress
Usage notes:
- The IP Address and Port number combinations must be unique for each barcode reader object.
- RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for barcode readers.
1.1308 Last modified
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.LastModified
1.1309 Barcode reader location
Values:
The list of location objects added to the system.
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.Locations
Usage notes:
- If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the barcode readers with the location values that match the user's location values are shown.
- You can only select one location for a barcode reader.
1.1310 Port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0–99999.
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.Port
Usage Note: The IP Address and Port number combinations must be unique for each barcode reader object.
1.1311 Barcode reader state
Values:
- OK (default)
- The barcode reader has only detected valid scans.
- Attention
- The barcode reader has detected a scan that does not contain a recognizable Barcode format.
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.State
Usage notes:
- The Barcode Readers portlet does not update automatically to show the Barcode reader state. You must refresh the Main page to see a change to the Barcode reader state.
- After you find the cause of the unreadable barcode, use the Clear alert action on the Barcode Readers portlet to change the state of the barcode reader from Attention to OK.
1.1312 Connection status
Values:
- Connected
- The barcode reader can receive information from the camera or barcode scanner.
- Disconnected
- The barcode reader cannot receive information from the camera or barcode scanner. When the barcode reader is in this state, any barcodes that pass in front of the camera or barcode scanner are not recorded, even if the device seems to be working correctly.
- Database name
- BarcodeReader.Status
Usage notes:
- You cannot change this value in the property notebook. To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions in the Barcode reader portlet.
- A Barcode reader might move to the disconnected state if the camera or barcode scanner is turned off or the network connection is not available.
1.1313 Scan count
This property lets you see if you scanned the same document more than once.
- Database name
- Doc.AV.ScanCount
Usage notes:
- If a barcode is scanned more than once, it is marked as Duplicate in the status column, in the table on the Reconcile dialog.
- If the barcode on a document has not been scanned, this property is blank.
1.1314 Document scanned 1
This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:
-
None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.
-
A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime1
Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.
1.1315 Document scanned 2
This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:
-
None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.
-
A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime2
Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.
1.1316 Document scanned 3
This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:
-
None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.
-
A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime3
Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.
1.1317 Document scanned 4
This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:
-
None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.
-
A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime4
Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.
1.1318 Document scanned 5
This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:
-
None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.
-
A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime5
Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.
1.1319 Document status 1
Values:
- OK
- The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
- Attention
- The barcode was not read by the step.
- Duplicate
- The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus1
Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.
In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.
If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.
1.1320 Document status 2
Values:
- OK
- The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
- Attention
- The barcode was not read by the step.
- Duplicate
- The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus2
Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.
In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.
If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.
1.1321 Document status 3
Values:
- OK
- The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
- Attention
- The barcode was not read by the step.
- Duplicate
- The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus3
Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.
In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.
If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.
1.1322 Document status 4
Values:
- OK
- The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
- Attention
- The barcode was not read by the step.
- Duplicate
- The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus4
Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.
In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.
If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.
1.1323 Document status 5
Values:
- OK
- The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
- Attention
- The barcode was not read by the step.
- Duplicate
- The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.
- Database name
- Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus5
Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.
In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.
If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.
1.1324 Verification recipient
Format:
- Data type
- Text
- Length
- 1–1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Doc.Verification.Recipient
Usage notes:
-
The Verification recipient property is a table column named Recipient on the Reconcile dialog.
-
For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Verification.Recipient. Save the document property in a control file, and specify the control file in the IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps in the workflow.
-
For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Verification recipient. Save the document property in a Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file, and specify the control file in the IdentifyDocuments step in the workflow.
1.1325 Complete step when all barcodes are read
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The job moves to the next step after all of the documents for the job have been detected by having their barcodes read.
- No
- If there is no value set on the Results file inactivity timer, the job stays in the
ReadBarcodeData step and does not move to the next step even if all the documents
for the job have been detected. An operator must use the Complete barcode step action
to move the job to the next step.
If the Results file inactivity timer has a value, the job moves to the next step after the timer expires even if some documents for the job have not been detected.
- Database name
- Job.TrackAndTrace.AutoComplete
Usage note: Complete step when all barcodes are read is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1326 Barcode reader
- Database name
- Job.TrackAndTrace.BarcodeReader
Usage notes:
- Multiple barcode readers can be used to provide results for the same step.
- When more than one barcode reader is used for the same step, the barcode readers must have a barcode format that has both the Job number and Sequence in child job properties in the same character positions.
- Barcode reader is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1327 Document scan time property
If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a job, we recommend that you set each Document scan time property to a different value. That way, you have a record of each date and time when a camera or barcode scanner reads the barcode.
Values:
- Document scanned 1 (default)
- Document scanned 2
- Document scanned 3
- Document scanned 4
- Document scanned 5
- Database name
- Job.TT.DocScanned
Usage note: Document scan time property is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1328 Document status property
Values:
- Document status 1
- Document status 2
- Document status 3
- Document status 4
- Document status 5
- Database name
- Job.TT.Status
Usage notes:
- If the Inserter feature is installed, Insert status appears as another value.
- Document status property is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1329 Results file inactivity timer
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-9999.
- Default (minutes)
- No default value
- Database name
- Job.TT.WaitTime
Usage notes:
- The timer does not start until at least one barcode is recorded in the results file. If no barcodes are recorded, the job remains in the ReadBarcodeData step.
- Setting a value on the Results file inactivity timer property causes the job to move to the next step after the timer expires, even if some documents for the job have not been detected (for example, if you set the Complete step when all barcodes are read property to Yes).
- Results file inactivity timer is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1330 Ultimate Impostrip® input hot folder
- Database name
- Job.ULT.ImpostripQueue
Usage notes:
- You must use Ultimate Impostrip® to create and configure the input hot folder before you process a job through this step.
- You cannot use a path that includes double-byte or international characters.
- Ultimate Impostrip® input hot folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1331 Ultimate Impostrip® job name
- Database name
- Job.ULT.JobName
Usage notes:
- This value can be set using a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol such as ${Job.InputFile}.
- We recommend against using Multi-Byte Character Set (MBCS) characters in a job name, as they do not process correctly.
- If this value is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the name JobID.ult.
- Ultimate Impostrip® job name is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1332 Ultimate Impostrip® configuration
Values:
- Use .ini file
- Specifies the full path to the initialization file on the Ultimate Impostrip® server. By default, this file is named
IMPressJM.ini
. Use this method with Ultimate Impostrip® 10 or older (Legacy Version).This path is stored as the value of the
WorkflowSystem.ULT.INIFileLocation
property. - Use URL
- Specifies the URL of the Ultimate Impostrip® server in this format: http://hostname:port_number The default port number is 38444. Use this method with Ultimate Impostrip® 2019 1.0 or newer (New Generation).
This URL is stored as the value of the
WorkflowSystem.ULT.URL
property.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ULT.ConfigSource
Usage notes:
- If you select Use .ini file and the primary computer runs on a UNIX-based operating system, make sure that RICOH ProcessDirector can access this file using a mounted drive.
1.1333 Mappings
The left column contains paths to directories on the Ultimate Impostrip® host system. The right column contains paths to directories on the RICOH ProcessDirector server.
- XML Ticket Input Folder
- Shows the path to the XML Ticket Input Folder on the Ultimate Impostrip® host system and the directory that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to place files in it. When RICOH ProcessDirector sends a job to Ultimate Impostrip®, it copies an XML file to this directory with processing instructions, including: where the input file is stored, which hot folder should process the file, and where the output file should be written.
- Print spool directory
- Shows the path to the RICOH ProcessDirector print spool and the directory on the Ultimate Impostrip® server that you have already mapped to it. The RICOH ProcessDirector print spool value is always /aiw/aiw1/spool.
Usage notes:
- These values are only required when Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that is not a RICOH ProcessDirector primary or application server.
- Entering values in these fields instructs RICOH ProcessDirector of the directories to use to exchange files. It does not share directories, map network drives, or mount file systems. Refer to the Information Center topic for additional information about mounting these directories and mapping network drives correctly to exchange files.
1.1334 Ultimate Impostrip® host system
Values:
- Windows Primary or Application server
- Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that runs the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server or that is configured as an Application server.
- Other Windows system
- Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that does not have RICOH ProcessDirector installed.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.ULT.Remote
1.1335 Banner page input tray
Values:
- Default
- Not set
- Database name
- XeroxPDFPrinter.BannerPage.Tray
Usage notes
- This property applies only to Xerox PDF printers.
- If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer uses paper from the default tray for banner pages.
- RICOH ProcessDirector displays a general list of trays when you add a printer. To display the list of specific trays that a printer supports, you must finish adding the printer. Then, open the properties notebook for the printer again and select the correct tray.
1.1336 Merge banner pages into PDF print file
Values:
- Yes
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
- No
- If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
- Default
- Yes
- Database name
- XeroxPDFPrinter.MergeBanner
Usage note:
- In some cases, banner files should not be merged. For example, if you are printing multiple copies of each job, you might not want banner pages to print between copies.
1.1337 Xerox printer driver
Values:
-
DocuSP V1.0
-
DocuSP V3.8
-
DocuSP V4.2
-
DocuSP V5.0
- Database name
- XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterDriver
Usage note:
- This field is mandatory. This property along with the Xerox printer type property are both required to create a Xerox PDF printer.
- This attribute is used along with the Xerox printer type to create the correct output commands for the Xerox printer.
-
RICOH ProcessDirector does not ship these drivers. Choose the driver to use from the compatible drivers that you have on your system.
1.1338 Xerox printer queue
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Default
- No default value
- Database name
- XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterQueue
Usage note:
- When a Xerox PDF printer is added, the LPR print queue on the server is not created automatically. The system administrator must use the operating system’s procedures to create the LPR print queue. The value you enter in this field must match the name of the LPR print queue defined to the system.
1.1339 Xerox printer type
Values:
The list of Xerox printers that are supported by RICOH ProcessDirector.
- Database name
- XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterType
Usage note:
- This field is mandatory. This property along with the Xerox printer driver property are both required to create a Xerox PDF printer.
- This attribute is used along with the Xerox printer driver to create the correct output commands for the Xerox printer.
1.1340 Black ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.BlackMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Black ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1341 Cyan ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.CyanMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Cyan ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1342 Highlight ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.HighlightMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Highlight ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1343 Magenta ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.MagentaMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Magenta ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1344 MICR ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.MICRMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the MICR ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1345 Protector coat
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.ProtectorCoatMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Protector coat usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1346 Yellow ink
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.YellowMapping
- Usage notes:
-
- To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Description 1 column into this property. . Copy the value from the
- When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Yellow ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.
1.1347 Print unit to report
Values:
- Pages
- Total pages are reported.
- Sheets
- Total sheets are reported.
- Not set (default)
- Total pages are reported.
- Database name
- Printer.Avanti.StackedValueToReport
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property for reporting media volume to Slingshot.
- This property works with the Job color to report property to determine what is sent to Avanti.
- If the Job color to report property is set to Black or Color, the Print unit to report value is sent.
- If the Job color to report property is set to From job, the number of impressions obtained from the TotalFlow Print Server is sent. That value is usually the same as the pages printed.
1.1348 Slingshot cost center
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The printer is not associated with a cost center.
A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.
- Database name
- Printer.AvantiCostCenter
Usage notes:
- When a printer is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides Avanti Slingshot with the times when the printer starts and finishes each job. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.
- To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux,
/aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg
. On Windows,C:\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg
.
1.1349 Slingshot cost center
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The step is not associated with a cost center.
A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.
- Database name
- Step.AvantiCostCenter
Usage notes:
- When a step is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides status information to Avanti Slingshot when the step processes each job.
- If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
- To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux,
/aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg
. On Windows,\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg
.
1.1350 Slingshot milestone status
Values:
- Not set (default)
- No status is returned for the step.
- In progress
- The step returns a status of In progress to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
- Complete
- The step returns a status of Complete to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
- Database name
- Step.AvantiType
Usage notes:
-
If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
-
If you set this property to In progress for one cost center, you must set this property to Complete in a subsequent step for the same cost center. RICOH ProcessDirector reports the time spent in both steps and all the steps between them to Slingshot. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.
-
If you set this property to Complete for a cost center, but you do not set this property to In progress in a prior step for the same cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector reports only the time spent in that step to Slingshot for the cost center.
1.1351 Slingshot production quantity
Format:
- Values:
- Job properties that contain integer values.
- Default Value:
- Job copies requested.
- Database name
- Step.AvantiProductionQuantity
1.1352 Slingshot cost center
Values:
- Not set (default)
- The step is not associated with a cost center.
A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.AvantiCostCenter
Usage notes:
- When a step is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides status information to Avanti Slingshot when the step processes each job.
- If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
- To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux,
/aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg
. On Windows,\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg
.
1.1353 Slingshot production quantity
Format:
- Values:
- Job properties that contain integer values.
- Default Value:
- Job copies requested.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.AvantiProductionQuantity
1.1354 Slingshot milestone status
Values:
- Not set (default)
- No status is returned for the step.
- In progress
- The step returns a status of In progress to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
- Complete
- The step returns a status of Complete to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
- Database name
- StepTemplate.AvantiType
Usage notes:
-
If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
-
If you set this property to In progress for one cost center, you must set this property to Complete in a subsequent step for the same cost center. RICOH ProcessDirector reports the time spent in both steps and all the steps between them to Slingshot. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.
-
If you set this property to Complete for a cost center, but you do not set this property to In progress in a prior step for the same cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector reports only the time spent in that step to Slingshot for the cost center.
1.1355 List of cost centers
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AvantiCostCenters
Usage note: To add or remove cost centers, edit the Avanti Slingshot Connect configuration file. On Linux, /aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg
. On Windows,C:\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg
.
1.1356 Avanti URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.AvantiURL
1.1357 Job color to report
Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector reports to Avanti Slingshot that pages in a job were printed in full color or in single color. When Slingshot assigns different charges to jobs printed in full color or only in black, use this property to report the ink or toner information.
Values:
- Black
- RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets were printed in black. Use this value for a black with white printer or a color printer set to print only using black ink or toner.
- Color
- RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets were printed with CMYK ink or toner. Use this value for a color printer set to print in full color.
- From job
- RICOH ProcessDirector retrieves the values for number of color and single-color pages printed from Ricoh TotalFlow Print Server. Use this value with Ricoh TotalFlow printers, especially if jobs are printed in a combination of single-color and full color pages.
- Not set (default)
- RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets in a job were printed only with black ink or toner.
- Database name
- Printer.JobColorType
Usage notes:
-
RICOH ProcessDirector does not use this property to schedule jobs to printers.
-
This property does not control whether the printer prints in full color or only in black. The property is used only to report to Slingshot that a job was printed in full color or in black.
- If this property is set to Black or Color, the value of the Print unit to report property controls whether RICOH ProcessDirector reports pages or sheets printed. If this property is set to From job, RICOH ProcessDirector always reports the number of pages.
-
If you use the Black or Color values, you cannot report that some pages in a job were printed in full color and other pages were printed only in black. For example, you have a 100-page PDF file. Three of the pages are in color. You send the file to a printer with the Job color to report property set to Black. RICOH ProcessDirector reports to Slingshot that all 100 pages were printed only in black.
- When you use the From job value, the counts reported by the TotalFlow Print Server are impressions, which usually match pages. Differences can be introduced if a job contains pages with different page sizes, such as both Letter and A4.
1.1358 Event type
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Reports.EventType
Usage notes:
- If you include the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step multiple times in the same workflow, you can specify an Event type value each time to record specific data points during the history of the job and
its documents in the system.
For example, use an Event type of Print for the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step immediately after the print step and another Event type of Insert after the insert step.
If a job is reprinted and is processed by the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step after printing again, a second entry is added to the database.
- Event type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1359 Job properties to write
Values:
The list of all the job properties in the system available to write to the database.
- Database name
- Job.Reports.JobPropToStore
Usage notes:
- Use the minimum number of job properties. Limiting the number of properties improves performance and reduces the amount of storage space needed.
- Positional job properties cannot be written to the database.
- These job properties are stored automatically:
- Current phase (Job.Phase).
- Current state (Job.State).
- Current step (Job.Step).
- Current time (Job.CurrentTime).
- Current workflow (Job.Process).
- Event type (Job.Reports.EventType).
- Job number (Job.ID).
- If you delete job properties from the list of properties to write after the step is run, those properties are not recorded the next time the step runs but their columns are not deleted from the tables.
- Job properties to write is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1360 Document properties to write
Values:
- The list of all the document properties in the system.
- All
- Use this value to write all values found in the Document properties file to the database.
- Database name
- Job.Reports.DocPropToStore
Usage notes:
- Use the minimum number of document properties. Limiting the number of properties improves performance and reduces the amount of storage space needed.
- If you delete document properties from the list of properties to write after the step is run, those properties are not recorded the next time the step runs but their columns are not deleted from the tables.
- Document properties to write is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1361 Document properties file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Format:
- Default
- ${getFileName(document,dpf,read)}
- Database name
- Job.Reports.DocFileToStore
Usage notes:
- The file specified must be tab-delimited. This function does not work with comma-separated values.
- You can use symbol formulas to specify a file.
- Document properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1362 Document properties table
Format:
- Length
- 1–128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Reports.DocumentTableName
Usage notes:
- If the table specified in the Document properties table does not exist in the Reports database when the step runs, the table is created.
- You cannot use the same table as the value of both the Document properties table and Job properties table. You must use different tables for job properties and document properties.
- Document properties table is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1363 Job properties table
Format:
- Length
- 1–128 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Job.Reports.JobTableName
Usage notes:
- If the table specified in the Job properties table does not exist in the Reports database when the step runs, the table is created.
- You cannot use the same table as the value of both the Document properties table and Job properties table. You must use different tables for job properties and document properties.
- Job properties table is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1364 Remove expired entries
Values:
- On
- Database entries are marked as expired after the specified retention period. The expired database entries are not removed until the next time the Removal schedule starts.
- Off (default)
- Database entries are never marked as expired, so they are never removed from the database.
- Database name
- Collector.Cleanup
1.1365 Error log directory
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Collector.FailureDirectory
1.1366 Last modified
- Database name
- Collector.LastModified
Usage notes:
- RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the data collector changes.
- You cannot change the value of this property.
1.1367 Database table name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Collector.Table
Usage notes:
- If you change the name of the table, the table remains in the database with all the data collected before the name was changed. A new table is created with the changed name.
- The table name must contain only alphanumeric characters or an underscore (_) character. Special characters, such as a period (.), are not allowed.
- We recommend using different database tables for each data collector.
1.1368 Database tables affected
- Database name
- StepCollector.DatabaseTables
Usage notes:
- You cannot add or remove the tables from the list.
- The list contains a list of all the tables added by the steps in all workflows.
1.1369 Database
Format:
- Length
- Up to 63 characters (bytes)
- Default
- history
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Database
Usage notes:
- After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
- Only update this value if you have already created a PostgreSQL database with the new name.
1.1370 Frequency (days)
Values:
- Every day (default)
- Check the database for expired entries every day.
- Every x days
- Check the database for expired entries at a regular interval, based on a set number of days.
- First day of every month
- Check for expired entries on the first day of every month.
- Last day of every month
- Check for expired entries on the last day of every month.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyDaily
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (days) value to Every day.
1.1371 Frequency (hours)
Values:
- Every hour (default)
- Check the database for expired entries every hour.
- Every x hours
- Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of hours.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyHourly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (hours) value to Every 24 hours.
1.1372 Frequency (months)
Values:
- Every month (default)
- Check the database for expired entries every month.
- Every x months
- Choose one of these options to perform the cleanup on a repeating basis, based on a set number of months.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyMonthly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a month on the 10th, you set the date value for the Start date and time to <month>/10/<year>. Then, you set the Frequency (months) value to Every month.
1.1373 Frequency (weeks)
Values:
- Every week (default)
- Check the database for expired entries every week.
- Every x days
- Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of weeks.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyWeekly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a week on a Sunday, you set the date value for the Start date and time to the first Sunday of the month. Then, you set the Frequency (weeks) value to Every week.
1.1374 Frequency (years)
Values:
- Every year (default)
- Check the database for expired entries every year.
- Every x years
- Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of years.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyYearly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a year, you set the date value for the Start date and time first. Then, you set the Frequency (years) value to Every year.
1.1375 PostgreSQL server IP address or host name
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Default
- localhost
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Hostname
Usage note:
- If you have RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux, you can create the Reports PostgreSQL database on a different server. Enter the IP address or host name of the other server.
- After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
- Only update this value if you have already created a PostgreSQL database on a different server or changed the IP address or host name of the server that holds the existing database
1.1376 Interval
Values:
- Hour
- Day
- Week
- Month (default)
- Year
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Interval
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the appropriate Frequency value to determine how often to remove expired entries from the database.
1.1377 Password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 63 characters (bytes)
- Default
- testpassword
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Password
Usage note:
- This password is encrypted when it is stored by RICOH ProcessDirector.
- After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
- Only update this value if you have already changed the password in the Reports database.
1.1378 PostgreSQL server port
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1–65535
- Default
- 5432
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Port
Usage note:
- Be sure this port number is not blocked by a firewall between the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server and the server named in the PostgreSQL server IP address or host name property.
- After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
- Only update this value if you have already changed the port number in the PostgreSQL database.
1.1379 Start date and time
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.StartDateAndTime
Usage notes:
- You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from the list.
- If you set up a past date and time, the schedule starts considering the current date and time. If you are changing the date and time for a future time, the removal of expired entries stops and starts at that time set in the future.
1.1380 User name
Value:
- Length
- Up to 63 characters (bytes)
- Default
- rpdreports
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Capture.Username
Usage notes:
- You can specify any user name. It does not have to be a RICOH ProcessDirector user ID.
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses the user name to log in to the Reports database. You can use the user name to log in to the database from another application, such as a business intelligence tool.
- After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
- Only update this value if you have already created the user in the Reports database.
1.1381 Capture Advanced Transform files
Values:
- Yes
- Files generated by the Advanced Transforms are included in the capture file.
- No (default)
- Files generated by the Advanced Transforms are not included in the capture file.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.Transform.CaptureFiles
Usage note:
- Include these files only if you suspect a problem related to the transform step.
1.1382 Continue on error
Values:
- Yes (default)
- Ignore the error and send the job to the next workflow step.
- No
- Stop processing the job and put it into Error state.
- Database name
- JobStepCollector.ContinueOnFailure
Usage notes:
- Details about errors are stored in the Error log directory folder.
1.1383 Job properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- JobStepCollector.JobProps
Usage notes:
- Some job properties are selected by default. To add job properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1384 Job properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- JobPrintCollector.JobProps
Usage notes:
- Some job properties are selected by default. To add job properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list use the filter field.
1.1385 Printer properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- JobPrintCollector.PrinterProps
Usage notes:
- Some printer properties are selected by default. To add printer properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list use the filter field.
1.1386 Printer properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- PrinterStatusCollector.PrinterProps
Usage notes:
- Some printer properties are selected by default. To add printer properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list use the filter field.
1.1387 Job properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- StepDurationCollector.JobProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1388 Barcode reader properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the barcode reader properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- BarcodeReaderActionsCollector.BarcodeReaderProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Clear alert, Connect, Copy, Delete, Disconnect.
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1389 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- BarcodeReaderActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1390 Input device properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the input device properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- InputDeviceActionsCollector.InputDeviceProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Batch all, Connect, Delete, Enable, Enable and connect, Disable, Disable and disconnect, Show files, Submit jobs.
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1391 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- InputDeviceActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1392 Job properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- JobActionsCollector.JobProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Accept, Change deadline, Complete barcode step, Complete insertion, Complete manual step, Continue, Correct media, Delete, Go to next step, Jump to, Override error, Print again, Process again, Promote, Reconcile, Reject, Remove deadline, Restart step, Schedule, Set priority, Start manual step, Stop, Submit jobs, Update multiple, View.
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1393 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- JobActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1394 Printer properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- PrinterActionsCollector.PrinterProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Create, Delete, Disable, Enable, Show trays, Shutdown, Update media.
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1395 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- PrinterActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1396 Target user properties to capture
Values:
The list of user properties that this data collector captures.
- Database name
- UserActionsCollector.TargetUserProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Delete, Reset Password, Successful Login, Logout, and Failed Login. Failed login is saved only when the Secure extension is installed
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1397 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of user properties that this data collector captures.
- Database name
- UserActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list use the filter field.
1.1398 Inserter properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the inserter controller properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- InserterActionsCollector.InserterProps
Usage notes:
- Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Delete, Disable, Enable.
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1399 User properties to capture
Values:
The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.
- Database name
- InserterActionsCollector.UserProps
Usage notes:
- Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
- To find a property in the list, use the filter field.
1.1400 Time zone offset
If the web service computes the current time and date in Coordinated Universal Time, do not enter a value.
If the web service uses another time zone, enter a value between -12 and 14.
For example, the web service computes the current time and date in this time zone:
-
Mountain Standard Time (MST). Enter: -7
-
Central European Time (CET). Enter: 1
-
Australian Central Standard Time (ACST). Enter: 9.5
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.HourOffset
Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector applies the Time zone offset value to the values of the WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime and WebService.CurrentRequestTime properties when it calls a web service.
1.1401 File upload name
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.MultiFormFileName
1.1402 Request header
Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.RequestHeader
Usage notes:
- Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbols notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1403 Request method
Values:
- POST (default)
- PUT
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.RequestMethod
Usage notes:
- If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1404 Request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.RequestParams
Usage notes:
- The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1405 Request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.RequestPayload
Usage notes:
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1406 Request URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.RequestURL
Usage notes:
- The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
- You can use Ricoh ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1407 Use proxy
Values:
- Not set (default)
-
The data transmitter does not communicate through a proxy server.
- Proxy server 1
-
The data transmitter communicates through Proxy server 1.
- Proxy server 2
- The data transmitter communicates through Proxy server 2.
- Database name
- RestTransmitter.UseProxy
Usage notes:
- To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the appropriate Proxy server section of the System Settings page.
- When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the data transmitter cannot send the request. The data transmitter writes an error message in the job log.
1.1408 Credential
- Database name
- Transmitter.Credential
Usage note:
- Static or Session credential objects that you create on the Administration page appear in this list.
- For RICOH Supervisor transmitter, only the Ricoh cloud credential objects appear in this list.
1.1409 Description
- Database name
- Transmitter.Description
1.1410 Start date and time
Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field. Select a time from the list or enter a time in the field.
- Database name
- Transmitter.StartDateAndTime
- Usage notes:
-
- You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from
the list.
If you enter a time, use the format set on the Preferences dialog.
- The Time format property on the Preferences dialog controls whether time values are displayed in 12-hour (01:00-12:59 AM/PM) or 24-hour (00:00-23:59) format.
- If the selected Start date is prior to the date the transmitter is enabled, the information is be exported from the PostgreSQL database retrospectively, from the selected Start date until the day the transmitter gets enabled. Afterwards, the stored information is exported with the specified frequency until selected End date.
- If the selected Start date is subsequent to the date the data transmitter is enabled, the information is exported from the PostgreSQL database starting with the selected Start date and frequency until selected End date.
- You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from
the list.
1.1411 End date
Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field. Default value is Never.
- Database name
- Transmitter.EndDate
1.1412 Interval
Values:
- Day (default)
- Hour
- Month
- Week
- Database name
- Transmitter.RepeatInterval
Usage notes:
- Use this property with the appropriate Frequency value to determine how often to run the data transmitter.
- If an error occurs during the transmission of the information from the PostgreSQL database, the data transmitter retries up to two times and records the retries in the data transmitter log. After three tries, the data transmitter stops retrying and updates the Last status to Failed.
1.1413 Frequency (days)
Values:
- Every day (default)
- Run the data transmitter every day.
- Every x days
- Run the data transmitter at a regular interval, based on a set number of days.
- First day of every month
- Run the data transmitter on the first day of every month.
- Last day of every month
- Run the data transmitter on the last day of every month.
- Database name
- Transmitter.FrequencyDaily
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time property to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (days) value to Every day.
1.1414 Frequency (hours)
Values:
- Every hour (default)
- Run the data transmitter every hour.
- Every x hours
- Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of hours.
- Database name
- Transmitter.FrequencyHourly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter every hour at 5 minutes past the hour, you set the time value for the Start date and time property to a time with :05 as the minutes value, such as 2:05 AM. Then, you set the Frequency (hours) value to Every hour.
1.1415 Frequency (months)
Values:
- Every month (default)
- Run the data transmitter every month.
- Every x months
- Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of months.
- Database name
- Transmitter.FrequencyMonthly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter once a month on the 10th, you set the date value for the Start date and time property to <month>/10/<year>. Then, you set the Frequency (months) value to Every month.
1.1416 Frequency (weeks)
Values:
- Every week (default)
- Run the data transmitter every week.
- Every x weeks
- Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of weeks.
- Database name
- Transmitter.FrequencyWeekly
Usage notes:
- The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter once a week on Sunday, you set the date value for the Start date and time property to the first Sunday of the month. Then, you set the Frequency (weeks) value to Every week.
1.1417 Name
Format:
- Length
- 1–32 character (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- Transmitter.ID
1.1418 Last modified
- Database name
- Transmitter.LastModified
1.1419 Execute code on server
The default value for the server is System, which is the name of the primary server. The list contains all the primary and secondary servers that are enabled.
- Database name
- Transmitter.ParentServer
1.1420 Database tables
- Database name
- Transmitter.Tables
Usage notes:
- You store information in these database tables using data collectors or WritePropsToReportsDatabase steps.
- The selected tables for the scheduled data transmission are imported automatically when you want to make a one-time transmission. However, if you want to send a one-time transmission independent of any scheduled transmission, you can make changes to the selected tables. These changes will not affect the selection made for the tables selected for scheduled transmissions.
1.1421 Type
Values:
- REST Transmitter
- Uses the REST protocol to send information stored in one or more PostgreSQL databases to another application. You can specify when and how often the data is sent.
- RICOH Supervisor Transmitter
- Sends data only to RICOH Supervisor. You can only create one RICOH Supervisor Transmitter per primary server.
- Database name
- Transmitter.Type
1.1422 Transmission type
Values:
- Send all data since the last transmission
- Sends the data stored in the selected database tables since the last successful scheduled transmission or the last transmission of this type. This option ignores any transmissions that were sent using the Send data stored during a time frame setting.
- Send data stored during a time frame
- Sends only the data stored in the database between the start and end times that you specify.
- Database name
- Transmitter.TransmissionType
Usage notes:
- For every database table, a log message is displayed to indicate the status of the transmission.
1.1423 Request header
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestHeader
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for requirements and syntax.
- Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1424 Request method
Values:
- DELETE
- GET (default)
- PATCH
- POST
- PUT
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestMethod
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request to determine which method to use.
- If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
1.1425 Request parameters
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestParams
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.
- The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1426 Request password
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestPassword
1.1427 Request payload
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be valid JSON or XML.
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestPayload
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for syntax and requirements.
- You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1428 Response attribute
This value is stored as the SessionCredential.Credential property for the session.
Format:
- Format:
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestResponseAttribute
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.
1.1429 Response content type
Values:
- JSON
- XML
- Database name
- SessionCredential.ContentType
1.1430 Request URL
Format:
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Must be a valid URL.
- Database name
- SessionCredential.RequestURL
Usage note:
- Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request to determine the URL to use.
- The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
- You can use Ricoh ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.
1.1431 Static credential
Format
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- StaticCredential.Credential
Usage note:
- You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
- Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.
- This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.
1.1432 Image
Values:
- Standard Secondary
- Includes the operating system, the required RICOH ProcessDirector code, and all of the dependencies required to run the secondary server.
- Database name
- Instance.Container
1.1433 Create inline form definition
Values:
- Yes (Default)
- The transform generates a form definition.
- No
- The transform does not generate a form definition.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.AutoFormdef
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
- Create inline form definition is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1434 Preserve color in output
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The transform preserves the color information in the output.
- No
- The transform does not preserve the color information in the output.
- Not Set
- The transform does not preserve the color information in the output.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.ColorOutput
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP or PCL.
- Preserve color in output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1435 Default paper size for PostScript
Values:
- Letter (default)
- LetterTab
- Manual
- LegalTab
- Legal
- Ledger
- A4
- A4Tab
- A3
- Database name
- Job.Transform.DefaultPaperSize
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is PostScript.
- Default paper size for PostScript is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1436 Duplex
Values:
- Yes
- The transform creates duplex output.
- No
- The transform creates simplex output.
- Not Set (default)
- The transform creates simplex output.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.Duplex
Usage note: Duplex is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1437 Include fonts in the output
Values:
- Yes
- The transform embeds fonts into the PDF output file.
- No
- The transform does not embed fonts into the PDF output file.
- Not Set (default)
- The transform does not embed fonts into the PDF output file.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.EmbedFonts
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is PDF.
- Include fonts in the output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1438 Font fidelity
Values:
- Not set
- Uses the value set in the default profile for the output.
- Relaxed
- If the transform cannot locate a font that matches the font characteristics of the input font, a substitute font can be used in the output. Character alignment and font size might not match the appearance in the input data stream.
- Strict (default)
- If the transform cannot locate a font that matches the font characteristics of the input font, the job moves to the Error state.
- Database name:
- Job.Transform.FontFidelity
1.1439 Generate PDF TOC
Values:
- Yes
- The transform generates a PDF table of contents.
- No
- The transform does not generate a PDF table of contents.
- Not Set (default)
- The transform does not generate a PDF table of contents.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.GeneratePDFTOC
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the transform converts AFP into PDF.
- Generate PDF TOC is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1440 Path to ICC profile
- Database name
- Job.Transform.ICCProfile
Usage notes: Path to ICC profile is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1441 IOCA transform resolution (dpi)
Format:
- Length
- Number from 100-999
For example:
- 240
- The resolution is 240 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the IBM 3900.
- 300 (default)
- The resolution is 300 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as some models of the InfoPrint 4000.
- 360
- The resolution is 360 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 5000.
- 600
- The resolution is 600 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 4100.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.ImageResolution
Usage note: This property specifies the resolution of AFP image data that appears in the Image Input Descriptor (IID) or Image Data Descriptor (IDD) structured fields of IOCA objects.
1.1442 Transform input stream
Values:
- AFP
- The input file is in the Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
- BMP
- The input file is in the Bitmap format.
- GIF
- The input file is in the Graphic Interchange Format.
- JPEG
- The input file is in the Joint Photographic Experts Group format.
- PCL
- The input file is in the Printer Control Language (PCL) format.
- The input file is in the Portable Document Format (PDF) format.
- PNG
- The input file is in the Portable Graphics Format.
- PS
- The input file is in the PostScript format.
- TIFF
- The input file is in the Tagged Image File Format.
- Use Current
- The input file is in the format specified in the Input data stream property.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.InputStream
Usage notes:
- Transform input stream is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
- Images contained in the AFP input files are converted automatically if the InputImage transform is installed.
1.1443 Use outline fonts
Values:
- Yes
- The transfrom produces outline fonts.
- No (default)
- The transform does not produce outline fonts.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.OutlineFonts
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
- Use outline fonts is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1444 Transform output stream
Values:
- AFP
- The transform step produces a file in the Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
- PCL
- The transform step produces a file in the Printer Control Language (PCL) format.
- The transform step produces a file in the Portable Document Format (PDF) format.
- PS
- The transform step produces a file in the PostScript format.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.OutputStream
Usage note: Transform output stream is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1445 Page range to transform
- Database name
- Job.Transform.PageRange
Usage notes:
- To transform a single page, enter the page number.
- To transform a page range, enter first page number-last page number, for example: 45-75.
- To transform from a specific page to the end of the job, enter first page number-n, for example: 100-n.
- Page range to transform is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1446 Use full printable area for PCL output
Values:
- Yes
- The PCL output uses the full printable area.
- No
- The PCL output uses the PCL standard area.
- Not Set (default)
- The PCL output uses the PCL standard area.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.PCLFullPrintableArea
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is PCL.
- Use full printable area for PCL output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1447 PDF page scaling factor
For example, set this value to:
- .5 to scale the logical page to half the size of the original
- 1 to keep the logical page the same size as the original
- 2 to scale the logical page to twice the size of the original
- Database name
- Job.Transform.PDFPageScalingFactor
Usage Notes
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is PDF.
- Authorized users can add one or more steps based on the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step template to a workflow, using different property values for each occurrence. When the job runs, you can view each occurrence of the property in the job's properties notebook, labeled with the phase and step name. For example, PDF page scaling factor [Prepare] [TransformWithAdvancedFeature].
1.1448 Path to custom profiles
By default, the step uses transform profile files in the C:\aiw\aiw1\cpt\profiles
directory for Windows and /aiw/aiw1/cpt/profiles
directory for Linux. If you change the default path and enter a custom path, the
step uses the files located in the folder you specified. If the field does not contain
any path, either default or custom, the path to the custom profiles does not get set.
Each data stream has its own profile containing both input and output parameters.
The name of the profile must be of the form mffafp.pro
, where afp indicates it is the profile for AFP input and output.
The Advanced Transform feature supplies sample profiles in the C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\cpt\profiles
directory for Windows and /aiw/aiw1/samples/cpt/profiles
directory for Linux that you can customize for some applications. If you have a profile
to apply for a certain workflow, edit the sample and provide the name of the path
where you stored the edited profile in this property.
- Default path:
C:\aiw\aiw1\cpt\profiles
on Windows and/aiw/aiw1/cpt/profiles
on Linux.
- Database name:
- Job.Transform.ProfilePath
1.1449 Render output as
Values:
- Not set
- Uses the value set in the default profile for the output.
- All Image
- All input data is rendered as image data in the output. This output is useful for printing, but cannot be used to extract any text information from it because the text is no longer identifiable.
- Text (default)
- Text in the input data is rendered as text data in the output. Fonts are created and inserted at the beginning of the document. If the output of the step is AFP, this format can be used as input to AFP Indexer to determine document boundaries and index tag information.
- Text as Image
- Text in the input data is rendered as image data in the output. Use this value if the Text value causes problems with printing or other processing.
- Database name:
- Job.Transform.Render
1.1450 Place resources inline
Values:
- Yes (default)
- The transform includes the resources inline with the job.
- No
- The transform does not include the resources inline with the job.
- Not Set
- The transform does not include the resources inline with the job.
- Database name
- Job.Transform.SelfContained
Usage notes:
- This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
- Place resources inline is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1451 Path to system fonts
- Database name
- Job.Transform.SystemFontPath
1.1452 Path to TrueType fonts
- Database name
- Job.Transform.TrueTypePath
1.1453 Media information command
- Default
- perl ${AIWDATA}/bin/callxform.pl -C ${getControlFileName()} -i ${getCurrentFile(${Job.Transform.InputStream})} -type xif -loglevel I -logdate -logtime -logdir ${Job.SpoolFileStem}tmp -logfile ${Job.ID}.xif.log -verbose -relaxed -msg.add PSI3002 -remove abcefhilnoprst01234
- Database name
- Job.XIF.Command
- Usage note:
-
- The command works without any edits when you retrieve media information from a PostScript data stream.
- The command requires one edit when you retrieve media information from an AFP data
stream. Add the -enablefdp argument between the input argument, -i, and the type argument, -type. This example shows the edited command:
perl ${AIWDATA}/bin/callxform.pl -C ${getControlFileName()} -i ${getCurrentFile(${Job.Transform.InputStream})} -enablefdp -type xif -loglevel I -logdate -logtime -logdir ${Job.SpoolFileStem}tmp -logfile ${Job.ID}.xif.log -verbose -relaxed -msg.add PSI3002 -remove abcefhilnoprst01234
- Do not make any other edits to the command unless you are familiar with command input. Discuss the proposed edits with your Ricoh support representative before you make them. Editing the command incorrectly can cause unexpected results.
- Media information command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1454 Path to media mapping file
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.Transform.MapOfJDFToRPDMedia
Usage notes:
- This example file maps four AFP or PostScript media names (A4, Letter, TRAY1, and
TRAY2) to four RICOH ProcessDirector media names:
- # AFPorPSmedia=RPDmedia
- A4=A4 Plain
- Letter=Letter Color
- TRAY1=Letter Preprinted
- TRAY2=A3 Plain
For information about creating a file that maps media names in the AFP or PostScript input to RICOH ProcessDirector media names, refer to the Information Center.
- If RICOH ProcessDirector media names include Unicode characters, edit the media mapping file with an editor that saves text in UTF-8 format.
- If any RICOH ProcessDirector media name does not match a RICOH ProcessDirector media object, the job goes into the error state. The Reason for wait status value is No matching media.
-
If the file maps the same AFP or PostScript media name to different RICOH ProcessDirector media names, the system uses the last mapping of the AFP or PostScript media name. The RICOH ProcessDirector media name in the last mapping replaces the AFP or PostScript media name in the JDF file.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, you have a media mapping file for each printer that can be requested for jobs. The name of each file is the name of the printer. Use this symbol: ${Job.RequestedPrinter}
If each file has a CFG extension, and you store them in the
media_mapping
subdirectory of thecontrol_files
directory, set this value for the Path to media mapping file property:/aiw/aiw1/control_files/media_mapping/${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg
on Linux.C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\media_mapping\${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg
on Windows.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
- Path to media mapping file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1455 Output JDF file
- Default
- ${getFileName(overrides,jdf,write)}
- Database name
- Job.PER.OutputJDFFile
Usage notes:
-
Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the JDF file.
-
Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this JDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the page exceptions with the job or display them in the job properties notebook.
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the job ticket stored in the spool directory for the job:
jobID.overrides.jdf
where jobID is the job number.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1456 Transform step name
- Default
- TransformWithAdvancedFeature
- Database name
- Job.PER.TransformStepName
Usage notes:
-
The TransformWithAdvancedFeature step calls the Advanced Transform feature to convert a job from an AFP data stream to a PDF or PostScript data stream.
-
If a workflow has more than one step based on the GetTransformPageExceptions step template, make the values for this property different. You can use either of these methods:
-
Give the steps based on the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step template different names.
-
Use the value of the Step identifier property for each step instead of the step name.
-
-
You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the step. For example:
-
A workflow has two branches, each with a TransformWithAdvancedFeature step.
-
The branches join before the GetTransformPageExceptions step.
-
You specify ${Job.Info.Attr1} as the value of the Transform step name property.
-
You put an AssignJobValues step in each branch of the workflow. For the Values to set property on each step, you set Property to the Custom 1 job property and Value to the name of the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step in that branch.
-
When a job arrives at the GetTransformPageExceptions step, the Transform step name is set to the name of the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step that processed the job.
For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
1.1457 Data files
Format:
- Data type
- Symbol formula if submitted to an input device as part of a job; Comma-separated list of paths if the data file or files are stored in a separate location
- Default
- ${getFileName(overrides, text, read)}
- Database name
- Job.GMC.DataFilesLocation
Usage notes:
- Only one data file can be submitted as part of a job. If there is more than one data file, they must be stored in a separate location.
- If you submit a data file with a job, the file is treated as an overrides file.
- Make sure that the file names match the file names referenced in the Data modules that process the job.
- Data files can be in any format the Quadient Inspire Designer supports, including:
- CSV
- DBF
- SAP
- SRT
- XML
- Data files is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1458 Data modules
Format:
- Data type
- String
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.GMC.DataFilesModule
Usage notes:
- The lists of data files and modules must correspond with each other. For example, the first data file in the Data files property must be processed by the first module in the Data modules property; the second data file must be processed by the second module.
- The names of the modules must match the module names in the WFD file.
- The names of the modules must not contain any spaces.
- You must add -dif to the beginning of the name of the module and separate the module names with commas. For example, if the name of one module is SortData and another is BuildNames, the value in this field is -difSortData,-difBuildNames
- Data modules is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1459 Fixed data files
Format:
- Data type
- Path to a file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.GMC.FixedDataFilesLocation
Usage notes:
- A job can use only one fixed data file.
- Fixed data files is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1460 Fixed data modules
Format:
- Data type
- String
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.GMC.FixedDataFilesModule
Usage notes:
- The name of the module must match the module name in the WFD file.
- The names of the module cannot contain any spaces.
- A job can use only one fixed data module.
- Fixed data modules is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1461 Quadient JOB file
Format:
- Data type
- Path to a file
- Default
- None
- Database name
- Job.GMC.JobFile
Usage notes:
- If you list a JOB file, you must also add this text to the value of the External Command property: -c ${Job.GMC.JobFile}
- If you do not list a JOB file, the default printer settings are used.
- Quadient JOB file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1462 WFD file
Format:
- Data type
- Symbol formula if submitted to an input device as part of a job; Path to file if stored in a separate location
- Default
- ${getFileName(other, wfd, read)}
- Database name
- Job.GMC.WFDFileLocation
Usage notes:
- You must create this file using Quadient Inspire Designer.
- You can only use one WFD file for a job.
- When you save the WFD file in Quadient Inspire Designer, you must save it with all resources included.
- WFD file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
1.1463 MarcomCentral job ticket
- Database name
- Job.Marcom.JobTicketId
Usage notes:
-
You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral job ticket into this job property.
-
You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1464 MarcomCentral order ID
- Database name
- Job.Marcom.OrderId
Usage notes:
-
You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral order ID into this job property.
-
You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1465 MarcomCentral order number
- Database name
- Job.Marcom.OrderNumber
Usage notes:
-
You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral order number into this job property.
-
You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1466 MarcomCentral product type
- Database name
- Job.Marcom.ProductType
Usage notes:
-
You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral product type into this job property.
-
You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
-
MarcomCentral uses the value of the ProductType XML element to indicate whether an item in an order is printable. Currently, the values for printable items are Versioned, Variable, and JobDirect. All other values (such as Static) indicate that an item is not printable.
You can specify values for the MarcomCentral product type property in a rule on a connector to send printable and nonprintable items to different branches in a workflow.
1.1467 FusionPro system
- System (RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows only)
- The system where both RICOH ProcessDirector and FusionPro Server are installed.
- List of application servers (RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux only)
- A list of existing application servers. Select the application server where FusionPro Server is installed.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.FusionPro.Server
- If you are using RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux, you must install an application server on the Windows system where FusionPro is installed. If you installed the application server but have not created the associated application server object, click the plus sign (+) to create the object.
- If you change the system where FusionPro is installed, such as name, IP address, or host name, you must configure again the step template to work with the new system.
1.1468 Imposition template
You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
- Length
- 1-255 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.FusionPro.ImpositionTemplate
- Use FusionPro Imposer to create the imposition template before setting this value.
The extension of the file is
.fpi
. - Make sure that the value of this property is always updated with the correct server information if the FusionPro Server address has changed.
1.1469 Input data file
1.1470 Output file name
- Length
- Up to 2048 characters (bytes)
- Default
- ${getFileName(print,pdf,write})
- Database name
- Job.FusionPro.OutputFileName
Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1471 Output format
1.1472 Records
1.1473 Records range
The values specify the first and the last records to include in the job. The letter n can be used to represent the last record in the input file. A value of 20-n selects records 20 through the last record. A value of n selects only the last record from the input file.
- Length
- Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- Job.FusionPro.RecordsRange
1.1474 ACRISID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 46 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.AcrisId
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1475 CELL_DEF_FILE
Format:
- Length
- Up to 16 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.CellDefFile
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1476 DBCS_FONTHEIGHT_RATIO
For example, to reduce the double-byte font height, set this value to a number less than 100; to increase the font height, set this value to a number greater than 100.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-150
- Database name
- Job.WPM.DbcsFontheightRatio
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1477 DELDATE
A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.
Format:
- Specific date
- Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
- Relative date
- Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
- Today+3
- Today-1
- RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
- Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date.
For example:
- ${Job.SubmitTime}
- ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
- Database name
- Job.WPM.DelDate
Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1478 User Information Page DBCS coded font
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.DoubleByteCodedFont
Usage notes:
- You must add a mapping for this value to the banner_page_code_page_mapping.cfg file. That file is stored in /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/ (on Linux) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\ (on Windows).
- You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1479 FORMDATE
A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.
Format:
- Specific date
- Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
- Relative date
- Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
- Today+3
- Today-1
- RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
- Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date.
For example:
- ${Job.SubmitTime}
- ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormDate
Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1480 FORMID
Format:
- Length
- Up to 16 bytes
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormId
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1481 FORMNAME
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 bytes
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormName
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1482 FORMNO
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormNo
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1483 FORMSIZE
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormSize
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1484 FORMTYPE
Format:
- Length
- Up to 256 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.FormType
Usage notes:
- To specify more than one form type, separate the values with semicolons.
- You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1485 MOVE_DATE
A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.
Format:
- Specific date
- Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
- Relative date
- Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
- Today+3
- Today-1
- RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
- Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date.
For example:
- ${Job.SubmitTime}
- ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
- Database name
- Job.WPM.MoveDate
Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1486 MOVE_DIR
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.MoveDir
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1487 OUTPUT_DIR
Format:
- Length
- Up to 255 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.OutputDir
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1488 SBCS_FONTHEIGHT_RATIO
For example, to reduce the single-byte font height to half the original size, set this value to 50; to increase the font height to twice the original size, set this value to 200.
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 1-999
- Database name
- Job.WPM.SbcsFontheightRatio
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1489 SECCLASS
Values:
- A single character: A - Z, 0 - 9
- Database name
- Job.WPM.SecClass
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1490 SENDDATE
A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.
Format:
- Specific date
- Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
- Relative date
- Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
- Today+3
- Today-1
- RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
- Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date.
For example:
- ${Job.SubmitTime}
- ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
- Database name
- Job.WPM.SendDate
Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1491 SHIFT_CHARS_RATIO
Format:
- Data type
- Integer from 0-100
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.ShiftCharsRatio
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1492 User Information Page SBCS coded font
Format:
- Length
- Up to 8 characters (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
- Database name
- Job.WPM.SingleByteCodedFont
Usage notes:
- You must add a mapping for this value to the banner_page_code_page_mapping.cfg file. That file is stored in /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/ (on Linux) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\ (on Windows).
- You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1493 SYSTEM_FLAG
- Data type
- Integer from 1-99999999
- Database name
- Job.WPM.SystemFlag
Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1494 TITLE
Format:
- Length
- Up to 108 bytes
- Database name
- Job.WPM.Title
Usage notes:
- If you include spaces in the title, they are converted to underscore characters (_) when the job is sent to WPM.
- You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
1.1495 Create User Information Page
Values:
- Not set (default)
- This printer object does not create a UIP for the job.
- Yes
- This printer object creates a UIP and sends it to the printer with the job.
- No
- This printer object does not create a UIP for the job.
- Database name
- Printer.WPM.SendToWPM
Usage notes:
- The values required to create the UIP come from a step based on the SetWPMProperties step template. Jobs sent to WPM Web should be processed through a step based on SetWPMProperties before they are assigned to a printer.
- If this property is set to Yes and the job has not been processed through a step based on the SetWPMProperties step template, the UIP cannot be created, so the job moves into the error state.
- If this property is set to Yes and the TCP/IP address or host name for this printer object does not refer to a WPM AFP Emulator, the UIP is sent to the printer and printed before the job.
1.1496 Certificate status
Values:
- Valid
- The certificate is valid and can be used for authentication.
- Invalid
- The certificate is not valid. You cannot establish a connection to the Ricoh cloud.
- Not set
- A certificate was not created.
- Database name
- RicohCloudCredential.CertificateStatus
1.1497 One-time code
Format:
- Length
- Up to 128 characters (bytes)
- Database name
- RicohCloudCredential.OneTimeCode
Usage notes:
- The code you receive expires quickly. If you do not complete the process of generating a certificate before the code expires, you must generate a new code.
- The code is used to create the certificate and then deleted. It is not stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.
1.1498 System display name
To identify your RICOH ProcessDirector system in RICOH Supervisor,you must assign a name to the current system.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CloudDisplayName
1.1499 Use proxy
Values:
- Not set (default)
-
RICOH ProcessDirector does not use a proxy server to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.
- Proxy server 1
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses Proxy server 1 to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.
- Proxy server 2
- RICOH ProcessDirector uses Proxy server 2 to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CloudProxy
Usage notes:
-
To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.
-
When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, RICOH ProcessDirector cannot connect with the Ricoh cloud.
1.1500 Convert times to time zone
RICOH ProcessDirector stores data in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), but you can choose a different time zone for time stamps of data sent to RICOH Supervisor.
- Database name
- WorkflowSystem.CloudTimezoneOffset
Usage notes:
- The default value is the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server time zone.
- If you transmit data to RICOH Supervisor and all of the time stamps are incorrect because they are not in your time zone, change this value to fix the time stamps. For example, if you are in the Eastern Standard Time (EST) and the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server is in a different time zone, change this value to Eastern Standard Time (EST) and check the new data that is sent.
1.1501 Credential
Access the RICOH Account Administration Web page to obtain a one-time code to create a certificate. The certificate is used to connect to the Ricoh cloud.
Usage notes:
- You can create only one Ricoh cloud credential for one RICOH ProcessDirector server.
- To delete a Ricoh cloud credential, you must delete the RICOH Supervisor Transmitter first.
1.1502 Transmitter
Usage notes:
- You can create only one RICOH Supervisor Transmitter for one RICOH ProcessDirector server. You can edit the transmitter later if you want to change the settings.
- Enable the RICOH Supervisor Transmitter to complete setting up the RICOH Supervisor Settings and start transmitting the data.
1.1503 Installation display name
- Length
- 1–32 character (bytes)
- Restrictions
- Case-sensitive
- Database name:
- WorkflowSystem.Nickname
1.1504 Installations to store
- Allowed values:
- 0–99
- Default value:
- 10
- Database name:
- WorkflowSystem.NumberOfInstalls
1.1505 Files to import
- All eligible files (default)
- All eligible files stored in /aiw/aiw1 and its subdirectories are migrated from the source system to the target system. These files include files you have customized and added to the directory as well as files used by sample workflows and other sample objects.
- Selected files
- Only selected files from the source system are migrated to the target system.
- Files used by objects on the target system
- Only those files that are set as property values in objects are migrated from the source system to the target system.
- None
- Database name
- Migration.ConfigFileSelection
- To view the list of all files that are eligible for migration, choose the Selected files option.
1.1506 Reports Database Configuration
You can continue to use the same database or create a new one. If you create a new database, you can choose whether to migrate your existing data into it.
If you're not ready to set up your Reports database, chose the Skip option. When you are ready to migrate your database, run the Migration Assistant again.
- Use new Reports database
- Copy most database settings but use a new Reports database on the target system. Create
the database if necessary.
- Import existing Reports data
- Copy all data corresponding to data collectors enabled on the source system.
- Do not import existing Reports data
- Copy Reports database properties without moving any data to the target system.
- Use existing Reports database
- Copy Reports database settings and connect to the same Reports database as the source system.
- Skip Reports database migration
- Do not copy any database settings or content. Configure a new Reports database on the target system after migration.
- Database name
- Migration.DatabaseSelection
- The migration process does not install PostgreSQL on your target system. PostgreSQL must be installed already.
- If PostgreSQL is not available on the target system, you see an error in the migration summary.
- Enable all the data collectors whose data you want to migrate on the source system before you run the migration.
1.1507 Objects to import
Values:
- All objects (default)
- All objects on the source system are migrated to the target system.
- Selected objects
- Only selected objects from the source system are migrated to the target system.
- None
- Database name
- Migration.ObjectSelection
- You can use this function to replicate objects on a new system rather than creating them manually or using the export and import actions on the Administration tab.
1.1508 Overwrite options
Value:
- Overwrite existing objects
- If objects with the same name exist on both systems, selecting this option replaces the objects on the target system with the imported objects.
- If you deselect this option, objects with identical names on both systems are ignored. The existing object on the target system remains unchanged.
- Database name
- Migration.ObjectOptions
1.1509 Settings to import
To import all settings, select the Select/Clear All at the top of the list. Clear the boxes for any setting groups that you do not use.
- Avanti Slingshot
- Imports settings from , such as the URL for Avanti Slingshot and the list of cost centers defined.
- Only displayed if the Avanti Slingshot Connect feature is installed.
- LDAP
- Imports LDAP configuration settings from RICOH ProcessDirector. . Clear this option if you do not use LDAP user IDs to log in to
- Media Settings
- Imports settings for media matching and creation from .
- RICOH Supervisor
- Imports the settings from section 1 of . After the migration, you must configure sections 2 and 3 manually.
- Only displayed if the RICOH Supervisor Connect feature is installed.
- Security - General
- Imports settings related to password length and complexity, account lockouts, and user inactivity from the General section of . Settings from the Enable HTTPS section of the Security tab must be configured after the migration completes.
- System - Email/SMTP
- Imports primary and alternate email and SMTP settings from .
- System - General
- Imports general system settings .
- System- Jobs
- Imports system-wide job settings, such as largest and smallest job numbers and maximum step counts, from .
- System - Proxy server
- Imports proxy server settings from . Clear this option if you do not use proxy servers.
- System - Users
- Imports the Login inactivity timer and Maximum password age settings from the Users section of .
- Ultimate Impostrip®
- Imports settings used to exchange information with Ultimate Impostrip® from .
- Only displayed if the Ultimate Impostrip® Connect feature is installed.
- Database name
- Migration.SettingSelection
1.1510 Operating system
1.1511 RICOH ProcessDirector version
1.1512 Source System URL
The source system is the old RICOH ProcessDirector system where you are migrating objects, settings, and configuration details to a new RICOH ProcessDirector system, which is the RICOH ProcessDirector target system.
- Database name
- Migration.Source.URL